Issuu on Google+

6 Edition

SUPPLY CATALOGUE


TABLE OF CONTENTS 1

INTRODUCTION

2–13

2

SPECIALTY FABRICS

14–41

3

SPECIALTY SUPPLIES

42–193

Foam

44

Webbing & Hook & Loop

46

Fasteners

62

Hardware

74

Tools

122

Sewing & Threads

142

Binding & Cordage

152

Tapes

166

Trimmings

172

Aerosols, Protectants, & Adhesives

176

4

UPHOLSTERY FABRICS

194–219

5

UPHOLSTERY SUPPLIES

220–335

Foam & Padding

222

Decking & Lining

238

Tools

242

Hardware

262

Sewing & Threads

292

Binding, Cordage, Hook & Loop & Webbing

302

Trimmings

308

Adhesives, Aerosols & Cleaners

314

Fabric Care & Cleaning Instructions

332

6

DRAPERY FABRICS

336–341

7

DRAPERY WORKROOM SUPPLIES

342–374

8

Tapes

344

Workroom Supplies

347

Hook & Loop

348

Grommets

353

Tools

356

Threads

364

Zippers

370

Padding

372

INDEX

375–384

A NOTE ON

NEW PRODUCTS

N

The “new” symbol, along with highlighted part numbers, will be used throughout the catalogue to indicate new products.


INTRO

SHOWROOM & DISTRIBUTION CENTERS CANADA

USA

HEAD OFFICE 12122–68 Street Edmonton, AB T5B 1R1

INDIANAPOLIS 853 S. Columbia Road Suite 125 Plainfield, IN 46168

VANCOUVER 13911 Bridgeport Road Richmond, BC V6V 1J6 TORONTO 6300 Kenway Drive Mississauga, ON L5T 2N3

TOLL FREE

ENGLISH 800-663-6647 FRENCH 888-663-6647 FAX 888-274-2910

2/

INTRODUCTION

TOLL FREE

PHONE 877-953-6647 FAX 888-274-2910

WEB

orders@jennisfabrics.com jennisfabrics.com @J_Ennis_Fabrics www.facebook.com/jennisfabrics www.pinterest.com/JEnnisFabrics


ABOUT J. ENNIS FABRICS A market leader for over 40 years. Prior to establishing J. Ennis Fabrics, James C. Ennis spent 22 years with LaFrance textiles. In 1958, he was transferred to Edmonton as their Western Canadian Regional Manager. During that time he learned all about textiles and the needs of his customers. On June 1, 1972, James and Lois Ennis opened their original warehouse, a 2,500ft2 bay, in Edmonton to distribute fabrics and supplies throughout Northern Alberta. Since that time, thanks to the continued support of our valued customers, J. Ennis Fabrics has experienced steady growth. Today, over 9,000 products are distributed throughout North America from four extensive, full service distribution centers in Toronto, Edmonton, Vancouver and Indianapolis. Additionally, we have a wholly owned 40,000ft2 quality control and consolidation warehouse in China capable of domestic Asian trading. Each day, we strive to surpass the expectations of our customers and employees. We achieve this by being passionate about ways to contribute to our customers’ success—being their partner, understanding their needs, being exceptionally reliable, and delivering the right products when needed.

Soft and stylish upholstery fabric, Loft. See p.202 for more colors.

INTRODUCTION

/3


INTRO

QUALITY CONTROL: Standards & Guidelines J. Ennis Fabrics maintains the highest standards possible in the textiles and supplies we present to our customers. Our inventory is managed with a piece based system allowing for the highest quality control. We sell both cuts and rolls and have the ability to match dye lots. The following are the standards we use for shipping to our customers. These standards are based on those set by the American Home Funishings Alliance (AHFA), the residential furniture industry’s recognized leader in the development of product and technical standards; the Asssociation for Contract Textiles (ACT); and the Chemical Fabrics and Film Association’s (CFFA’s) paper on Standard Test Methods for Chemical Coated Fabrics and Films. These are sources subscribed to by most North American manufacturers. These resources specify test methods, practices and minimum voluntary acceptance guidelines for various types of upholstery fabrics and standards for vinyls and coated fabrics. In no case would we supply items as first quality that could not meet these guidelines. Clearouts or seconds are of a lower standard and are priced accordingly. ALLOWANCES

MARKING OF FLAWS

The following allowances will be made for fabric flaws:

FLAW SIZE

ALLOWANCE

Less than 1⁄₈ yd

1⁄₈ yd

More than 1⁄₈ yd

Length of flaw

Two flaws (measured as 1 long flaw)

Length of flaw

Factory flaws are marked with either a red or yellow plastic “swiftach” type of marker or a length of colored thread or string in the selvage of material. When marked with a red tag, the flaw is considered a “spot” or filling (weft) direction flaw. It usually will be less than 1⁄₈ yard and is marked with a red tag for identification and numbering of flaws per roll. When a yellow flag is used, this represents a warp direction flaw, and there is a flag to mark both the start and end of the flaw. In most cases a flaw of this type would not be included in your shipment, but in case of a full roll order, the exact yardage between flags is deducted from the gross yardage on the roll, and no more than two pieces per roll.

FLAW DENSITY

This refers to the acceptable number of flaws in a given cut. A maximum of one flaw per 5 yards is allowed. If the cut is equal to or less than 5 yards, then the cut must be free from flaws.

MAXIMUM FLAWS FOR FIRSTS:

4/

INTRODUCTION

Pile Fabrics

1 flaw per 7 yards up to a maximum of 7 flaws per 50 yard roll

Woven Fabrics

1 flaw per 9 yards up to a maximum of 5 flaws per 50 yard roll

Vinyls and Industrial Fabrics

2 flaws per 39 yards, 3 flaws per 49 yards, 4 flaws per 59 yards


BREAKS IN ROLLS

A break in a roll is considered to be a flaw and the allowance given is usually ¹⁄₈ yard. All orders 10 yards or less must be filled with a single piece of fabric. If this is not possible then the customer must approve shipment ahead of time. If the length of the cut is greater than 10 yards, a break is acceptable provided there is a suitable allowance. No single piece will be less than 2 flaw free yards. If more than 2 pieces are required to fill an order, the customer must approve this prior to shipping, regardless of length.

SHADE & DYE LOT CROCKING

ROLL ORDER SIZE CLEAROUTS

For decorative and woven fabrics, a match is 3/4 to 5.0 on the Greyscale ASTM D2616-12. This is true also for industrial and recreational fabrics. Crocking is the transfer of color from a fabric to fabric through the process of rubbing. On some fabrics, free dye or fibers may remain on the surface possibly causing crocking to occur. For suedes, dry crocking is 3/4 to 5, wet crocking is 3 to 5. Both are measured against the AATCC 8 Color Transference Scale. This rating is most prevalent for very dark or rich colors (i.e. black, navy, red). Roll lengths vary. Please confirm when placing orders for full rolls. Clearouts or seconds may contain flaws and have been priced accordingly.

INTRODUCTION

/5


INTRO

TERMS & CONDITIONS* TERMS OVERDUE ACCOUNTS ORDERING

BACK ORDERS HOLD STOCK POLICY

Payment terms are net 30 days from the date of the invoice. Shipments in Canada are F.O.B. Edmonton, Toronto, or Vancouver. Shipments in the U.S. are F.O.B. Indianapolis. A 1.5% service charge per month (18% per annum) will be charged on overdue accounts. When placing an order, please provide the following information: pattern name, color number and shipping instructions. If exact color match is required, please request a cutting of present stock or send a cutting to be matched. If matching a previous order, please quote the order number. If it is unavailable, send a cutting of the fabric for matching. Please note that dye lots may vary. Back ordered items will be shipped as soon as available unless advised otherwise by customer. Reservations placed on fabric orders will be honored for 48 hours with the following exceptions:

AN ORDER IS ELIGIBLE FOR A 5-DAY HOLD IF: •  Fabric ordered requires dye lot matching •  When customer makes a sale to their client but must wait to verify the exact yardage for a more accurate order •  When waiting for freight quotes

•  When customers do not have space to take all inventory at once •  Customer is quoting a project but must verify exact details from the customer (e.g. yards, color and pricing)

AN ORDER IS ELIGIBLE FOR A 10-DAY HOLD IF: •  Customer has requested to see fabric cuts before approval of an order

RETURNS

•  When “Ship Complete” is requested but part of the order is on backorder

Arrangements must be made prior to return shipments. Please see the Returned Goods and Claims Policies. Please read our Quality Control Standards and Guidelines carefully. Fabric may not be returned for credit once it has been cut or marked. Inspect yardage for flaws, length, quality and that it is the correct pattern and color before cutting. To ensure prompt credits on approved returns, please provide the following: invoice or packing slip number, pattern name, color number, yardage shipped and the reason for return. Refused shipments or cancellations after orders have been cut are subject to a 15% restocking charge. Cuts under 5 yards are not returnable.

LOST GOODS

Customers must advise J. Ennis Fabrics within 90 days of a shipping date that goods are lost in shipping and that a claim is required. We cannot honor any freight claims past this point.

SHOWROOM SAMPLES

A deposit of twenty dollars ($20.00) per sample and a deposit of one hundred dollars ($100.00) per complete sample book will be collected at the time a customer completes a “Sample Loan Out Sheet.” Unless otherwise stated, all samples are expected to be returned to our showroom within 2 weeks, at which time your deposit will be returned to you. If samples are not returned within 4 weeks the deposit will be forfeited.

J. ENNIS FABRICS 2-YEAR FABRIC WARRANTY J. Ennis Fabrics fabrics will be repaired or replaced if they fail to give normal wear for two years from the date of delivery. This warranty expressly does not cover: •  Cuts

•  Burns

•  Damage caused by improper applications

•  Stains

•  Pet damage

•  Damage caused by improper installations

•  Pilling

•  Soiling

•  Damage caused by unreasonable use

•  Fading caused by sunlight (unless product is specified UV resistant) Claims will not be honored when covers have been removed for cleaning. This warranty does not apply to fabrics treated with fluorocarbon finishes. If the identical fabric is not available, J. Ennis Fabrics will provide an equivalent fabric.

6/

INTRODUCTION


3rd PARTY PROCESSING

J. Ennis Fabrics may send goods to the laminator, quiltor, slitter or anywhere else the customer asks us to ship the goods for further processing. However, J. Ennis Fabrics is not responsible for goods that we did not directly make arrangements for.

* This information is offered for general guidance only. It is accurate to the best of our knowledge and it is not intended to relieve the user from their responsibility to investigate and understand other pertinent sources of information and to comply with all laws and procedures applicable to the safe handling and use of these materials.

INTRODUCTION

/7


INTRO

COLOR MATCHING CHANGE: Evaluating Color Difference or Change in Fabrics The Greyscale for Evaluating Color Difference or Change in Fabrics is used as the industry standard of judgment. It is published by the American Association of Textile Chemists and Colorist (ASTM 2616-12, AATCC 8, AATCC 16), and is used by all testing laboratories and most major mills. The Greyscale measures color change on a scale of 1 to 5. There are a total of 9 potential values that can be assigned to a fabric sample being tested for color change (1, 1/2, 2, 2/3, 3, 3/4, 4, 4/5, 5). The number 1 represents the greatest difference and the number 5 indicates that there has been no color change. Using the Greyscale measurement, J. Ennis Fabrics has established a standard of acceptance as a 3/4 or greater rating on the Greyscale for decorative fabrics, a 3/4 or greater rating for apparel, recreational and industrial fabrics. Dye lots below 3 would be rejected for all industries. HOW THE GREYSCALE TEST WORKS The fabric to be tested is placed against the accepted original fabric color standard. A special grey paper, supplied by the AATCC, is placed equally over the two fabrics. This allows a neutral viewing background so that a fair visual judgment can be made of the grade value to be assigned. Viewing is performed in a certified lightbox under D65 lighting. HOW THE GREYSCALE TEST IS IMPLEMENTED BY J. ENNIS FABRICS J. Ennis Fabrics has always had a high standard of quality assurance for the products we distribute. We work closely with our suppliers from the conception of a product, through it’s development and continually throughout it’s life cycle at the company. Every dye lot of goods is compared to a color standard for acceptance or rejection based on the “greyscale.” If the goods are graded below 3/4 on the greyscale, the dye lot is rejected and the process has to start again. Unfortunately, the rejection of a dye lot can delay delivery of goods anywhere from 2–6 weeks. However, this process assures us that we are providing our customers with quality goods each and every time.

8/

INTRODUCTION


INDUSTRY STANDARDS: Seam Allowance & Stitch Density STANDARD PERFORMANCE SPECIFICATIONS FOR UPHOLSTERY FABRICS—PLAIN, TUFTED OR FLOCKED ASTM D3597-02-D434 is a test method published by the American Society of Testing and Materials (ASTM). It indicates the standard performance specification of woven upholstery fabrics. There are specifications within this test method that indicate the industry standard for the sewing of woven upholstery fabrics. It requires the sewing of a seam using a minimum of seven and a maximum of eight stitches per inch using a seam allowance not less than ½”. One can expect seam slippage issues when an upholstery fabric is sewn with a stitch density of less than 7 stitches per inch and seam allowances of less than ½”, so please ensure you always follow the industry standard to avoid problems with seam slippage. SPECIFICATION GUIDELINES FOR CONTRACT UPHOLSTERY AND DRAPERY TEXTILES Here are some of the performance guidelines for contract textiles (commercial applications), as per the not-for-profit trade association, the Association for Contract Textiles (ACT). These guidelines are meant to help assist you when selecting an upholstery fabric for a commercial project, although product requirements will vary for each commercial project. FLAMMABILITY CROCKING COLORFASTNESS TO LIGHT PILLING BREAKING STRENGTH SEAM SLIPPAGE

California Technical Bulletin 117-2013 (Pass) AATCC 8 (Upholstery) and 116 (Drapery) Dry Crocking: Grade 4 minimum Wet Crocking: Grade 3 minimum AATCC 16 E or H—Grade 4 minimum at 40 hours ASTM D3511-03—Class 3 minimum ASTM D5034-95 (2001) (Grab Test)—50lb minimum in warp and weft ASTM D3597-02-D434-95—25lb minimum in warp and weft

ABRASION FOR WOVEN UPHOLSTERY FABRICS

High Traffic/Public Spaces:

Low Traffic/Private Spaces:

•  ASTM D4157 (Wyzenbeek)—50,000 double rubs

•  ASTM D4157 (Wyzenbeek)—15,000 double rubs

ABRASION FOR COATED UPHOLSTERY FABRICS

Heavy duty end use applications include the following: hotel rooms/suites, conference rooms and dining area usage. ASTM D4157-02 (Wyzenbeek)—30,000 Double rubs For facilities that are in use for 24 hours per day, the abrasion resistance requirement for upholstered furniture may be higher than the requirement for heavy duty contract upholstery.

INTRODUCTION

/9


INTRO

ROLL TAG FLAW INFORMATION Each cut of fabric is accompanied by a tag describing the item ordered and the yardage shipped. These tags also contain information regarding flaws, the date and time of the order, the packing slip number, etc. Please read these tags thoroughly. Whenever the Quantity Ordered and the Quantity Shipped differ, there will be a mark denoting whether the cause was a flaw, an allowance or a given fabric situation. Given indicates that there was a small amount of yardage left on the roll and was forwarded to the customer at no charge. Flawed indicates that there were imperfections within the yardage (as outlined in Quality Control Standards), therefore extra fabric has been allowed for them. Break Piece Allowance indicates that you have been allowed extra fabric due to a break piece order. This is when an order for fabric is fulfilled by cutting pieces off two rolls instead of one. The extra allowance is done to compensate for the pattern break resulting from the fabric not being cut from the same roll. This order method is only done pending approval from the customer. Description and Tag for / Comments will also help to identify the goods. Be sure to check these before cutting the material.

10 /

INTRODUCTION


RETURNED GOODS This section covers the J. Ennis Fabrics policies concerning returns and claims for fabrics and supplies. When a mistake has been made by J. Ennis Fabrics the goods may be returned at no charge to the customer. In this case, a returned goods authorization is required and may be obtained by the customer through our Customer Service Center. Fabric may not be returned once it has been cut by the customer. In the course of discussing the nature of the complaint, it is often to the advantage of all concerned if an agreement can be reached for the customer to retain the goods at a discounted price to save on administrative return costs and freight. Please call for an authorization before returning goods. Due to freight costs, we cannot accept returns on cuts of fabric less than 5 linear yards, unless the problem was caused by J. Ennis Fabrics, such as the shipment of incorrect goods. Any goods not accompanied by a returned goods authorization number will automatically be assessed freight charges and restocking fees. The restocking fee is 15% on products returned for reasons other than an error by J. Ennis Fabrics. This covers the administrative costs of receiving and processing the transaction, as well as the inspection of the fabric prior to going into stock. These procedures plus the accounting and other administrative functions are expensive in that they are quite time consuming. These charges will be deducted from the credit that the return will generate. Returns will not be accepted on goods older than 90 days from the date of purchase. Adhesives are not accepted after 30 days due to shelf life. Supply items sold in pre-packaged lots will not be accepted in less than the complete lot. The cutting of a fabric indicates acceptance. Fabric may not be returned for credit once it has been cut or marked. J. Ennis Fabrics is a customer service oriented company. Every effort is made to correct any mistake we have made. Wherever possible, we will work with our customers to minimize the negative effects of a mistake.

INTRODUCTION

/ 11


INTRO

WARRANTY CLAIMS Warranty periods vary by manufacturer and product. If you have a question or concern regarding the warranty on a purchase or an existing product in use, please contact your sales representative or our Customer Service Center. All warranty claims are handled on an individual basis. To initiate a claim, contact your sales representative to get a claims form filled out and submitted. Due to the wide range of manufacturers and suppliers there is no standard for claims.

WARRANTY LIMITATIONS WHAT CONSTITUTES AN AFTER-TREATMENT? AND WHY DOES J. ENNIS FABRICS REFUSE TO WARRANT AGAINST A FABRIC THAT HAS GONE THROUGH AFTER-TREATMENT? After treatments, or “fabric protection plans” are sold at most retail stores in North America. The chemicals are, in most instances, applied on location by hand. If not done properly, there could be over-saturation (causing fiber breakdown or discoloration), or key spots missed (i.e. coating the cushion top but not on the side borders), which could result in seam fatigue. Chemicals applied to upholstery fabric have a tendency to breakdown the fibers (primarily) filament yarns. Synthetic filament yarns make the fabric beautiful with a variety of twists, textures and wraps. After-treatment chemicals, such as Guardsman or Scotchgaurd, have a propensity to breakdown these fibers over time. In addition, the chemicals can erode the applied fabric backing, be it latex or acrylic. After-treatment chemicals have improved over the years becoming less toxic and less harmful to the environment. As a result, they have extended the life of the fibers over the previous compounds used but there is still degradation. The process is just prolonged. Consequently, it is impossible to determine whether a fabric’s defect or breakdown is the result of manufacturer error or because of an after treatment procedure. Therefore, neither J. Ennis Fabrics nor our fabric manufacturers will warrant against a fabric that has been after-treated. WHAT IS “PILLING” AND WHY IS IT NOT WARRANTED BY J. ENNIS FABRICS? As a result of normal wear and use, upholstered fabrics will begin to form little balls, or “pills,” of excess fabric on the surface. This is called pilling, a common characteristic of many upholstered fabrics. Pilling is not considered a defect by J. Ennis Fabrics because the fabric is not actually deteriorating. Over time, when all excess fibers have been released from the fabric, the pilling will stop. To restore the look of the material, we recommend occasionally “shaving” the product’s surface with a furniture or sweater shaver. 12 /

INTRODUCTION


ENDURATEX Ship2Shore UPHOLSTERY THAT PERFORMS ON LAND OR AT SEA

INTRODUCTION

/ 13


No matter if you’re looking to find fabrics for your awning, upholstery or boat top project, we carry a variety of options for your needs. Vinyl, engineered leather, woven polyester—we have it all.

14 /

INTRODUCTION


SPECIALTY FABRICS

INTRODUCTION

/ 15


SPECIALTY FABRICS

AUTOMOTIVE VINYL 16 /

FABRICS


LOW TEMPERATURE PERFORMANCE VINYLS (ONLY IN BLACK) Specifications for the following products can be found on the page numbers indicated below: TALLADEGA p.18 SEALSKIN p.217 MIDSHIP p.37

* T his information is offered for general guidance only. It is accurate to the best of our knowledge and is not intended to relieve the user from its responsibility to investigate and understand other pertinent sources of information and to comply with all laws and procedures applicable to the safe handling and use of this material. Please note: T he fabric and supply images displayed may not represent the actual product in its entirety.

BACKING CONTENT

COLD CRACK

MILDEW RESISTANT

TEAR STRENGTH

TENSILE STRENGTH

UV/ LIGHTFASTNESS

FIRE RETARDANCY*

WEIGHT

ROLL SIZE

ALLSPORT

100% Nylon

-50°C (-58°F)

-

-

-

≥1000 hours

CAL117—Sec. E; UFAC Class 1; MVSS 302; BIFMA Class 1

36oz./lin. yd 24.01oz/yd2

40yd

ARCTIC -40

65% Polyester; 35% Cotton

-40°C (-40°F)

Yes

191A-5136: Warp=6lb Fill=9lb

ASTM D751: Warp=12lb Fill=8lb

≥500 hours

MVSS 302

28.5oz./lin. yd 19.2oz./yd2

30yd

GAUCHO

100% Polyester

-40°C (-40°F)

-

ASTM D1117: Warp=16lb Fill=14lb

ASTM D751: Warp=80lb Fill=55lb

AATCC16: Class 3

CAL117—Sec. E; UFAC Class 1; MVSS 302; BIFMA Class 1

26.5oz./lin. yd 17.7oz./yd2

50yd

-20°C (-4°F)

-

-

-

-

MVSS 302

29.2oz./lin. yd 19.5oz./yd2

30yd

-20°C (-4°F)

Yes

191A-5136: Warp=6lb Fill=9lb

ASTM D751: Warp=12lb Fill=8lb

≥500 hours

MVSS 302

28.0oz./lin. yd 18.7oz./yd2

30yd

POLARIS

-40°C (-40°F)

Yes

-

-

≥300 hours

-

36.0oz./lin. yd 24.0oz./yd2

50yd

SIERRA

-18°C (-0.4°F)

-

ASTM D573: Warp=22lb Fill=22lb

ASTM D751: Warp=80lb Fill=68lb

≥1000 hours

-

25.0oz./lin. yd 16.7oz./yd2

40yd

-18°C (-0.4°F)

Yes

ASTM D1117: Warp=20lb Fill=18lb

ASTM D751: Warp=98lb Fill=80lb

-

CAL117—Sec. E; UFAC Class 1; MVSS 302; BIFMA Class 1

36.0oz./lin. yd 24.0oz./yd2

40yd

-40°C (-40°F)

Yes

-

-

≥1000 hours

MVSS 302

38.5oz./lin. yd 25.7oz./yd2

30yd

MADRID OXEN

WALLABY

WINTERZONE

65% Polyester; 35% Cotton

100% Polyester

FABRICS

/ 17


SPECIALTY FABRICS

TALLADEGA ACT PERFORMANCE INFO:

1009 Purple

108 Wine

1111 Burgundy

ABRASION: 100,000+ double rubs

14 Red

2 Spruce

2009 Forest

3006 Royal

302 Copen

3333 Indigo

405 Rust

47 Cinnamon

6 Brown

605 Doe

608 Sand

61 White

66 Off White

68 Buttermilk

808 Espresso

81 Camel

84 Sandstone

9003 Grey Mist

9009 Black

905 Grey

908 Charcoal

BACKING CONTENT: 100% Polyester BRE AKING: Procedure A, CFFA 17—2012: Warp=74, Fill=52 COLD CRACK: -30°C (-22°F) CONTENT: 100% Polyvinyl Chloride (PVC) ELONGATION: ASTM D751: Warp: 31%, Weft: 144% FIRE RETARDANCY*: CALIF 117—Section E; MVSS302; NFPA260 Class 1; UFAC Class 1 UV RESISTANCE: AATCC16 Class 4 WIDTH | ROLL SIZE: 54” (137cm) | 30yd (27.4m)

OTHER AUTO VINYL BRANDS WE CARRY

* T his information is offered for general guidance only. It is accurate to the best of our knowledge and is not intended to relieve the user from its responsibility to investigate and understand other pertinent sources of information and to comply with all laws and procedures applicable to the safe handling and use of this material. Please note: T he fabric and supply images displayed may not represent the actual product in its entirety.

18 /

FABRICS


w a t e r. we live to be on the

Sunbrella® is a registered trademark of Glen Raven, Inc.

Your customers depend on you to keep them on the water. That’s why you can always rely on the world’s most trusted marine fabric. sunbrella.com/wake FABRICS

/ 19


SPECIALTY FABRICS

MARINE PLASTICS 20 /

FABRICS


MARINE PLASTICS J. Ennis Fabrics carries an extensive range of quality marine plastics to suit any budget. Our high quality Pressed Polish Sheets include STRATAGLASS and O’SEA, brands that offer plastics with great optical clarity and durability. These products are formulated for maximum UV stability and feature scratch and chemical resistance.

For marine and automotive windows that require more economical alternatives, we carry SUPER 2 CLEAR, OKAMOTO and our own in-house line of Plastic Rolls, with or without paper. The variety in gauges provide convenient options for light to heavier-duty project needs.

Optically Clear Easy To C l e a n

Scratch Resistant

Sunscreen, Bug S p ray a n d J e t Fu e l Resistant Highly Durable Contact your Sales Representative for more information.

FABRICS

/ 21


SPECIALTY FABRICS

®

DON’T LET POOR QUALITY

SINK YOUR SHIP. O’Sea® clear, smoke and green flexible window glass is optically clear, durable, and made startto-finish in the USA. And did we mention- our O’Sea® press polished sheets are sunscreen, bug spray, and jet fuel resistant? Install worry free windows by switching to O’Sea®.

SUNSCREEN, BUG SPRAY AND JET FUEL RESISTANT

OPTICALLY CLEAR WITH NO DISTORTION

DURABLE AND LONG LASTING

SCRATCH RESISTANT COATING ON BOTH SIDES

LIGHTFAST AND NO COLOR CHANGE

EASY TO CLEAN-JUST A MICROFIBER CLOTH AND WATER

ASK YOUR DISTRIBUTOR ABOUT O’SEA® and REGALITE® TODAY.

22 /

FABRICS


MESH FABRICS

/ 23


SPECIALTY FABRICS

SCREENING HEAVY MESH

SCREENING HEAVY MESH

COLD CRACK: -28°C (-18.4°F) CONTENT: 100% Polyvinyl Chloride (PVC)

White

Orange

Blue

Black

Red

TEAR STRENGTH: ASTM: Warp=67lb, Weft=65lb TENSILE STRENGTH: ASTM: Warp=335lb, Weft=335lb THREAD COUNT: 9x9 threads/inch2 WIDTH | ROLL SIZE: 60” (152.4cm) | 100yd (91.44m)

911 MESH 911 Mesh is a PVC extruded mesh with finished selvages. This product is recognized for both construction and quality. Field tested and approved for the highest satisfaction, 911 Mesh is ideal for outdoor usage.

911 MESH

4 Florescent Orange

3 Blue

2 Green

7 Black

6 White

CONSTRUCTION: 100% PVC TEAR STRENGTH: ASTM D5733: Warp=60lb, Fill=60lb TENSILE STRENGTH: ASTM D751: Warp=160lb, Fill=140lb THREAD COUNT: 11x11 threads/inch2 WIDTH | ROLL SIZE: 61” (155cm) | 100yd (91.4m)

WE ALSO CARRY SCREENING BRAND Please note: T he fabric and supply images displayed may not represent the actual product in its entirety.

24 /

FABRICS


POLYESTER FABRICS

/ 25


SPECIALTY FABRICS

DEFENDER ABRASION: ISO 12927-2: 20,000 cycles

DEFENDER 108 Maroon

14 Red

2009 F.Green

27 Army Green

3006 Royal

305 Med Blue

308 Navy

46 Bright Orange (60”)

505 Yellow

61 White

708 Woodland (GS)

8003 Tan

9003 Med Grey

9009 Black

CONTENT: 100% Polyester CONSTRUCTION: 600 denier BACKING CONTENT: 100% Polyurethane WATER REPELLANT: AATCC 127 (Suter)—Average 600mm. THREAD COUNT: 44 x 30 threads/inch2 WIDTH | ROLL SIZE: 59” (150cm) | 50yd (45.7m)

TONTO ABRASION: 100,000+ double rubs

TONTO 108 Maroon

14 Red

2009 Forest

3006 Royal

308 Navy

505 Yellow

61 White

9009 Black

98 Smoke

CONTENT: 100% Polyester BACKING CONTENT: 100% Polyvinyl chloride (PVC) FIRE RETARDANCY*: CAL117—Section E THREAD COUNT: 34 x 29 threads/inch2 UV RESISTANCE: AATCC 16 Class 3.5 WIDTH | ROLL SIZE: 58” (147cm) | 50yd (45.7m)

OTHER BRANDS WE CARRY FOR ACRYLIC-COATED POLYESTER * T his information is offered for general guidance only. It is accurate to the best of our knowledge and is not intended to relieve the user from its responsibility to investigate and understand other pertinent sources of information and to comply with all laws and procedures applicable to the safe handling and use of this material. Please note: T he fabric and supply images displayed may not represent the actual product in its entirety.

26 /

FABRICS


100% Solution-dyed Satura® MAX

Performs Where Acrylic Fails

Outperforms Solution-dyed Polyester

• Minimum 5-year Fade Resistance • No Sagging • Highly Breathable • No Color Bleeding or Rub-Off

• 2X Strength and Durability • 6X Abrasion Resistance • 50% Higher Water Resistance • 25% Cost Savings

• Twice the Fade Resistance • Double the Strength Retention • High Water Resistance PLUS High Breathability

WeatherMAX® is a registered trademark of Safety Components Fabric Technologies, Inc. WeatherMAX FR® for outdoor applications requiring fire resistance - Meets California Title 19, CAN/ULC-S109, CPAI 84. SaturaMAX® is a registered trademark of Unifi, Inc. Canadian patent #2492753 FABRICS

/ 27


SPECIALTY FABRICS

FR AWNING VINYL 28 /

FABRICS


ENNIS 1974 Ennis 1974 is a PVC-coated Polyester with a PVCF/Acrylic finish—a choice material for awnings, tents, canopies, gazebos, inflatable structures and light frame supported structures. The matetrial undergoes a lacquering treatment (Rotofluo W) of surface coatings to protect and insulate the PVC layer. Treated with a thing acrylic/fluorinated PVDF blend on one side and an acrylic lacquer coating on the other, Ennis 1974 provides thermal insulation, sound proofing, superior chemical aging resistance, fire resistance, UV and Gamma radiation stability, and exceptional properties in tension and deflection.

422 Red

509 Terra Cotta

116 Burgundy

418 Dark Brown

415 Cocoa

417 Dark Grey

416 Grey

413 Bright Blue

425 Sapphire

431 Navy

426 Green

432 Forest Green

438 Spruce

427 Black

420 Lemon

419 Tan

410 White

CONTENT: 100% Polyvinyl choloride (PVC) COATING | FINISH: 100% PVC | PVDF/Acrylic COLD CRACK: -30°C (-22°F) FIRE RETARDANCY*: NFPA 701 CAN/ULC S109 Italy: Classe 2 France: M2 Germany: DIN 4102 B1 Scandinavia: SIS 650082 Europa: B s1 d0 UV RESISTANCE: ≥1000 hours WARRANTY: 10-year limited manufacturer’s warranty. 6-year manufacturer’s limited warranty when used in rental tents. WIDTH | ROLL SIZE: 74” (188cm) | 50yd (45.7m)

OTHER AWNING VINYL BRANDS WE CARRY * T his information is offered for general guidance only. It is accurate to the best of our knowledge and is not intended to relieve the user from its responsibility to investigate and understand other pertinent sources of information and to comply with all laws and procedures applicable to the safe handling and use of this material. Please note: T he fabric and supply images displayed may not represent the actual product in its entirety.

FABRICS

/ 29


SPECIALTY FABRICS

NYLON 30 /

FABRICS


CORDURA

CORDURA CONTENT: 100% Nylon

1 Red

111 Maroon

2 Forest Green

28 Army Green

3 Royal

305 Medium Blue

32 Teal

333 Navy

4 Orange

44 Sport Gold

46 Blaze Orange Fluor.

5 Gold

6 White

69 Silver

699 Smoke

7 Black

787 Woodland

CONSTRUCTION: 1000 denier BACKING CONTENT: 100% Polyurethane WATER REPELLANT: AATCC 127 (Suter)—Average 350 mm. THREAD COUNT: 34 x 26 threads/inch2 WIDTH | ROLL SIZE: 59” (150cm) | 50yd (45.7m)

SPORTLIGHT CONTENT: 100% Nylon

SPORTLIGHT 11 Red

2222 Forest

305 Blue

309 Midnight

33 Royal

55 Yellow

66 White

699 Silver

77 Black

8 Oak

905 Platinum

994 Fluor. Orange

CONSTRUCTION: 420 denier BACKING CONTENT: 100% Polyvinyl Chloride (PVC) COLD CRACK: ≥ -20°C (-4°F) THREAD COUNT: 48 x 34 threads/inch2 WIDTH | ROLL SIZE: 58” (147cm) | 50yd (45.7m)

9009 Black FR Please note: T he fabric and supply images displayed may not represent the actual product in its entirety.

FABRICS

/ 31


SPECIALTY FABRICS

OXFORD CONTENT: 100% Nylon

1 Red

1006 Redwood

111 Burgundy

18 Flames Red

22 Green

2222 Forest

27 Olive Drab

282 Woodland Camo

3 Royal Blue

3003 Oilers Navy

305 Medium Blue

308 Olympiad Blue

33 Canadiens Blue

333 Navy

4 Orange

505 Gold

55 Sport Yellow

66 White Opaque

7 Black

805 Brown

905 Platinum

9911 Light Grey

FR 9009 Black

CONSTRUCTION: 420 denier BACKING CONTENT: 100% Polyurethane WATER REPELLANT: AATCC 127 (Suter)—Average 800 mm. WIDTH | ROLL SIZE: 58” (147cm) | 50yd (45.7m)

Please note: T he fabric and supply images displayed may not represent the actual product in its entirety.

32 /

FABRICS


PVC COVER/ TARP FABRICS

/ 33


SPECIALTY FABRICS

HERCULES: 14oz. Coated PVC

HERCULES 1 Red

205 Green

3 Blue

403 Fluor. Orange

55 Yellow

6 White

68 Beige

7 Black

9 Grey

33 Blue

44 Fluorescent

55 Yellow

66 White

69 Beige

77 Black

CONTENT: 100% Polyvinyl Chloride (PVC) CONSTRUCTION: 1000 denier COLD CRACK: ≥-40°C (-40°F) THREAD COUNT: 12 x 12 threads/inch2 UV RESISTANCE: ≥1000 hours WIDTH | ROLL SIZE: 61” (156cm) | 30yd (27.4m)

ATLAS: 10oz. Coated PVC

ATLAS

CONTENT: 100% Polyvinyl Chloride (PVC) CONSTRUCTION: 500 denier COLD CRACK: ≥-20°C (-4°F) FIRE RETARDANCY*: MVSS302 THREAD COUNT: 18 x 12 threads/inch2 UV RESISTANCE: ≥300 hours WIDTH | ROLL SIZE: 60” (152cm) | 50yd (45.7m)

* T his information is offered for general guidance only. It is accurate to the best of our knowledge and is not intended to relieve the user from its responsibility to investigate and understand other pertinent sources of information and to comply with all laws and procedures applicable to the safe handling and use of this material. Please note: T he fabric and supply images displayed may not represent the actual product in its entirety.

34 /

FABRICS

99 Grey


18oz. COATED PVC J. Ennis Fabrics’ 18oz. Coated PVC line is a collection of our top PVC products packaged into one easy-to-find resource. The fabrics featured include Apollo 81”, Mercury and Sampson FR. Each vinyl shares comparable specifications to each other. Provided is a comparison chart to help you choose the best product for your projects.

* T his information is offered for general guidance only. It is accurate to the best of our knowledge and is not intended to relieve the user from its responsibility to investigate and understand other pertinent sources of information and to comply with all laws and procedures applicable to the safe handling and use of this material.

1 Red

111 Burgundy

2009 Forest Green

Apollo 81” Mercury (50yd/100yd) Sampson FR

Mercury (50yd/100yd) Sampson FR

Apollo 81” Mercury (50yd)

55 Yellow

6 White

68 Beige

Apollo 81” Mercury (50yd/100yd) Sampson FR

Apollo 81” Mercury (50yd/100yd) Sampson FR

Apollo 81” Mercury (50yd/100yd) Sampson FR

8006 Brown

9 Grey

7 Black

Mercury (50yd) Sampson FR

Apollo 81” Mercury (50yd/100yd) Sampson FR

Apollo 81” Mercury (50yd/100yd) Sampson FR

205 Medium Green

3 Blue

308 Navy

Mercury (50yd/100yd) Sampson FR

Apollo 81” Mercury (50yd/100yd) Sampson FR

Mercury (50yd)

44 Orange

994 Fluor. Orange

Mercury (50yd) Sampson FR

Apollo 81” Mercury (50yd) Sampson FR

Please note: T he fabric and supply images displayed may not represent the actual product in its entirety.

APOLLO CONTENT

MERCURY (50yd/100yd)

SAMPSON FR

100% Polyvinyl Chloride

COLORS

9

50 yd: 14  100 yd: 7

12

FIRE RETARDANCY*

EN 1176-10: 2008—Playground EN 1021-1: 2006 Cigarette Test EN 1021-2: 2006 Match Test

EN 1176-10: 2008—Playground EN 1021-1: 2006 Cigarette Test EN 1021-2: 2006 Match Test

CPAI-84; NFPA 701; MVSS 302

THREAD COUNT

17 x 18 threads/inch²

YARN SIZE

1000 x 1300 denier

SERIM

Woven

THICKNESS

0.55 mm

COLD CRACK

-40˚C (-40˚F)

MILDEW RESISTANT

Yes

UV / LIGHT FASTNESS

1000 hours

WIDTH

81” (206 cm)

61” (155cm)

61” (155cm)

ROLL SIZE

50yd

50yd or 100yd

50yd

CLEANING INSTRUCTIONS CAUTIONS

Clean with Mild Soap and Water Do not use bleach or vinegar. Will degrade fabric over time, causing discoloration and a shorter lifespan. FABRICS

/ 35


SPECIALTY FABRICS

MARINE VINYL 36 /

FABRICS


MIDSHIP

MIDSHIP Midship was developed to withstand the harsh extremes of hot and cold temperatures. Not only is the fabric resistant to seasonal extremes, it can also stand up against chemical and UV exposure. A product developed for all four seasons, Midship is a superior vinyl product with proven marine performance. ABRASION: 30,000+ double rubs

1 Red

17 Burgundy

222 Hunter Green

3 Royal Blue

33 Navy Blue

333 Azure

34 Teal Green

6 White

6003 Ivory

6009 Oyster White

61 Mystic White

649 Almond

66 Off White

67 Mushroom

696 Bright White

8 Chocolate

805 Spice

84 Rust

87 Brown

8884 Rawhide

9006 Light Grey

9009 Black

905 Seagull

969 Dark Grey

97 Steel

98 Medium Grey

99 Mid Grey

CONTENT: 100% Polyvinyl chloride (PVC) COLD CRACK: -28°C (-18.4°F) FIRE RETARDANCY: CAL117—Section E; NFPA 260 Class 1; UFAC Class 1. UV RESISTANCE: ≥1500 hours WIDTH | ROLL SIZE: 54” (137cm) | 50yd (45.7m)

MIDSHIP HEAT-SEALED Utilizing a top-quality Midship face, Midship Heat-Sealed is a great accent for boat seating. It features quilted heat-sealed channels every 1½” across the roll in top neutral colors for the Marine market. FACE CONTENT: 100% Polyvinyl chloride (PVC) FILL CONTENT: 100% Polyester COLD CRACK: -28°C (-18°F) FIRE RESISTARDANCY: CAL117—Section E; NFPA 260 Class 1; UFAC Class 1.

MIDSHIP HEAT-SEALED 6003 Ivory

61 Mystic White

66 Off White

969 Bright White

9009 Black

905 Seagull

UV RESISTANCE: ≥1500 hours WIDTH | ROLL SIZE: 54” (137cm) | 50yd (45.7m)

* T his information is offered for general guidance only. It is accurate to the best of our knowledge and is not intended to relieve the user from its responsibility to investigate and understand other pertinent sources of information and to comply with all laws and procedures applicable to the safe handling and use of this material. Please note: T he fabric and supply images displayed may not represent the actual product in its entirety.

MIDSHIP GIMP & WELT We now carry Hydem Gimp and Welt in all matching Midship colors. See p.174–175 for more details.

FABRICS

/ 37


CANVAS 38 /

FABRICS


MALLARD Mallard is a piece-dyed 10oz. 100% cotton duck fabric with a canvas construction. As a product that is made in North America, Mallard is also NAFTA friendly.

11 Red

4 Orange

5 Yellow

CONTENT: 100% Cotton

33 Royal

208 Hunter Green

111 Burgundy

333 Navy

87 Brown

7 Black

CONSTRUCTION: Canvas FIRE RESISTARDANCY*: CAL117—Section E. UV RESISTANCE: AATCC 16 Class 4 THREAD COUNT: 76x28 threads/inch2 WATER REPELLANT: Yes

61 White

WEIGHT: 10oz./yd2 WIDTH | ROLL SIZE: 58” (147cm) | 75–100yd (68–91m)

* T his information is offered for general guidance only. It is accurate to the best of our knowledge and is not intended to relieve the user from its responsibility to investigate and understand other pertinent sources of information and to comply with all laws and procedures applicable to the safe handling and use of this material. Please note: T he fabric and supply images displayed may not represent the actual product in its entirety.

TREATED VS. UNTREATED CANVAS The term canvas refers to a heavy-duty woven cotton fabric that is more than 8oz./yd2. Heavy-duty cotton canvas is available treated or untreated. Canvas can be “waxed” using a product called CANVAK (#7199, p.181), an oily substance that provides the material a certain degree of water

and mildew resistance. Treated canvas is an ideal material for the creation of tarps, bags and outerwear. Untreated canvas fabric is better suited for nonindustrial indoor uses, such as furniture slip covers, painter overalls, aprons, table coverings, pillows, art canvases and theater or staging uses.

FABRICS

/ 39


SUNBRELLA® FABRICS

Beautiful Durable Bleach Cleanable UV Resistant Worry Free The Sunbrella Brand.

Fade-resistant.

Sunbrella is the most recognized and trusted name in performance fabrics for the Casual Furniture, Residential Furniture, Shade, Marine and Automotive markets for over fifty years.

Sunbrella shade and marine fabrics are unmatched in resistance to fading and the degrading effects of sunlight.

®

Cleanable.

Colorfastness. Sunbrella fibers are saturated with highly UV stable pigments. Traditional dyeing methods, such as yarn or piece dyeing, only add color to the fiber exterior. All Sunbrella fabrics, including shade and marine fabrics, offer performance characteristics that are an integral part of the fabric, not an applied finish that would wash off over time. So they will hold up to even the harshest outdoor environments, both on land and on the water. Think of a carrot versus a radish.

1961

Mid 70’s

Revolutionary new Sunbrella® Sunbrella marine fabrics awning fabrics dramatically outlast begin protecting boats and cotton canvas. boaters worldwide.

40 /

FABRICS

Mild soap cleans most common stains. Using bleach or solvents for tough stains will not affect Sunbrella fabrics, but don’t try this with other fabrics.

Durable. Sunbrella shade and marine fabrics retain their strength after years of cleaning and weathering.

Early 80’s

2002

2011

Sunbrella casual furniture fabrics turn patios into outdoor rooms.

Beautiful Sunbrella residential fabrics mean indoor furniture is now stress-free.

Sunbrella Contract launches for commercial upholstery applications


SUNBRELLA® IS A REGISTERED TRADEMARK OF GLEN RAVEN, INC.

FABRICS

/ 41


No matter what project you’re working on, we carry every supply item you need. With over 5,000 items at your fingertips, the possibilities are endless.


SPECIALTY SUPPLIES


FOAM 44 /

SPECIALTY SUPPLIES: FOAM


FOAM (AVAILABLE IN CANADA ONLY) A

DIMENSIONS PRICE BREAKS PART # ¹/₈”4499 Cut (Yd) ¼”4500 Roll (25yd) ³/₈”4501 ½”4502

Closed Cell Foam

SEW FOAM

DESCRIPTION Closed cell foam on a continuous roll with a 60” width. This foam is non-absorbent and resilient. Can be used for backpacking mats, exercise mats, padding for athletic equipment, costumes, mascots, underpad for landau tops or anything where moisture is of concern.

COMPRESSION

DENSITY

(lb. | kg)

-

-

(lb./ft.3 | g/cm3) -

-

N

Our J. Ennis Fabrics Sew Foam is a regular roll foam with a Cerex backing applied. This is suitable for quilting applications without using a separate backing material. A real time-saver on stitched seat panels.

A

B

Constructed from 100% Polyurethane for a pliable pink foam. Great also for molding and shaping. This product is sold by the roll. B B

4365 4371

½” x 58” x 60’—Pink ¼” x 58” x 60’—Pink PRICE BREAKS: Roll (60’)

Please see p.244 for Foam Cutters.

SPECIALTY SUPPLIES: FOAM

/ 45


SPECIALTY WEBBING

WEBBING & HOOK & LOOP 46 /

SPECIALTY SUPPLIES: WEBBING


Please see p.131–132 for Hot Knife Cutters.

WEBBING Webbing can be combined with buckles, hooks, sliders and other fasteners to create a variety of sport bags, cases and specialty items. Specialty Webbing is woven from various materials such as cotton, nylons, polypropylene and polyester. Also available is the Sunbrella®-brand webbing made from a blend of acrylic and polyester. A

NYLON WEBBING—REGULAR D E F G H I

B

9851 9844 9821 9846 9850 9892

1” Nylon Webbing—Black 1” Nylon Webbing—Royal 1” Nylon Webbing—Olive Drab 1” Nylon Webbing—Red 1” Nylon Webbing—White 1” Nylon Webbing—Yellow BREAK STRENGTH: 1005lb (456kg) PRICE BREAKS: Roll (100yd) | Case (5)

C

D

9822

1½” Nylon Webbing—Black BREAK STRENGTH: 1750lb (793.8kg) PRICE BREAKS: Roll (100yd) | Case (5)

COTTON WEBBING A B C

9831 9832 9550

1” Cotton Webbing—Natural 1½” Cotton Webbing—Natural 2” Heavy Cotton Webbing—Natural PRICE BREAKS: Roll (50yd) | Case (10)

D

9824

2” Nylon Webbing—Black BREAK STRENGTH: 2015lb (914kg) PRICE BREAKS: Roll (100yd) | Case (5)

NYLON WEBBING—HEAVY-DUTY D

9782

¾” Heavy-Duty Nylon Webbing—Black BREAK STRENGTH: 1980lb (898kg) PRICE BREAKS: Roll (50yd) | Case (12)

D

E

D E G

9791 9794 9797

BREAK STRENGTH: 2390lb (1084kg) PRICE BREAKS: Roll (50yd) | Case (10)

F

D

9792

G

H

I

1” Heavy-Duty Nylon Webbing—Black 1” Heavy-Duty Nylon Webbing—Royal 1” Heavy-Duty Nylon Webbing—Red

1½” Heavy-Duty Nylon Webbing—Black BREAK STRENGTH: 3620lb (1642kg) PRICE BREAKS: Roll (50yd) | Case (10)

D

9793

2” Heavy-Duty Nylon Webbing—Black BREAK STRENGTH: 6920lb (3139kg) PRICE BREAKS: Roll (50yd) | Case (10)

SPECIALTY SUPPLIES: WEBBING

/ 47


SPECIALTY WEBBING

WEBBING (CONT.) A B C

POLYPROPYLENE WEBBING—REGULAR A general purpose webbing for garment applications.

4-PANEL POLYPROPYLENE WEBBING

PRICE BREAKS: Roll (50yd) | Case (10)

D E F G H I J K L M

N

A B C D E F G H I J K L M

Olive Dark Grey Navy Red Tan Yellow White Silver Orange Green Royal Burgundy Black

¾”

1”

1½”

2”

9780 9781

9716 9859 9852 9769 9893 9874 9861 9766 9905 9853 9898 9869

9717 9864 9858 9856 9770 9894 9855 9862 9767 9903 9857 9899 9860

9718 9863 9868 9866 9771 9895 9865 9878 9768 9904 9867 9900 9870

A general purpose polypropylene webbing with great aesthetics and shine for bag and apparel applications. N

9570

POLYPROPYLENE WEBBING—HEAVY-DUTY The heavy-duty polypropylene webbing can be used for load-bearing purposes on garment and bag applications. PRICE BREAKS: Roll (50yd) | Case (10) M

9720

¾” Heavy-Duty Polypropylene Webbing—Black BREAK STRENGTH: 515lb (234kg)

G M

9734 9733

1” Heavy-Duty Polypropylene Webbing—White 1” Heavy-Duty Polypropylene Webbing—Black BREAK STRENGTH: 702lb (318kg)

G M

9736 9735

1½” Heavy-Duty Polypropylene Webbing—White 1½” Heavy-Duty Polypropylene Webbing—Black BREAK STRENGTH: 1086lb (493kg)

G M

9738 9737

2” Heavy-Duty Polypropylene Webbing—White 2” Heavy-Duty Polypropylene Webbing—Black BREAK STRENGTH: 1428lb (648kg)

48 /

SPECIALTY SUPPLIES: WEBBING

1” 4-Panel Polypropylene Webbing—Black BREAK STRENGTH:   596lb (270kg) PRICE BREAKS: Roll (50yd) | Case (10)


O

POLYESTER TIE-DOWN WEBBING Thick, heavy, all-weather tie-down webbing used on truck beds and cargo straps. These goods will work well with the tie-down ratchets and hooks on p.52–53. Used to create custom tiedowns for any configuration required. NOTE: #9 Tufting Twine (#8125, p.151) is recommended for sewing tie-downs. PRICE BREAKS (10yd rolls): Roll (10yd) | Package (5) | Case (10) PRICE BREAK (100yd rolls): Roll (100yd) O

9701

1” Polyester Tie-Down Webbing—10yd Roll BREAK STRENGTH: 3500lb (1588kg)

O O

Q

9702 9706

2” Polyester Tie-Down Webbing—10yd Roll 2” Polyester Tie-Down Webbing—100yd Roll BREAK STRENGTH: 10,000lb (4536kg)

R

O 0

S

9703 9707

Sunbrella® is a registered trademark of Glen Raven, Inc.

T

3” Polyester Tie-Down Webbing—10yd Roll 3” Polyester Tie-Down Webbing—100yd Roll BREAK STRENGTH: 15,000lb (6804kg)

O U

9704 9708

4” Polyester Tie-Down Webbing—10yd Roll 4” Polyester Tie-Down Webbing—100yd Roll BREAK STRENGTH: 20,000lb (9072kg)

SUNBRELLA® WEBBING

POLYESTER WEBBING

The Sunbrella®-brand webbing is constructed from 78% solution-dyed acrylic and 22% polyester. It is UV-resistant at a minimum grade 4 at 2200 hours when tested against AATCC 169-2003. The product also passes lightfast test SAE 1960J with a minimum grade 4 at 1500 hours.

Used for backpacks, bags, boat tops, boat covers, outdoors and outerwear. UV-resistant. PRICE BREAKS: Roll (50yd) | Case (10) V

PRICE BREAK: Roll (25yd) Q R S T U

13127 13128 13126 13129 13125

Sunbrella® Webbing—Jet Black Sunbrella® Webbing—Cadet Grey Sunbrella® Webbing—White Sunbrella® Webbing—Burgundy Sunbrella® Webbing—Pacific Blue

TIPS ON CUTTING WEBBING Please note that all webbing should be cut with a hot knife. See p.131–132 for our selection of hot knives.

13130 1” Polyester Webbing—White TENSILE STRENGTH: 5000lb (2268kg)

W

13131 1” Polyester Webbing—Black TENSILE STRENGTH: 4000lb (1814kg)

V

W

SPECIALTY SUPPLIES: WEBBING

/ 49


Please see p.244 for Foam Cutters.

SPECIALTY WEBBING

WEBBING (CONT.)

A

B

SEAT BELT WEBBING 2”-width seat belt webbing material meets MVSS302 automotive fire code. Extremely strong, with a fine weave and soft hand. It is easy to sew and flexible. A

9875

Seat Belt Webbing—Black BREAK STRENGTH: 4,000lb (1,814kg) PRICE BREAKS: Roll (100yd) | Case (5)

C

NON-RETRACTABLE LAP BELT Replacements for recreational vehicles, vans, trucks and wheelchairs. Comes in 74” or 90” length positive-locking seat belts with sturdy mounting. Available in black to coordinate with interiors. B B

9696 9686

74” Non Retractable Lap Belt 90” Non Retractable Lap Belt

RETRACTABLE LAP BELT Self-winding retractable belt pulls back out of the way when not in use. Features a positive locking mechanism and is selfadjusting. Available in black only. C

9685

PRICE BREAKS: Each | Case (5)

ELASTIC D

74” Retractable Lap Belt PRICE BREAKS: Each | Case (5)

G F

E

H

KNIT ELASTIC

WOVEN ELASTIC

Constructed from 62% polyester and 38% rubber. Knit elastics are lighter than woven elastics but still strong enough to be used for waistbands, slipcovers, drapery tire covers, boat covers or to hold cushions on furniture and for a variety of apparel applications.

Stronger elastic for heavy-duty applications such as suspenders, sports equipment, equestrian applications (horse boots), bag straps for packs, wrist bands, orthotics (splints and supports) and more. Use wherever a strong memory elastic is required. Constructed from 84% polyester and 16% rubber.

SHRINKAGE: 10% STRETCH: 125% D

4249

PRICE BREAKS: Each | Case (5)

¾” Knit Elastic—White ROLL SIZE: 136.7yd

E F G

4241 4243 4246

1” Knit Elastic—White 1” Knit Elastic—Black 1½” Knit Elastic—Black ROLL SIZE: 54yd

50 /

SPECIALTY SUPPLIES: WEBBING

SHRINKAGE: 3% STRETCH: 80% PRICE BREAKS: Roll (54yd) | Case (5) G H H H H

4253 4254 4256 4258 4260

1” Woven Elastic—White 1” Woven Elastic—Black 1½” Woven Elastic—Black 2” Woven Elastic—Black 3” Woven Elastic—Black


SPECIALTY WEBBING B

C

A

TIE-DOWN ACCESSORIES Use the ratchets and hooks along with the special tie-down webbings on p.49 to create custom tie-downs for trucking, RV hauling or anywhere cargo needs to be strapped down. Match the capacity of the hardware to that of the webbing to get a strong combination. The break strength figures listed do not indicate load capacity, these are the figures where the unit failed under testing. The breaking strength of the weakest component in the tie-down should be more than 3x the weight of the cargo being restrained. Webbing being used over abrasive or sharp edges must be protected, otherwise normal motion in transit can weaken the webbing by abrading or cutting into it. Worn, frayed or otherwise damaged webbing should be replaced immediately.

F

E

D

I H G

TIE-DOWN RATCHET PRICE BREAKS: Each | Case (5) A

9506

J

K L

1” Tie Down Ratchet

M

CAPACITY: ~3300lb (1500kg) B C

9504 9502

2” Tie Down Ratchet—Short Handle 2” Tie Down Ratchet—Long Handle CAPACITY: ~11,000lb (5000kg)

CAM BUCKLES—STEEL Aluminum press-plate with one-piece steel frame body. D E

9494 9495

9496

Cast unit for joining multiple straps. Not adjustable by itself. G

9490

1” Steel Cam Buckle 1” Steel Cam Buckle—Gloss Black CAPACITY: ~1102lb (500kg) PRICE BREAKS: Bag (25) | Package (4)

F

TIE-DOWN TRIANGLES

CAPACITY: 11,020lb (4999kg) PRICE BREAKS: Bag (10) | Package (5) | Case (10) H

9491

I

9492

J

9516

4” Flat Tie Down Hook

TIE-DOWN HOOKS—STEEL L

9508

WIDTH: 3¾”  EYE: 2¾”  CAPACITY: ~14,330lb (6500kg) K

9514

2” Flat Tie Down Hook WIDTH: 2½”  EYE: 2”  CAPACITY: ~11,023lb (5000kg)

52 /

SPECIALTY SUPPLIES: WEBBING

4” Tie Down Triangle CAPACITY: 19,842lb (9000kg) PRICE BREAKS: Each | Case (25)

FLAT TIE-DOWN HOOKS—STEEL PRICE BREAKS: Bag (10) | Package (5) | Case (10)

3” Tie Down Triangle CAPACITY: 15,400lb (6985kg) PRICE BREAKS: Each | Case (25)

2” Steel Cam Buckle CAPACITY: 2000lb (900kg) PRICE BREAKS: Bag (10) | Package (5) | Case (10)

2” Tie Down Triangle

2” Heavy-Duty Tie Down Hook CAPACITY: 11,023lb (5000kg) PRICE BREAKS: Bag (10) | Package (5) | Case (10)

M

9510

1” Tie Down Hook CAPACITY: 3300lb (1500kg) PRICE BREAKS: Bag (25) | Package (4)


N

RUBBER TARP STRAP These straps are manufactured from EPDM (ehylene-propylene) synthetic rubber, which has all the strength characteristics of natural rubber, but better resistance to some aggressive chemicals and better exposure characteristics. The characteristics of the material include an elongation limit of 150% and stretch recovery of 94% base on keeping stretch for 10 days. The pulling force (break point) varies with length. Please see specifics below. PRICE BREAKS (unless otherwise specified): Bag (25) | Package (4) N

9480

O

9” Rubber Tarp Strap BREAK POINT: 900lb (407kg)

N N

9482 9486

15” Rubber Tarp Strap 31” Rubber Tarp Strap

M

P

Q

BREAK POINT: 700lb (317kg) N

9484

R

21” Rubber Tarp Strap BREAK POINT: 600lb (272kg)

M

9479

S-Hook for Rubber Tarp Straps PRICE BREAKS: Package (100) | Case (10)

ROPE TIE-DOWN RATCHET

L’IL WEGGIE TARP CLAMP

Rope tie-down ratchet with rubber-tipped hooks for use with ¼” rope. It is compact and easy to use. This ratchet is made specifically for outdoor marine use, but can be used many other places as well. Just tug on the rope until it is tight. To release, pull on the rope the same way as when tightening and release the trigger. Replacement Hooks (#9479) available separately.

The Lil Weggie clamping device is designed to hold tarps or other materials that are secured by bungee cords, straps or hand-tied ropes. It features a spring-loaded, thumb-operated locking device that keeps the material secure. It is not designed to hold, tie down or secure loads or cargo and should be limited to less than 45lb (20.4kg).

O

13003

¼” Rope Tie Down Ratchet PRICE BREAKS: Each | Package (25) | Case (50)

P

9499

PRICE BREAKS: Pair | Package (20)

TRUCK TARP REINFORCEMENTS Seat belt seconds are webbing products have been rejected for seatbelt use as they do not meet the stringent automotive safety requirements. However, their high load strength make them ideal for truck tarp reinforcements. ROLL SIZE: ~300yd  BREAK STRENGTH: 4000lb  PRICE BREAK: Per yard Q

9872

L’il Weggie Tarp Clamp

S-HOOKS R

9497

1” S-Hook PE-Coated BREAK STRENGTH: 2000lb (900kg) PRICE BREAKS: Bag (25) | Package (4)

Seat Belt Seconds—Grey SPECIALTY SUPPLIES: WEBBING

/ 53


SPECIALTY HOOK & LOOP

VELCRO® SEW-ON This nylon fastener is a two-part system; one part consisting of rows of hooks and the other part a mass of loops. When pressed together, they form a highly secure closure, yet can be easily re-opened with a simple peeling action. Velcro® Hook and Loop fastening system retains 50% fastening strength in water, then returns back to 100% when dried. Completely washable and dry cleanable, these jam-proof fasteners are adjustable and increase strength with pressure. They are available in sew-on or pressure-sensitive adhesive back forms. All Velcro® Hook and Loop can be sterilized or autoclaved. A

B

C

D

VELCRO® HOOK SEW-ON—BLACK

VELCRO® HOOK SEW-ON—WHITE

MAX. IRONING TEMPERATURE: 163°C (325°F) MELTING TEMPERATURE: 204°C (399°F)

MAX. IRONING TEMPERATURE: 163°C (325°F) MELTING TEMPERATURE: 204°C (399°F)

A A A

9058 9060 9062

1” Velcro® Black Hook 1½” Velcro® Black Hook 2” Velcro® Black Hook

C C C

9052 9054 9056

1” Velcro® White Hook 1½” Velcro® White Hook 2” Velcro® White Hook PRICE BREAKS: Roll (50yd) | Case (10)

PRICE BREAKS: Roll (50yd) | Case (10) VELCRO® LOOP SEW-ON—BLACK

VELCRO® LOOP SEW-ON—WHITE

MAX. IRONING TEMPERATURE: 163°C (325°F) MELTING TEMPERATURE: 204°C (399°F)

MAX. IRONING TEMPERATURE: 163°C (325°F) MELTING TEMPERATURE: 204°C (399°F)

B B B

9059 9061 9063

1” Velcro® Black Loop 1½” Velcro® Black Loop 2” Velcro® Black Loop PRICE BREAKS: Roll (50yd) | Case (10)

54 /

SPECIALTY SUPPLIES: HOOK & LOOP

D D D

9053 9055 9057

1” Velcro® White Loop 1½” Velcro® White Loop 2” Velcro® White Loop PRICE BREAKS: Roll (50yd) | Case (10)


VELCRO® PRESSURE-SENSITIVE Velcro® Brand Tempo pressure-sensitive hook and loop fastener has a superior grade of adhesive backing that is suitable for most applications—indoor and out. This product has superior bond strength to high energy surfaces. The pressure-sensitive adhesives have a high temperature resistance and a high resistance to plasticizer migration. Designed for use in applications requiring fast turnaround under production conditions such as in packaging, medical, toys and other markets.

F

E

VELCRO® PRESSURE-SENSITIVE HOOK—BLACK E E

9108 9110

1” Velcro® Black Pressure-Sensitive Hook 2” Velcro® Black Pressure-Sensitive Hook PRICE BREAKS: Roll (25yd) | Case (5)

VELCRO® PRESSURE-SENSITIVE LOOP—BLACK F F

9109 9111

H

G

VELCRO® PRESSURE-SENSITIVE HOOK—WHITE G

9113

1” Velcro® White Pressure-Sensitive Hook PRICE BREAKS: Roll (25yd) | Case (5)

VELCRO® PRESSURE-SENSITIVE LOOP—WHITE H

9114

1” Velcro® Black Pressure-Sensitive Loop 2” Velcro® Black Pressure-Sensitive Loop

1” Velcro® White Pressure-Sensitive Loop PRICE BREAKS: Roll (25yd) | Case (5)

PRICE BREAKS: Roll (25yd) | Case (5)

VELCRO® POLYESTER Velcro® Brand polyester hook and loop fastener made for use outdoors. Ideal for use with boat covers and even outerwear. Available in black and white. VELCRO® POLYESTER—BLACK I K

13045 13044

1” Velcro® Polyester Hook—Black 1” Velcro® Polyester Loop—Black

I J

PRICE BREAKS: Roll (50yd) | Case (5) VELCRO® POLYESTER—WHITE J L

13043 13042

1” Velcro® Polyester Hook—White 1” Velcro® Polyester Loop—White

K

L

PRICE BREAKS: Roll (25yd) | Case (5)

SPECIALTY SUPPLIES: HOOK & LOOP

/ 55


SPECIALTY HOOK & LOOP

VELSTICK HOOK & LOOP & DISPLAY DOTS A semi-rigid, flat vinyl extrusion with a protective beading along both side edges. The face has a permanently attached Velcro®-brand woven nylon or polyester hook or loop, or molded hook fastening component. Staple, screw, nail, rivet or slide into a special metal extrusion to attach. Ideal for use on tents, camping trailers, stationary and patio awning ties, and many marine uses. A

B

C

VELSTICK HOOK & LOOP—BLACK A A

9067 9066

1” Velstick Black Hook 1” Velstick Black Loop SIZE: 1” x 48” PRICE BREAKS: Each | Case (10)

VELSTICK HOOK & LOOP—WHITE B B

9064 9065

DISPLAY DOTS These Display Dot “coins” feature top-quality, high-tack adhesives. They come on a peel-off roll and are ideal for trade shows, demonstrations, displays, etc. Made of a display-grade hook component, these dots will stick to any loop-style backing but is best used with J. Ennis Fabrics’ line of Display Fabric.

1” Velstick White Hook 1” Velstick White Loop SIZE: 1” x 48” PRICE BREAKS: Each | Case (10)

REPURPOSING YOUR SCRAPS:

Hook & Loop Use scraps to hang lightweight photo frames on a wall. Keep seat cushions from sliding off a chair. Use the hook side of the tape to remove pills from your upholstered seats or clothes.

56 /

SPECIALTY SUPPLIES: HOOK & LOOP

C

9120

¾” Display Dots White Hook PRICE BREAKS: Box (200) | Case (5)


Velcro Industries offers a portfolio of products that incorporate our hook and loop technology into materials and components that help companies be more innovative and competitive. Whether it’s a standard product or a solution customized to your design and manufacturing specifications, Velcro Industries puts more than 50 years of expertise in design, process, and logistics into our products—and your success. For more information contact your local J. Ennis Sales Representative.

SPECIALTY SUPPLIES: HOOK & LOOP

/ 57


SPECIALTY HOOK & LOOP

VELCRO® TEXACRO®

N

Velcro®’s Texacro® Hook & Loop is a mid-level product made for indoor and outdoor use, such as boat covers, mats and outerwear. In essence, this new Hook & Loop can be used for any number of applications where two pieces of fabric, or like material, require adhesion to each other. Available in Sew On and Pressure-Sensitive formats. A North American-made product, the Texacro® Hook & Loop is part of the Velcro® Family of quality products. VELCRO® TEXACRO® SEW ON LOOP A B A B A B

13052 13050 13056 13054 13060 13058

1” Texacro Sew On Loop—White 1” Texacro Sew On Loop—Black 1½” Texacro Sew On Loop—White 1½” Texacro Sew On Loop—Black 2” Texacro Sew On Loop—White 2” Texacro Sew On Loop—Black PRICE BREAKS: Roll (50yd) | Case (10)

VELCRO® TEXACRO® SEW ON HOOK C D C D C D

13053 13051 13057 13055 13061 13059

1” Texacro Sew On Hook—White 1” Texacro Sew On Hook—Black 1½” Texacro Sew On Hook—White 1½” Texacro Sew On Hook—Black 2” Texacro Sew On Hook—White 2” Texacro Sew On Hook—Black PRICE BREAKS: Roll (50yd) | Case (10)

VELCRO® TEXACRO® PRESSURE-SENSITIVE LOOP A B

13048 ¾” Texacro Pressure-Sensitive Loop—White 13046 ¾” Texacro Pressure-Sensitive Loop—Black PRICE BREAKS: Roll (25yd) | Case (10)

VELCRO® TEXACRO® PRESSURE-SENSITIVE HOOK C D

13049 ¾” Texacro Pressure-Sensitive Hook—White 13047 ¾” Texacro Pressure-Sensitive Hook—Black PRICE BREAKS: Roll (25yd) | Case (10)

58 /

SPECIALTY SUPPLIES: HOOK & LOOP

A

B

C

D


HOOK & LOOP: 3M® PRESSURE-SENSITIVE 3M’s Premium Performance 70 series Scotchmate Hook and Loop is designed for static load applications where temperatures may reach 93°C (200°F) as in automotive, aircraft, electronics and business equipment. This product is usable under stringent wet, dry, hot and cold cycling conditions. Operating temperature range is -29°C to 93°C (-20°F to 200°F). Recommended on base metals, painted metals, polystyrene, acrylic polycarbonate, rigid vinyl and glass. 3M PRESSURE-SENSITIVE PREMIUM PERFORMANCE HOOK & LOOP—BLACK E F

E

1” Hook—Black 1” Loop—Black

9106 9107

PRICE BREAK: Roll (50yd)

F

JEF HOOK & LOOP: PRESSURE-SENSITIVE This nylon fastener is a two-part system—one part consisting of rows of hooks and the other part a mass of loops. When pressed together, they form a highly secure closure, yet can be easily peeled apart. The JEF-brand of Pressure Sensitive hook and loop tape is an economical alternative to competitor brands. They are recommended for lighter duty applications and should not be used for all-weather outdoor applications such as attaching tonneau covers, etc. H G

J I

L K

1” PRESSURE SENSITIVE HOOK C I K

9090 9080 9070

1” Hook—White 1” Hook—Black 1” Hook—Beige PRICE BREAKS: Roll (27.3yd) | Package (5) | Case (34)

1” PRESSURE SENSITIVE LOOP H J L

9091 9081 9071

1” Loop—White 1” Loop—Black 1” Loop—Beige PRICE BREAKS: Roll (27.3yd) | Package (5) | Case (34)

2” PRESSURE SENSITIVE HOOK G I

9092 9082

2” Hook—White 2” Hook—Black PRICE BREAKS: Roll (27.3yd) | Package (5) | Case (18)

2” PRESSURE SENSITIVE LOOP H J

9093 9083

2” Loop—White 2” Loop—Black PRICE BREAKS: Roll (27.3yd) | Package (5) | Case (18)

SPECIALTY SUPPLIES: HOOK & LOOP

/ 59


SPECIALTY HOOK & LOOP

JEF HOOK & LOOP: SEW-ON This nylon fastener is a two-part system—one part consisting of rows of hooks and the other part a mass of loops. When pressed together, they form a highly secure closure, yet can be easily peeled apart. This is a widely popular product for garments, bags, footwear, tents and furniture. Completely washable and dry cleanable, these jamproof elements are adjustable and increase strength with pressure. They are available in sew-on or pressure sensitive adhesive back forms. B A

D C

F E

H

J

G

⁵⁄₈” SEW ON HOOK A 8984 ⁵⁄₈” Hook—White C 8986 ⁵⁄₈” Hook—Black

K

I

⁵⁄₈” SEW ON LOOP B 8985 ⁵⁄₈” Loop—White D 8987 ⁵⁄₈” Loop—Black PRICE BREAKS: Roll (27.3yd) | Package (5) | Case (20)

PRICE BREAKS: Roll (27.3yd) | Package (5) | Case (20) ¾” SEW ON HOOK A C E G

9012 9002 9028 8996

¾” Hook—White ¾” Hook—Black ¾” Hook—Beige ¾” Hook—Grey

¾” SEW ON LOOP B D F H

9013 9003 9029 8997

A C E G I K

9014 9004 9038 8998 8992 8980

1” Hook—White 1” Hook—Black 1” Hook—Beige 1” Hook—Grey 1” Hook—Royal 1” Hook—Red PRICE BREAKS: Roll (27.3yd) | Package (5) | Case (40)

60 /

SPECIALTY SUPPLIES: HOOK & LOOP

¾” Loop—White ¾” Loop—Black ¾” Loop—Beige ¾” Loop—Grey PRICE BREAKS: Roll (27.3yd) | Package (5) | Case (48)

PRICE BREAKS: Roll (27.3yd) | Package (5) | Case (48) 1” SEW ON HOOK—27.3yd ROLL

L

1” SEW ON LOOP—27.3yd ROLL B D F H J L

9015 9005 9039 8999 8993 8981

1” Loop—White 1” Loop—Black 1” Loop—Beige 1” Loop—Grey 1” Loop—Royal 1” Loop—Red PRICE BREAKS: Roll (27.3yd) | Package (5) | Case (40)


1” SEW ON HOOK—546yd ROLL A C

9030 9026

1” Hook—White 1” Hook—Black

1” SEW ON LOOP—546yd ROLL B D

9031 9027

PRICE BREAK: Roll (546yd) 1½” SEW ON HOOK A C E

9010 9008 9044

1½” Hook—White 1½” Hook—Black 1½” Hook—Beige

PRICE BREAK: Roll (546yd) 1½” SEW ON LOOP B D F

9011 9009 9045

PRICE BREAKS: Roll (27.3yd) | Package (5) | Case (26) 2” SEW ON HOOK A C E G I K

9016 9006 9048 9000 8994 8982

2” Hook—White 2” Hook—Black 2” Hook—Beige 2” Hook—Grey 2” Hook—Royal 2” Hook—Red

A C

9018 9024

4” Hook—White 4” Hook—Black PRICE BREAKS: Roll (27.3yd) | Case (5)

1½” Loop—White 1½” Loop—Black 1½” Loop—Beige PRICE BREAKS: Roll (27.3yd) | Package (5) | Case (26)

2” SEW ON LOOP B D F H J L

9017 9007 9049 9001 8995 8983

PRICE BREAKS: Roll (27.3yd) | Package (5) | Case (20) 4” SEW ON HOOK

1” Loop—White 1” Loop—Black

2” Loop—White 2” Loop—Black 2” Loop—Beige 2” Loop—Grey 2” Loop—Royal 2” Loop—Red PRICE BREAKS: Roll (27.3yd) | Package (5) | Case (20)

4” SEW ON LOOP B D

9019 9025

4” Loop—White 4” Loop—Black PRICE BREAKS: Roll (27.3yd) | Case (5)

SEW ON HOOK/LOOP The tape features hook on one side and loop on the other. C,D C,D

9032 9034

1” Hook/Loop—Black 2” Hook/Loop—Black PRICE BREAKS: Roll (27.3yd) | Case (5)

SPECIALTY SUPPLIES: HOOK & LOOP

/ 61


SPECIALTY FASTENERS

FASTENERS 62 /

SPECIALTY SUPPLIES: FASTENERS


Please see p.127 for Dura Snap Machines and Dies.

DURA SNAP: NICKEL-PLATED BRASS A heavy-duty button-style fastener. Socket construction assures a firm grip which is maintained throughout use. Used in automotive, industrial and marine trades. A

B

C

D

E

F

G

DURA SNAP SOCKET Standard socket for use with all Dura Snap Caps.

I

H

J

K

L

M

A

N

4003

Dura Snap Socket PRICE BREAKS: Package (100) | Case (20)

DURA SNAP PLASTIC CAPS

DURA SNAP STUD

Solid nylon top will not chip or fade. Ideal for color-matching to Sunbrella® products.

For use with Dura Snap Posts (#4007 or #3995), or with #6 Head Screw.

E F G H

3960 3968 3964 3976

Dura Snap Plastic Cap—Black Dura Snap Plastic Cap—Grey Dura Snap Plastic Cap—White Dura Snap Plastic Cap—Navy Blue

B

4004

PRICE BREAKS: Package (100) | Case (20) DURA SNAP POSTS

PRICE BREAKS: Package (100) | Case (10)

C D

DURA SNAP CAPS

3995 4007

4002 4001 4000

Dura Snap Post—Long Dura Snap Post—Standard PRICE BREAKS: Package (100) | Case (20)

Use with socket #4003. Diameter of cap is ⁹⁄₁₆”. I J K

Dura Snap Stud

STIK-A-STUD FASTENER

Dura Snap Cap—Black Dura Snap Standard Cap Dura Snap Long Barrel Cap

A Delrin-molded stud with an extremely aggressive 3M adhesive tape backing. Can be applied to any clean, nonporous surface indoors or out. Remove without damage by applying an alcohol solution to the edge of the stud. To be used with Dura Snap and Dot® Durable fasteners.

PRICE BREAKS: Package (100) | Case (20) SELF-TAPPING SCREW STUD—STAINLESS STEEL

L M

Nickel-plated brass stud with a stainless steel Phillips head. N 4008 ³⁄₈” Dura Snap Screw Stud—Stainless Steel

4099 4098

Stik-A-Stud Fastener—Black Stik-A-Stud Fastener—White PRICE BREAKS: Bag (10) | Package (5) | Case (10)

PRICE BREAKS: Each | Case (10)

BABY DURA SNAP: NICKEL-PLATED BRASS L

M

BABY DURA SNAP CAPS & POST Use with socket #3997. Diameter of cap is ½”. L M

3992 3996

Baby Dura Snap Cap—Black Brass Baby Dura Snap Cap—Nickel

P

3999

Baby Dura Snap Post—Nickel Brass PRICE BREAKS: Package (100) | Case (20)

N

O

P

BABY DURA SNAP SOCKET N

3997

Baby Dura Snap Socket PRICE BREAKS: Package (100) | Case (20)

BABY DURA SNAP STUD O

3998

Baby Dura Snap Stud—Nickel Brass PRICE BREAKS: Package (100) | Case (20) SPECIALTY SUPPLIES: FASTENERS

/ 63


SPECIALTY FASTENERS

DURA SNAP: NICKEL-PLATED STEEL Nickel-plated steel Dura Snap fasteners are very strong and durable. They are ideal for garment, luggage, sports bags and apparel, as well as applications on indoor automotive and aircraft projects. Due to their steel content, we do not recommend these fasteners for marine applications. Use the nickel-plated brass or stainless steel fasteners on p. 63, and 65–66. SCREW STUDS B

F D

G

A C

E

Screw the stud into the side of your boat and snap your boat tip straight onto the stud. A B

4020 4021

Nickel-Plated Steel Screw Stud—³⁄₈” Nickel-Plated Steel Screw Stud—⁵⁄₈” PRICE BREAKS: Package (100) | Case (10)

DURA SNAP STEEL STUD

DURA SNAP STEEL POST

For use with Dura Snap Steel Post (#11011) or #6 Head Screw.

For use with Dura Snap Steel Stud (#11009).

C

11009 Dura Snap Steel Stud

E

PRICE BREAKS: Package (100) | Case (60)

11011 Dura Snap Steel Post PRICE BREAKS: Package (100) | Case (20)

DURA SNAP STEEL SOCKET

DURA SNAP STEEL CAPS

Nickel-plated steel Dura Snap fasteners are very strong and durable. Polished to a bright finish.

Caps used with Dura Snap Steel Socket (#11007).

D

11007

Dura Snap Steel Socket PRICE BREAKS: Package (100) | Case (20)

64 /

SPECIALTY SUPPLIES: FASTENERS

F G

11001 Dura Snap Steel Cap—Nickel 11003 Dura Snap Steel Cap—Black PRICE BREAKS: Package (100) | Case (20)

Please see p.123 for Dura Snap Punch and Dies, and p.127 for Dura Snap Machines and Dies.


DOT® DURABLE: NICKEL-PLATED BRASS

R

Quality Dot® brand Durable™ Heavy-duty fasteners. The Dot® Brand is self-piercing and can be attached without pre-punching. Button diameter is ⁹∕₁₆”, compatible with all Dura Snap parts and tools. A reliable, rustproof fastener of nickel-plated brass from a name you can trust. DOT® DURABLE FASTENER CAPS M

J

O N

L

I

H

P

K

Q

Standard Durable™ caps with ¹¹⁄₆₄” (0.45cm) barrel length. Self-piercing and requires no punching in most applications. Diameter of cap is ⁹⁄₁₆” (1.43cm). Colored fasteners are topped with Delrin caps that will not fade. H I J

4070 4068 4062

Nickel-Plated Navy Blue Black

K L M

4064 4066 4060

Burgundy Pacific Blue White

PRICE BREAKS: Package (100) | Case (10) DOT® DURABLE SCREW STUDS—STAINLESS STEEL/ NICKEL-PLATED Screw the stud into the side of your boat and snap your boat tip straight onto the stud. N 4078 Dot® Durable Screw Stud—⁷⁄₁₆” Stainless Steel/Nickel-Plated O 4080 Dot® Durable Screw Stud—⁵⁄₈” Stainless Steel/Nickel-Plated PRICE BREAKS: Package (100) | Case (10) U

T

S

DOT® DURABLE SOCKETS P Q

4072 4073

Dot Durable Fastener Socket Dot Durable Hard Action Socket PRICE BREAKS: Package (100) | Case (10)

DOT® DURABLE EYELETS R S

4084 4082

Dot® Durable Fastener Eyelet—⁵⁄₁₆” Dot® Durable Fastener Eyelet—¼” PRICE BREAKS: Package (100) | Case (10)

V

DOT® DURABLE MOLDING FASTENER For use with boat windshields.

R W

X

Y

T U

4086 4088

Dot® Durable Molding Fastener—¾” Dot® Durable Molding Fastener—⁷⁄₈” PRICE BREAKS: Package (100) | Case (10)

DOT® DURABLE STUDS W X Y

4074 4076 4077

Dot® Durable Fastener Stud—Reg Dot® Durable Fastener Stud—Low Dot® Durable Flangeless Stud PRICE BREAKS: Package (100) | Case (10)

DOT® GYPSY STUD A nickel-plated brass fastener. Used when attaching stud to screw stud for stacking or double-layering material. V

11012 Gypsy Studs—Nickel-Plated Brass PRICE BREAKS: Package (100) | Case (10)

Please see p.123 for Dot® Durable Punch and Dies, and p.127 for Dot® Durable Machines and Dies.

SPECIALTY SUPPLIES: FASTENERS

/ 65


Please see p.123 for Dot® Durable Punch and Dies, and p.127 for Dot® Durable Machines and Dies.

SPECIALTY FASTENERS

DOT® DURABLE: STAINLESS STEEL A

B

C

D

DURA SNAP CAP—STAINLESS STEEL

DURA SNAP STUD—STAINLESS STEEL

Caps for sockets to create one-half of the Dura Snap system. Diameter of the button or cap is ⁹∕₁₆”, barrel length is ¹¹∕₆₄”. Stainless steel, rust-resistant and corrosion resistant.

Use with the Dura Snap Cap (#4010) and Socket (#4012).

A

4010

DURA SNAP SOCKET—STAINLESS STEEL Stainless steel standard socket for the Dura Snap system. Use with the stainless steel cap #4010 and attach to stud #4014. Outside diameter is ⁹∕₁₆” while inside diameter is ¹¹∕₆₄”. 4012

4014

Dura Snap Socket—Stainless Steel PRICE BREAKS: Package (100) | Case (10) E

F

G

⁹∕₁₆” Dura Snap Stud—Stainless Steel PRICE BREAKS: Package (100) | Case (10)

⁹∕₁₆” Dura Snap Cap—Stainless Steel PRICE BREAKS: Each | Case (10)

B

C

DURA SNAP POST—STAINLESS STEEL Stainless steel standard height Dura Snap post. D

4015

Dura Snap Post—Stainless Steel PRICE BREAKS: Package (100) | Case (10)

DOT® DURABLE SCREW STUDS—STAINLESS STEEL Screw the stud into the side of your boat and snap your boat tip straight onto the stud. E 13002 Stainless Steel Self-Drilling Screw Stud—³⁄₈” F 13000 Stainless Steel Drill Point Screw Stud—½” G 13001 Stainless Steel Self-Tapping Screw Stud—⁵⁄₈” PRICE BREAKS: Package (100) | Case (10)

DOT® COMMON SENSE: METAL

R

A premium line of Common Sense Fasteners from a name you know and trust. Sturdy nickel-plated brass construction for durability. Reliable, rustproof fasteners for boats, truck fronts, convertible tops, tents and awning applications. DOT® COMMON SENSE CLINCH PLATE & WASHER

4058 4054

Dot® Common Sense Washer Dot® Common Sense Clinch Plate PRICE BREAKS: Package (100) | Case (10)

DOT® COMMON SENSE EYELETS J

4056

Dot® Common Sense Eyelet

M

H

For use with boat windshields. H I

K

L

I

J

DOT® COMMON SENSE STUDS K L M

4050 3109 4052

Dot® Common Sense Single Stud Dot® Common Sense Double Stud Dot® Common Sense Prong Stud PRICE BREAKS: Package (100) | Case (10)

PRICE BREAKS: Package (100) | Case (10) 66 /

SPECIALTY SUPPLIES: FASTENERS

Please see p.124–125 for Common Sense Cutters and Punches.


PULL-THE-DOT The Pull-the-Dot fastener is a carefully engineered, three-sided locking snap fastener. Due to the unique built-in locking feature, this fastener will withstand extreme pressure on three sides without unlocking, yet release instantly on the fourth side if you pull the dot embossed on the surface of the cap. Made of Nickel-plated brass. Can be set with any standard Dot® Durable or Dura Snap setting tool.

PULL-THE-DOT STUD CLINCH

PULL-THE-DOT SCREW STUD

N

N

4096

O

O

Pull-the-Dot Screw Stud

4094

PULL-THE-DOT SOCKET P

4092

PULL-THE-DOT FASTENER BUTTON

Pull-the-Dot Socket

Q

4090

PRICE BREAKS: Package (100) | Case (10)

Q

R

Lift-the Dot is a heavy-duty fastener from the Dot® family. Like Pullthe-Dot, it locks on three sides and is easily released from the fourth. Frequently found on automotive and marine applications, it is suitable for use anywhere that a secure fastener is required. Content is also nicke-plated brass. It has its own set of tools and dies for installing.

R

T

S

U

LIFT-THE-DOT SOCKET 4011

Pull-the-Dot Fastener Button PRICE BREAKS: Package (100) | Case (10)

LIFT-THE-DOT

R

Pull-the-Dot Screw Stud Clinch PRICE BREAKS: Package (100) | Case (10)

PRICE BREAKS: Package (100) | Case (10)

P

R

W

Lift-the-Dot Socket

X

V

PRICE BREAKS: Package (100) | Case (10) LIFT-THE-DOT STUD WASHER S

4019

Lift-the-Dot Stud Washer PRICE BREAKS: Package (100) | Case (10)

LIFT-THE-DOT CLINCH PLATE T

4013

LIFT-THE-DOT STUD 4018

V

4017

W

4069

Lift-the-Dot Clinch Plate PRICE BREAKS: Package (100) | Case (10)

U

LIFT-THE-DOT SCREW STUDS Lift-the-Dot Screw Stud Stainless Steel/ Brass—⁵⁄₈” Lift-the-Dot Screw Stud Brass—⁵⁄₈” PRICE BREAKS: Package (100) | Case (10) X

4059

Screw Stud 7153-1—¹¹⁄₁₆”

Lift-the-Dot Stud—Two-Prong

Fastener stud with nut and bolt for mounting. ¹⁄₈” hole required to mount into hard surfaces.

PRICE BREAKS: Package (100) | Case (10)

PRICE BREAKS: Package (100) | Case (10) SPECIALTY SUPPLIES: FASTENERS

/ 67


SPECIALTY FASTENERS A

FASTENERS: PLASTIC

E

B F

Impervious and strong plastic compound fasteners, in Delrin (nylon) acetyl resin compound. Unaffected by moisture or humidity, will withstand extreme temperatures. These products have a proven track record in the winter front industry.

C G

PLASTIC TURN STUDS D

Two-hole mounting Delrin (nylon) stud fastener. Can be riveted or screwed into place or mount onto fabric with Plastic Back Plates (#3122 or #3123). A E

3120 3121

H I

Plastic Turn Stud—Black Plastic Turn Stud—White

J

PRICE BREAKS: Package (100) | Case (10) PLASTIC BACK PLATE FOR STUD

SLIDE-IN TARP CLIP

Backing plate for Plastic Turn Studs (#3120 or #3121). Use to attach a stud where rivets or screws would pull through. Can be riveted or attached with two Dura Snap posts.

Slide-in two-piece design allows you to place a clip for tying or hooking anywhere on a tarp. The tapered design means the more pressure you apply, the tighter it holds. A great versatile tool that allows the use of one tarp for many purposes. The clip can be applied where it is needed to simplify securing the tarp.

D H

3122 3123

Plastic Back Plate for Stud—Black Plastic Back Plate for Stud—White PRICE BREAKS: Package (100) | Case (10)

J

6070

PLASTIC WASHER PLATES

PRICE BREAKS: Bag (25) | Package (4)

Self-locking plate for the eyelets; simply push and the pins are locked into the plate. C G

3126 3127

YKK SNAD DOME

N

Plastic Washer Plate—Black Plastic Washer Plate—White

A low-profile socket to be used wherever a snap is required, without the hassle of drilling. YKK SNAD Dome features 3M’s high-quality adhesive to ensure great hold on Marine Carpeting and Canvas for decks, bulkheads or panels, upholstery cushions, seating and console covers.

K

PRICE BREAKS: Package (100) | Case (10) PLASTIC TURN EYELETS

L

Plastic eyelet plate has serrated pins that extend into the Plastic Washer Plates (#3126 or #3127). B F

3124 3125

MARINE TOP CLIP Temporary clip that holds fabric or canvas to frames and tubes during the fitting process. Applied and removed easily. Will not tear or puncture fabric. No spring clamps to squeeze as the clip will just snap on and off. I 2460 Marine Top Clip for 1” and ⁷∕₈” Tubes PRICE BREAKS: Each | Case (25)

68 /

K L

Plastic Turn Eyelet—Black Plastic Turn Eyelet—White PRICE BREAKS: Each | Case (10)

SPECIALTY SUPPLIES: FASTENERS

Slide-In Tarp Clip

4095 YKK SNAD Dome—White 4097 YKK SNAD Dome—Black PRICE BREAKS: Each | Case (10)

#40 1” NYLON HOOK BUTTONS #40 1” Nylon Buttons are perfect for outdoor applications such as lawn furniture. One-piece molded design with hook backs for use with twine or pre-tied strings. Design on hooks prevents twine from pulling out after insertion. M -

2072 2074

M

#40 Nylon Hook Button—White #40 Nylon Hook Button—Ivory PRICE BREAKS: Bag (144) | Case (10)

Please see p.282–285 for more Buttons.


RIVETS ALUMINUM RIVETS WITH STEEL MANDREL

M

Aluminum rivets with steel mandrel for greater strength than the aluminum mandrel. Steel may eventually corrode in humid environments, but gives a much greater strength. The size of ¹�₈” refers to the rivet head diameter.

O

R

P N

Grip range (depth) measurements are listed at the end of each description. This is an important number to consider because if the rivet is too short, it will not mushroom the head properly, and if too long, the assembly will be loose.

Q

Use with Hand Rivet Gun (#6635) on p.125. M N

6660 6665

¹⁄₈” Aluminum/Steel Rivet—Range ³⁄₁₆”–¼” ¹⁄₈” Aluminum/Steel Rivet—Range ⁵⁄₁₆”–3⁄₈” PRICE BREAKS: Box (500) | Case (5)

ALL-ALUMINUM RIVETS All-aluminum rivets will not rust. Ideal for use in marine and exposed situations where corrosion is a concern. The size of ¹�₈” refers to the rivet head diameter. Use with Hand Rivet Gun (#6635) on p.125. P Q R

6640 6645 6650

AWNING FASTENERS

¹⁄₈” All-Aluminum Rivet—Range ¹⁄₁₆”–¹⁄₈” ¹⁄₈” All-Aluminum Rivet—Range ³⁄₁₆”–¼” ¹⁄₈” All-Aluminum Rivet—Range ⁵⁄₁₆”–³⁄₈”

N S

PRICE BREAKS: Box (500) | Case (5) T

SNAP RING WASHER Provides a clean, vibration proof mounting of fasteners and rivets. The washer protects paint from scratching, fiberglass from cracking and ensures a tight fit. This clear, rubbery washer slides onto a screw or rivet and front-seals the unit in place. The studs dig into it to prevent loosening or rattling and the surface is protected. Use it anywhere you attach fasteners. O

3950

Snap Ring Washer PRICE BREAKS: Bag (100) | Package (10)

N

BRASS DISC & PRONG The brass disc and prong system is used to lace awning fabric to the frame. This system prevents the rope from hitting the fabric due to the prong’s unique design. Simply loop the rope through the eye, and slip the prong through the discs for a secure hold. S T

13017 13018

1387 Brass Disc (Use with Prong #13018) 13018 Brass Prong (Use with Disc #13017) PRICE BREAKS: Each

SPECIALTY SUPPLIES: FASTENERS

/ 69


Please see p.72 for Q-Snap Tools.

SPECIALTY FASTENERS

Q-SNAP FASTENERS

N

Q-SNAP is the only secure fastener with stretch function. It is developed for covers and spray hoods on boats, and is perfect for all applications that require textiles to be tight and secure. The patented Q-SNAP is just like a normal press-fastener, with two additional parts—a ring underneath the cloth and a gentle hook on deck. This combination turns the fastener into a secured connection that will not pop loose, while it incorporates a stretch-function (lever). B

A

C

D

E

Q-SNAP STUDS

Q-SNAP SOCKET

Underneath the Q-SNAP stud is a very thin silicone layer that keeps the stud from twisting, prevents tension corrosion and provides different attaching methods, such as the tapping screw (#11341).

D

Q-Snap Socket PRICE BREAK: Package (100)

Q-SNAP EYELET

11346 Q-Snap Stud Cover—Light Grey 11347 Q-Snap Stud Cover—Off-White

A A

11339

E

11343

Q-Snap Eyelet Stainless Steel 316 PRICE BREAK: Package (100)

An elegant stud cover to protect feet and clothes from the hooks on Q-Snap Studs (#11340 and #11341). PRICE BREAK: Package (10) 11340 Q-Snap Stud Stainless Steel 316 11341 Q-Snap Stud Stainless Steel 316—With Tapping Screw

B C

PRICE BREAK: Package (100)

G

H

I

Q-SNAP CAPS Fits most 15mm domed cap dies on hand punch, pliers or any die press (similar to the DOT® brand). PRICE BREAK: Package (100)

70 /

SPECIALTY SUPPLIES: FASTENERS

J

K

L

M

G H

11332 11333

Black Matte Black

J

11334

Pearl White

K

11336

Khaki

I

11335

Grey

L

11338

Bordeaux Red

-

11330 11331

Polished Polished—Long Shaft

M

11337

Navy Blue


N N

O

N

Q-SNAP KITS N

11344

Q-Snap Starter Kit

Parts sold only as a part of the Q-Snap Starter Kit

A convenient collection of a selection of the parts and supplies to get you started with Q-Snap products. Please note that the products shown on the right-hand side will only be available in this kit.

From Left–Right: Fischer Plug, Self-Drilling Screw, M4 Bolt, 4mm Hole Punch, Hand Punch Set, Blind Rivet and Tapping Screw.

PRICE BREAK: Each O

11345

Q-Snap DIY Pack A blister pack with all the essential Q-Snap screws, caps and studs to incorporate Q-Snap fasteners in your projects. Includes a Switch Over set to help switch over your previouslyexisting fasteners to the Q-Snap system. PRICE BREAK: Each

SPECIALTY SUPPLIES: FASTENERS

/ 71


SPECIALTY FASTENERS

N

Q-SNAP FASTENER TOOLS A

C

B

Q-SNAP INSTALLATION TOOLS A

11348 Q-Snap Stud Holder

C A

A tool to hold Q-Snap studs in position while they are screwed in place. Designed for both left and right-hand use. Compatible studs include #11341 and #11340. Please see p.70 for details on Q-Snap studs.

2

3

1

4

11349 Q-Snap Stud Marker If the Q-Snap Socket (#11339, p.70) is already fitted to the cloth, simply attach the Stud Marker to the socket, stretch the canvas tight, then press down to mark the deck. The resulting dent on the deck surface provides the correct position to begin drilling.

?

PRICE BREAK: Each C

1350

Q-Snap Install Pin If the Q-Snap Stud is already in place on deck, the installation pin should be used to help install the cap to the fabric. Fit the pin over the stud, press the fabric down on the pin, then fit the plastic stopper. The resulting pinhole marks the correct positioning for the Q-Snap Cap (please see p.70 for Q-Snap Cap’s full color range). PRICE BREAK: Package (25)

72 /

SPECIALTY SUPPLIES: FASTENERS

2 3

PRICE BREAK: Each B

1

3

?


FINALLY . . . ...a way to fix your cover tight and easy ...a way to fix your cover tight and easy

EASY to use EASY to Nowuse even children and people with less Now even children people withcover. less strength in their handsand can fix any tight strength can fix anyoftight cover. All thanksintotheir the hands integrated lever Q-SNAP. Allisthanks to bit theof integrated lever of Q-SNAP. It just that help to overcome the It is just easily. that bit of help to overcome the tension tension easily.

TIGHT and secure connection TIGHT and secure connection Cover makers using Q-SNAP can make a

Cover makers can make solid and tightusing coverQ-SNAP that protects boata solidcrew and tight cover that protects boat and properly. and crewpop properly. It won’t loose, no matter what the angle It won’t popthe loose, matterand what the angle is between fixednosurface the cover. is between the fixed surface and the cover.

QUICK QUICK to install to installis like a normal press fastener. Installation Installation like a itnormal fastener. Special toolsismake faster press to install than Specialsecured tools make it faster to install than other fasteners. other secured fasteners. There are no extra parts, thanks to There are no extra parts, thanks to smart pre-assembly. smart pre-assembly.

QUALITY QUALITY smart and robust smart and robust To even be resistant to seawater, Q-SNAP

Tomade even be resistant to seawater, Q-SNAP steel. is from high quality 316 stainless is made from high quality 316 stainless The special ring spring in the socket is steel. The special ringstable spring in even the socket dimensionally and more is dimensionally stable and more resistant to corrosion thaneven SS 316. resistant to corrosion 316. the Q-stud A thin silicone rubber than layerSS isolates A thin silicone rubber layer isolates to prevent tension corrosion. Abovethe all, Q-stud it is to prevent tension corrosion. Above all,moving it is the only secured fastener without the only secured moving parts, making it veryfastener durable without and robust. parts, making it very durable and robust. Get your FREE SAMPLE at our METS-stand Getvisit your FREE SAMPLE at our METS-stand or WWW.Q-SNAP.COM or visit WWW.Q-SNAP.COM SUREFAS offers next generation fastening for sprayhoods, SUREFAS systems offers next generation dodgers, etc. boats. fasteningcovers systems foron sprayhoods, It is the covers company behind dodgers, etc.name on boats. products like PERFIX®, CAF-316® It is the company name behind and Q-SNAP®, is dedicated to products like and PERFIX®, CAF-316® bring real fastening and Q-SNAP®, and issolutions. dedicated to to thereal challenging fastener bring fasteningtextile solutions. market. to the challenging textile fastener market.

safe and secure safe and secure the secured fastener with protruding parts theno secured fastener with no protruding parts

made last made to last made last made to last the only normal press fastener in stainless the only316 normal presssteel fastener in 316 stainless steel

next generation fasteners next generation fasteners ‘how small things can make a big difference’ George ‘how small thingsVeldhoen, can make inventor a big difference’ George Veldhoen, inventor

tight tight and and easy easy by by


HARDWARE: SPECIALTY FASTENERS ZIPPERS

HARDWARE 74 /

SPECIALTY HARDWARE: ZIPPERS


PRODUCT INFORMATION

ZIPPER NOTES 1

2

3

Zippers come in three basic systems—coil (or spiral), injectionmolded profile (Delrin or Vislon) and metal. FIGURE 1: COIL ZIPPERS Uses the toothed elements of helical coils of polyester, nylon or, in some cases, metal wire as the fastening system. Coils can be formed and woven directly into the supporting tapes or preformed and sewn onto specially pre-manufactured tapes. Widely used due to their inconspicuous appearance when incorporated into the finished product. FIGURE 2: INJECTION-MOLDED ZIPPERS (DELRIN OR VISLON) These zippers have teeth of individually coupled members that interlock and are injection-molded onto pre-woven dyed tape. They have a degree of self-lubrication and tend to be somewhat sturdier than an equivalent size of coil zipper. They also handle water and impurities better than coil zippers. In the larger size they are ideal for outdoor topping applications such as boats and other marine applications. FIGURE 3: METAL ZIPPERS Feature teeth of stamped or die-cast interlocking design fastened to the beaded edge of a dyed supporting tape. They have long life and tend to be very sturdy and strong in all directions. Brass zippers are used in marine and tent applications as they do not rust like steel. Also used in applications such as garment and upholstering due to the desired brass or metal finish.

PRODUCT TIP

CHOOSING A FINISHED ZIPPER If strength is not a particular concern, go with whichever zipper will provide the desired finished appearance. However, if strength is required, select the largest size that would fit your project. Metal and Delrin are stronger, although the larger coil zippers are strong enough for bags and other applications.

SPECIALTY HARDWARE: ZIPPERS

/ 75


HARDWARE: SPECIALTY FASTENERS ZIPPERS

A

B

C

COIL ZIPPERS: JEF ZIP #5 COIL ZIPPER CHAIN A 11660 #5 Coil ⁵⁄₈” Zipper—Off-White B 9890 #5 Coil ⁵⁄₈” Zipper—White C 9880 #5 Coil ⁵⁄₈” Zipper—Black

E

D

G

F

PRICE BREAKS: Roll (200yd) | Case (5) H

#8 COIL ZIPPER CHAIN C 9885 #8 Coil ⁵⁄₈” Zipper—Black

I

PRICE BREAKS: Roll (150yd) | Case (4) #10 COIL ZIPPER CHAIN B 9999 #10 Coil ⁵⁄₈” Zipper—White C 9888 #10 Coil ⁵⁄₈” Zipper—Black

J

K

PRICE BREAKS: Roll (100yd) | Case (5) #5 ZIPPER SLIDERS D E H

9891 #5 Non-Locking Coil Zipper Slider—White 9879 #5 Non-Locking Coil Zipper Slider—Black 10001 #5 Non-Locking 2-Tab Coil Zipper Slider—Black PRICE BREAKS: Package (100) | Case (10)

F G

11682 #5 Locking Coil Zipper Slider—Off-White 11670 #5 Locking Coil Zipper Slider—Black PRICE BREAKS: Package (100) | Case (10)

#8 ZIPPER SLIDERS E H

9886 #8 Non-Locking Coil Zipper Slider—Black 10003 #8 Non-Locking 2-Tab Coil Zipper Slider—Black PRICE BREAKS: Package (25) | Case (8)

#5 FINISHED COIL—OPEN END AUTOLOCK J J J

11500 #5 Coil 16” Open End Autolock—Black 11501 #5 Coil 18” Open End Autolock—Black 11502 #5 Coil 20” Open End Autolock—Black PRICE BREAKS: Bag (10) | Package (5) | Case (10)

#10 ZIPPER SLIDERS E H I

9889 #10 Non-Locking Coil Zipper Slider—Black 10004 #10 Non-Locking 2-Tab Coil Zipper Slider—Black 10000 #10 Non-Locking 2-Tab Coil Zipper Slider—White PRICE BREAKS: Package (25) | Case (4)

#5 FINISHED COIL—CLOSED END AUTOLOCK K K K K

11609 11610 11612 11613

#5 Coil 6” Closed End Autolock—Black #5 Coil 7” Closed End Autolock—Black #5 Coil 9” Closed End Autolock—Black #5 Coil 10” Closed End Autolock—Black PRICE BREAKS: Bag (10) | Package (5) | Case (10)

76 /

SPECIALTY HARDWARE: ZIPPERS

Please see p.141 for Zipper tools.


JEFZip Sliders & Chains imagination ONLY LIMITED BY YOUR

CLEAN SIMPLE

ESSENTIAL exclusive to J. Ennis Fabrics

JEFZip Sliders and Chains are an economical alternative to more expensive nylon zippers. JEF Gliders are made corrosionresistant featuring a tough-baked enamel finish. JEFZip is suitable for use in any outdoor applications, particularly Marine, Garment and Sport or Outdoor Bag applications. For more info, see p.79. SPECIALTY HARDWARE: ZIPPERS

/ 77


HARDWARE: SPECIALTY FASTENERS ZIPPERS

DELRIN ZIPPERS: LENZIP These plastic Delrin zippers have individually-injected molded teeth fused directly onto the tape of the zipper. The resins used to manufacture the molded plastic chain are incredibly strong. Ideal for heavy-weight garments and various outdoor applications. Auto-locking sliders prevent the zipper from opening until the slider tab is pulled. LENZIP #10 TWO-TAB AUTOLOCK ZIPPERS 11074 11076 11078 11080 11082 11084 11086 11088 11090

Black 18” 24” 30” 36” 42” 48” 54” 60” 66”

11073 11075 11077 11079 11081 11083 11085 11087 11089

White 18” 24” 30” 36” 42” 48” 54” 60” 66”

PRICE BREAKS: Each | Package (10) | Case (25) 11094 72”

11092 72”

LENZIP #8 TWO-TAB AUTOLOCK ZIPPERS 11108 11109 11110 11111

Black Only 24” 36” 48” 60” PRICE BREAKS: Each | Package (10) | Case (25)

11112 11113 11114 11116

72” 84” 96” 108” PRICE BREAKS: Each | Package (10) | Case (20)

PRICE BREAKS: Each | Package (10) | Case (20) 11097 11100 11103 11105 11107

78” 84” 96” 108” 120”

11096 11098 11102 11104 11106

78” 84” 96” 108” 120”

PRICE BREAKS: Each | Package (10)

LENZIP #10 AUTOLOCK ZIPPER

78 /

SPECIALTY HARDWARE: ZIPPERS

LENZIP #8 AUTOLOCK ZIPPER


A

B

D C

DELRIN ZIPPERS: JEFZIP JEFZIP #5 DELRIN CHAIN ZIPPER A B

JEFZIP #5 DELRIN LOCKING ZIPPER SLIDERS

11400 #5 Delrin Chain Zipper—Black 11412 #5 Delrin Chain Zipper—Off-White

C D

PRICE BREAKS: Roll (100yd) | Case (5) JEFZIP #5 DELRIN OPEN-END AUTOLOCK ZIPPERS

11420 #5 Delrin Locking Zipper Slider—Black 11432 #5 Delrin Locking Zipper Slider—Off-White PRICE BREAKS: Bag (100) | Package (10)

E

Pre-made #5 Delrin zippers, open-end with autolock sliders. Used in garments and bag applications. Available only in black. PRICE BREAKS: Bag (10) | Package (5) | Case (10) E E E E

11300 11301 11302 11306

16” 18” 20” 24”

E E E E

11308 11310 11312 11448

26” 28” 30” 40”

JEFZIP #10 DELRIN CHAIN

H I F

Nylon tooth zippers are strong and lightweight. They operate smoothly despite the presence of sand, mud, or other contaminants. Ideal for topping and other outdoor applications including garments and bags. F G

10170 10166

#10 Delrin Chain—Black #10 Delrin Chain—White PRICE BREAKS: 10yd | 100yd

JEF ZIP #10 DELRIN TWO-TAB SLIDERS—NON-LOCKING Coordinates with JEFZip’s #10 Delrin Chains (#10170 and #10166). H I

10168 10172

G

#10 Delrin Non-Locking Two-Tab Slider—White #10 Delrin Non-Locking Two-Tab Slider—Black PRICE BREAKS: Bag (25) | Package (4)

Please see p.141 for Zipper tools.

SPECIALTY HARDWARE: ZIPPERS

/ 79


HARDWARE: SPECIALTY FASTENERS ZIPPERS

YKK VISLON: UNFINISHED ZIPPERS YKK Vislon zippers are extremely strong and lightweight. The “teeth” are made from Vislon nylon and the tape is polyester. Due to the unique properties of Vislon, the fastener has a wide variety of industrial, consumer and military applications where environmental conditions can reduce the effectiveness of metal zippers. YKK is corrosion-resistant and is self-lubricating to a degree. This ensures smooth operation despite sand, mud or other contaminants. The color is cast into the molding, so there is no finish to rub off, peel or chip. Vislon has excellent heat resistance (up to 182°C / 360°F) and resists cold down to -51°C (-60°F). Melting point is at 249°C (480°F), which is well beyond normal laundering or exposure temperatures. Resistance to chemicals further extends the use of Vislon beyond the scope of conventional metal zippers, which are prone to accelerated corrosion with exposure to chemicals.

A

B

C

I

D H

F

J

E

K

G

S R

P Q

L

O M

W

N

V

U A1

T

Y X

80 /

SPECIALTY HARDWARE: ZIPPERS

Z


YKK #5 VISLON ZIPPERS

YKK #10 VISLON ZIPPERS

This product is available in cut lengths or in full rolls of 220yd. The #5 tape is ½” in width.

This product is available in cut lengths or in full rolls of 110yd. The #10 tape is ⁵⁄₈” in width.

A B C

9935 #5 Vislon Zipper Chain—Black 9975 #5 Vislon Zipper Chain—White 10082 #5 Vislon Zipper Chain—Beige

A B C D

PRICE BREAKS: Yard | Roll (220yd) | Roll (3)

9939 9940 10075 9943

PRICE BREAKS: Yard | Roll (110yd)

YKK #5 VISLON ZIPPER SLIDERS—NON-LOCKING L M N

YKK #10 VISLON TWO-TAB SLIDERS—NON-LOCKING

9936 #5 Vislon Non-Locking Zipper Slider—Black 9990 #5 Vislon Non-Locking Zipper Slider—White 10083 #5 Vislon Non-Locking Zipper Slider—Beige

E F G H

PRICE BREAKS: Package (100) | Case (10)

9942 9946 10079 9944

YKK #5 VISLON TWO-TAB SLIDERS—NON-LOCKING R S

9930 9980

YKK #5 VISLON STOPS 9937 #5 Vislon Top Stop—Black 9982 #5 Vislon Top Stop—White 10084 #5 Vislon Top Stop—Beige

X Y Z

9938 #5 Vislon Bottom Stop—Black 9984 #5 Vislon Bottom Stop—White 10085 #5 Vislon Bottom Stop—Beige

YKK #10 VISLON TWO-TAB SLIDERS—LOCKING I J K

YKK #10 VISLON ZIPPER SLIDERS—NON-LOCKING O P Q

YKK #8 COIL TWO-TAB SLIDER—NON-LOCKING F

10122 #8 Coil Non-Locking Two-Tab Slider—White

YKK #10 VISLON STOPS

YKK #8 COIL ZIPPER SLIDER—NON-LOCKING P

9947 #10 Vislon Zipper One-Tab Slider—Black 9941 #10 Vislon Zipper One-Tab Slider—White 10078 #10 Vislon Zipper One-Tab Slider—Beige PRICE BREAKS: Package (25) | Case (4)

PRICE BREAKS: Package (25) | Case (4)

N

9974 #10 Vislon Two-Tab Locking Slider—Black 9972 #10 Vislon Two-Tab Locking Slider—White 10076 #10 Vislon Two-Tab Locking Slider—Beige PRICE BREAKS: Package (25) | Case (4)

10120 #8 Coil Zipper Chain—White PRICE BREAKS: Yard

N

#10 Plastic Non-Locking Two-Tab Slider—Black #10 Plastic Non-Locking Two-Tab Slider—White

PRICE BREAKS: Package (10) | Case (5)

YKK #8 VISLON ZIPPERS B

9945 9976

Non-locking plastic sliders for salt water and other marine applications. Molded in color. Will not rust even if chipped.

PRICE BREAKS: Package (100) | Case(10)

N

PRICE BREAKS: Package (25) | Case (4) -

PRICE BREAKS: Package (100) | Case (10)

#10 Vislon Non-Locking Two-Tab Slider—Black #10 Vislon Non-Locking Two-Tab Slider—White #10 Vislon Non-Locking Two-Tab Slider—Beige #10 Vislon Non-Locking Two-Tab Slider—Blue Non-locking sliders made of enameled steel.

#5 Vislon Non-Locking Two-Tab Slider—Black #5 Vislon Non-Locking Two-Tab Slider—White

T V W

#10 Vislon Zipper Chain—Black #10 Vislon Zipper Chain—White #10 Vislon Zipper Chain—Beige #10 Vislon Zipper Chain—Blue

10121 #8 Coil Non-Locking One-Tab Slider—White PRICE BREAKS: Package (25) | Case (4)

N

U V W

9965 #10 Vislon Top Stop—Black 9948 #10 Vislon Top Stop—White 10081 #10 Vislon Top Stop—Beige

X Y Z

9966 #10 Vislon Bottom Stop—Black 9949 #10 Vislon Bottom Stop—White 10080 #10 Vislon Bottom Stop—Beige

A1

11013 #10 YKK “V” Zipper Stop—Stainless Steel PRICE BREAKS: Package (100) | Case (10)

Please see p.141 for Zipper tools.

SPECIALTY HARDWARE: ZIPPERS

/ 81


HARDWARE: SPECIALTY FASTENERS ZIPPERS

YKK VISLON: FINISHED ZIPPERS N

YKK #8 LOCKING VISLON ZIPPERS #8 locking zipper with double pull-tab sliders made from enamel-coated zinc. A heavy zipper used in marine convertible tops and tenting applications. PRICE BREAKS: Each | Package (10) | Case (25) 10086 10015 10016 10087 10017 10088 10089

Black 24” 36” 48” 54” 60” 72” 84”

10014 10018 10019 10021 10020 10022 10023

White 24” 36” 48” 54” 60” 72” 84”

YKK #10 LOCKING VISLON ZIPPERS #10 locking zipper with double pull-tab sliders made from enamel-coated zinc. A heavy zipper used in marine convertible tops and tenting applications. PRICE BREAKS: Each | Package (10) | Case (25) 10024 10005 10006 10007 10025 10008 10026 10009 10027 10010 10028 10011 10012 10029 10013

Black 18” 24” 30” 36” 42” 48” 54” 60” 66” 72” 78” 84” 96” 108” 120”

10039 9977 9978 9979 10040 9981 10041 9983 10042 9985 10043 9986 9987 10044 9988

WHITE

82 /

SPECIALTY HARDWARE: ZIPPERS

White 18” 24” 30” 36” 42” 48” 54” 60” 66” 72” 78” 84” 96” 108” 120”

10045 10046 10047 10048 10049 10050 10051 10052 10053 10054 10055 10056 10057 10058 10059

BEIGE

Beige 18” 24” 30” 36” 42” 48” 54” 60” 66” 72” 78” 84” 96” 108” 120”

BURGUNDY

10090 10091 10092 10093 10094 10095 10096 10097 10098

BLUE

Burgundy 24” 30” 36” 48” 60” 72” 84” 96” 120”

BLACK

9950 9951 9952 9953 9954 9955 9956 9957 9958

Blue 24” 30” 36” 48” 60” 72” 84” 96” 120”

GREY

10030 10031 10032 10033 10034 10035 10036 10037 10038

Grey 24” 30” 36” 48” 60” 72” 84” 96” 120”


YKK #10 NON-LOCKING VISLON ZIPPERS #10 non-locking zipper with double pull-tab sliders made from enamel-coated zinc. A heavy zipper used in marine convertible tops and tenting applications. PRICE BREAKS: Each | Package (10) | Case (25) 9470 9991 9989 9992 9471 9993 9472 9994 9473 9995 9474 9996 9997 9475 9998

Black 18” 24” 30” 36” 42” 48” 54” 60” 66” 72” 78” 84” 96” 108” 120”

9450 9959 9969 9960 9451 9961 9452 9962 9453 9963 9454 9964 9967 9455 9968

White 18” 24” 30” 36” 42” 48” 54” 60” 66” 72” 78” 84” 96” 108” 120”

10060 10061 10062 10063 10064 10065 10066 10067 10068 10069 10070 10071 10072 10073 10074

Beige 18” 24” 30” 36” 42” 48” 54” 60” 66” 72” 78” 84” 96” 108” 120”

Please see p.141 for Zipper tools.

Proudly representing…

®

American & Efird Canada, Inc.

SPECIALTY HARDWARE: ZIPPERS

/ 83


HARDWARE: SPECIALTY FASTENERS ZIPPERS

B

C

YKK METAL ZIPPERS: ALUMINUM D

YKK #10 ALUMINUM ZIPPER TAPE A

9931

#10 96” Aluminum Two-Tab Finished Zipper A separable aluminum zipper, the #10 twotab zipper is ideal for boat top and tent applications—anywhere that a separable zipper is needed. It can be shortened by trimming the free ends. They can be capped with the aluminum top stops (#9923) to keep the finished professional appearance. J. Ennis Fabrics also carries a selection of these zippers in a brass finish (#9934). Tape color is a light beige. PRICE BREAKS: Each | Package (10) | Case (25)

B

9921

#10 Aluminum Heavy Zipper Tape

PRICE BREAKS: Yard | Roll (100yd) YKK #10 ALUMINUM ZIPPER SLIDERS 9922

#10 Aluminum Two-Tab Slider PRICE BREAKS: Package (25) | Case (4)

YKK #10 ALUMINUM ZIPPER STOPS F G

9923 9924

#10 Aluminum Top Stop #10 Aluminum Bottom Stop PRICE BREAKS: Package (100) | Case (5)

84 /

SPECIALTY HARDWARE: ZIPPERS

F

G A

YKK #5 ALUMINUM ZIPPER TAPE C

9918

#5 Aluminum Heavy Zipper Tape #5 aluminum zipper tape in a continuous roll. This is a slightly larger and stronger version of the #4 zipper (p.290–291). It is intended for more strenuous applications, such as bags and other places where a slightly heavier load is expected. Tape color is a light beige.

Heavy #10 aluminum zipper on beige tape. A common size in marine, boat top and tent applications. The tape has a width of ¾”. Sliders (#9922 and #9919) are available as well as top and bottom stops (#9923 and #9924) for a secure and attractive finish. Tape color is a light beige.

D

E

PRICE BREAKS: Roll (109yd) | Case (4) E

9919

#5 Aluminum Single-Tab Slider PRICE BREAKS: Package (100) | Case (10)


H L

J

K

I

YKK METAL ZIPPERS: BRASS YKK #10 BRASS ZIPPER TAPE H

9925

#10 Brass Heavy Zipper Tape Heavy #10 brass zipper on black tape. Although a common size in marine and boat top applications, the #10 zipper is also popular in tents and other shelters or heavy bag applications. The tape width is ¾”. Sliders (#9926) are available as well as top and bottom stops (#9927 and #9928) for a secure and attractive finish.

YKK #10 BRASS TWO-TAB ZIPPER SLIDER L

9926

#10 Brass Two-Tab Slider PRICE BREAKS: Package (25) | Case (4)

YKK #10 BRASS ZIPPER STOPS J K

9927 9928

#10 Brass Top Stop #10 Brass Bottom Stop PRICE BREAKS: Package (100) | Case (5)

PRICE BREAKS: Yard | Roll (55yd) I I I

9932 9933 9934

#10 36” Brass Two-Tab Finished Zipper #10 60” Brass Two-Tab Finished Zipper #10 96” Brass Two-Tab Finished Zipper Pre-made separable brass zippers on black ¾” tape. Ideal for outdoor use in tents. Brass is sturdy, attractive and handles humidity and cold easily. Can be shortened and finished with #10 top stops (#9927). PRICE BREAKS: Each | Package (12) | Case (25)

Please see p.141 for Zipper tools.

SPECIALTY HARDWARE: ZIPPERS

/ 85


HARDWARE: FITTINGS

MEASUREMENT NOTES Littco fitting measurements are based on pipe sizes of schedule 40 pipes which are measured by the inside diameter.

AWNING FITTINGS: ALUMINUM The aluminum fittings listed here have a primary application in the construction of awnings. While many of the parts appear similar to their counterparts in the boat top trade, they tend to be larger castings and in many cases are not as well finished as the equivalent marine parts. All parts have a smooth surface with a bright finish. Set screws, hinge screws, bolts and nuts are made of stainless steel unless otherwise indicated. D

A

E

I

G

F

K

H

C

L

J

B

CLEAT A

2410

M

N

P

O

Q

6” Cleat

N H

I

PRICE BREAKS: Each | Case (10) CAMEL BACK HINGES

SLIPFIT FRONT BAR CLAMP

Camel back hinges that move the pivot point out from the surface to allow full range of movement of eye ends. Projection distance given is from the mounting surface.

Fit tubing into the bar clamp and tighten the stainless steel setscrew.

B C

2404 2406

M N

Camel Back Hinge—¾” Projection Camel Back Hinge—1”

POST SOCKETS FOR BRICK

ROD CLAMPS 2372 2370 2368

For mounting pipes securely into brick or stone surfaces. Mounts using lag bolts or cement/brick anchors. Q 2425 1” Post Socket for Brick—ID* 1³⁄₈”

Hookless Head Rod Clamp—½” Head Rod Clamp—½” Head Rod Clamp—³⁄₈”

PRICE BREAKS: Each | Case (10)

PRICE BREAKS: Each | Case (10)

POST SOCKETS FOR WOOD

COMBINATION RAFTER/SLIP TEE

O P

Combination rafter tee and upright tee with offset that allows for individual or dual use. G

2360

¼” Slipfit Eye End—ID* ½” ½” Slipfit Eye End—ID* ⁷⁄₈” ¾” Slipfit Heavy-Duty Eye End—ID* 1¹⁄₈” 1” Slipfit Eye End—ID* 1³⁄₈”

Z-SHAPED AWNING MOUNTING BRACKET Z-bracket with two equally spaced holes for lagging into mortar and securing to the wall. The ³⁄₁₆” hole on the other end accommodates a tek screw for fastening the awning frame to the bracket.

N

H

11014

L

2427

½” Slipfit 90° Elbow—ID* ⁷⁄₈” PRICE BREAKS: Each | Case (10)

86 /

SPECIALTY HARDWARE: ALUMINUMFIT TINGS

Z-Shaped Awning Bracket—1” The 1” square design will accommodate both 1” round and square awning frame tubing.

PRICE BREAKS: Each | Case (10) SLIPFIT ELBOW

1” Post Socket for Wood—ID* 1³⁄₈” ¾” Post Socket for Wood—ID* 1¹⁄₈” PRICE BREAKS: Each | Case (10)

SLIPFIT EYE END 2361 2420 2364 2366

2424 2422

1” Combination Rafter/Slip Tee—ID* 1³⁄₈” PRICE BREAKS: Each | Case (10)

H I J K

Aluminum Front Bar Clamp—¾” x ¾” Aluminum Front Bar Clamp—1” x 1” PRICE BREAKS: Each | Case (10)

PRICE BREAKS: Each | Case (10) D E F

2378 2380

N

I

11015

Z-Shaped Awning Bracket—3” PRICE BREAKS: Bag (25) | Package (4) | Case (18) *ID: Inside Diameter


Specifying FIRESIST fabric in the early stages of development has never been an easier decision.

Visualization

FIRESIST® IS A TRADEMARK OF GLEN RAVEN, INC.

Drawings are for visual representation only.

FIRESIST 82005-0000 REGATTA TWEED

FIRESIST Fabric Certifications

California State Fire Marshal Title 19 NFPA 701-99, test method II CPAI-84; Tent walls and roof FMVSS 302 FAA 25.853 (Aviation) UFAC Upholstered Furniture, Class 1

Specify FIRESIST® for an up-to-code fire-resistant awning fabric that looks as good as it performs. Improved strength, colorfastness and weather-resistance make fabrication with FIRESIST easier than ever. There has never been a smarter decision when it comes to quality, assurance and safety.

SPECIALTY HARDWARE: FIT TINGS

/ 87


Please see p.135 for Bending tools.

HARDWARE: FITTINGS

ALUMINUM TUBING

N BRIGHT ANODIZED ROUND ALUMINUM TUBING: 0.058” WALL THICKNESS Drawn aluminum tubing with a polished bright-dip finish. Lightweight and easy to work with, the ¾” tubing will slide easily into ⁷/₈” tubing to form cockpit poles (see p.105). 8362

Square Tube #8376 used in conjunction with Jaw Slide #2579.

Outer Diameter (OD) ¾” x Length 20’

CLEAR ANODIZED SQUARE ALUMINUM TUBING: 0.058” WALL THICKNESS

PRICE BREAKS: Per foot (20’ lengths) | 240’ | 1080’ 8372

OD* ⁷/₈” x Length 20’

Square tubing to be used with the following Jaw Slides, #2706, #2705, #2708, and #2579 (see inset photo above.)

PRICE BREAKS: Per foot (20’ lengths) | 240’ | 1080’ 11231 OD* ⁷/₈” x Length 24’ 24’ tubes must be shipped by truck. J. Ennis Fabrics can cut tube in half if this product is shipped by courier.

8368

OD* 1” x Length 24’ PRICE BREAKS: Per foot (24’ lengths) | 240’

N

8376

PRICE BREAKS: Per foot (24’ lengths) | 432’

OD* 1¼” x Length 24’ PRICE BREAKS: Per foot (24’ lengths) | 240’

STAINLESS STEEL TUBING SUPER BUFFED STAINLESS STEEL ROUND TUBING Bright finished 304 stainless steel tubing. Extra strength makes for a stronger frame ideal for railings. Sold in complete lengths of 20’. 8374 8365

OD* ⁷/₈” x 0.049” Wall Thickness x Length 20’ OD* 1” x 0.065” Wall Thickness x Length 20’ PRICE BREAKS: Per foot (20’ lengths) | 200’

8373 8364 8367

OD* ⁷/₈” x 0.065” Wall Thickness x Length 24’ OD* 1” x 0.065” Wall Thickness x Length 24’ OD* 1¼” x 0.065” Wall Thickness x Length 24’ PRICE BREAKS: Per foot (24’ lengths) | 240’

88 /

SPECIALTY HARDWARE: TUBING

* OD: Outer Diameter


STAINLESS STEEL: GEMINI FITTINGS The Gemini Fittings are made of 316 stainless steel and include a Sliding Side Mount, Split Jaw Side Mount fitting in ⁷⁄₈”, 1”, and 1¼”. Also available are Gemini hinges in ⁷⁄₈” and 1”. The Sliding Side Mount and Split Jaw Side Mount feature a beefed-up body style with a stand-off style that allows hand room between the grab rail and the fabric which makes them ideal for mounting struts, grab and hand rails in marine frames. The Gemini Hinges fit standard tubing for use in collapsible support struts, dinettes and folding tables and folding seating.

A

B

E

F

G

H

D

C

SLIDING SIDE MOUNTS

HINGES

Compatible with standard marine end fittings. Heavy duty construction with two set screws. Phillips head bolt and nylon washer. Easy installation, requires no modification of existing frames.

Solid body construction with two Buna O-rings to compensate for tubing wall thickness variation. Relief areas are provided for attachment to tubing via either roll pins or set screws.

A B C

11062 Gemini Sliding Side Mount—1¼” 11061 Gemini Sliding Side Mount—1” 11060 Gemini Sliding Side Mount—⁷/₈”

G H

11066 Gemini Hinge—⁷/₈” 11067 Gemini Hinge—1” PRICE BREAKS: Each | Package (10)

PRICE BREAKS: Each | Package (10) SPLIT JAW SLIDE MOUNT Split-style mounts can be mounted anywhere on a frame, which creates a greater range of applications. D E F

11063 Gemini Split Jaw Slide Mount—⁷/₈” 11064 Gemini Split Jaw Slide Mount—1” 11065 Gemini Split Jaw Slide Mount—1¼” PRICE BREAKS: Each | Package (10)

SPECIALTY HARDWARE: GEMINI FIT TINGS

/ 89


HARDWARE: FITTINGS

STAINLESS STEEL: RAIL FITTINGS A wide range of fittings to be used along with ⁷⁄₈” and 1” stainless steel tubing to create handrails and guides. The range of angles on the bases and stanchions will allow you to fit most contours and shapes. Use 1” to create a heavier, more sturdy rail. Made with 316 Stainless Steel. 60° BASE A B

2855 2854

60° Rectangular Base—1” 60° Rectangular Base—⁷/₈” PRICE BREAKS: Each | Case (10)

C D

2863 2862

B

A

C

D

60° Round Base—1” 60° Round Base—⁷/₈” PRICE BREAKS: Each | Case (10)

60° UNIVERSAL TEE FITTINGS E F

2874 2875

60° Universal Tee Fitting—⁷/₈” 60° Universal Tee Fitting—1”

E

F

PRICE BREAKS: Each | Case (10) 90° BASE G H

2851 2850

90° Rectangular Base—1” 90° Rectangular Base—⁷/₈” PRICE BREAKS: Each | Case (10)

I J

2859 2858

G

H

90° Round Base—1” 90° Round Base—⁷/₈” PRICE BREAKS: Each | Case (10)

I

J

90° TEE FITTINGS K L

2871 2870

90° Tee Fitting—1” 90° Tee Fitting—⁷/₈” PRICE BREAKS: Each | Case (10) K

90 /

SPECIALTY HARDWARE: RAIL FIT TINGS

L


Q V M

S

U

L

N

R T O

P

CORNER FITTING L

2888

Three-Way Corner Fitting—⁷/₈” PRICE BREAKS: Each | Case (10)

STANCHION Q R

2905 2904

PRICE BREAKS: Each | Case (10)

ELBOWS M N O

2879 2878 2892

90° Elbow—1” 90° Elbow—⁷/₈” Elbow and Anchor Eye—⁷/₈” PRICE BREAKS: Each | Case (10)

BOW FORM P

2882

60° Aft Stanchion—1” 60° Aft Stanchion—⁷/₈”

110° Bow Form PRICE BREAKS: Each | Case (10)

S T

2901 2900

60° Center Stanchion—1” 60° Center Stanchion—⁷/₈” PRICE BREAKS: Each | Case (10)

RAIL END U V

2885 2886

5½° Rail End (End Out) 5½° Rail End (End In) PRICE BREAKS: Each | Case (10)

SPECIALTY HARDWARE: RAIL FIT TINGS

/ 91


HARDWARE: FITTINGS

STAINLESS STEEL: TOP FITTINGS High quality die cast 316 stainless steel fittings, highly polished for a brilliant finish. Used in the construction of bimini top frames. Extremely strong and durable. They are drilled to accept either one of the ³⁄₈” Quick Release Pins listed on p.94 or a machine screw with ¼–20 threads; in some cases a headless screw of this size is included. Those with mounting screws are pre-drilled to accommodate the use of #10 screws, which will mount flush in the countersunk holes. BALL AND SOCKET FITTINGS

N B

N A

C

2563

E D

PRICE BREAKS: Each | Package (10)

N B C

A

Ball and Socket Deck Hinge w/ Pin + Lanyard

2565 2564

Ball and Socket Outside Top Cap—1” Ball and Socket Outside Top Cap—⁷/₈” PRICE BREAKS: Each | Package (10)

N D E

2567 2566

Ball and Socket Jaw Slide—1” Ball and Socket Jaw Slide—⁷/₈” PRICE BREAKS: Each | Package (10)

N N F

F G

2562

Ball and Socket 90o Eye End—⁷/₈” PRICE BREAKS: Each | Package (10)

H

N G H

2569 2568

Ball and Socket Concave Hinge W/P—⁷/₈” Ball and Socket Deck Hinge W/P—⁷/₈” PRICE BREAKS: Each | Package (10)

I

J

K

N I J

2571 2573

Hinge with D-Ring—Port Side Hinge with D-Ring—Starboard PRICE BREAKS: Each | Package (10)

N

K

2574

Pull Pin with Pull Knob Lanyard PRICE BREAKS: Each | Package (10)

92 /

SPECIALTY HARDWARE: STAINLESS STEEL TOP FIT TINGS


N M

R

S

V

P

U Q

O

L

T

JAW SLIDES L M

2665 2667

Jaw Slide with Rubber Gasket—1” Jaw Slide with Rubber Gasket—⁷/₈” PRICE BREAKS: Each | Case (10)

N

2697

PRICE BREAKS: Each | Case (10)

Double-Side Jaw Slide—1” T U

PRICE BREAKS: Each | Case (10) O P

2704 2694

2698 Split Jaw Slide—⁷/₈” 2699 Split Jaw Slide—1” 11043 Split Jaw Slide—1¼”

Q R S

2668 2721

Jaw Slide with Bolt—⁷/₈” Jaw Slide with Bolt—1”

Two-Screw Jaw Slide—1” Two-Screw Jaw Slide—1¼” PRICE BREAKS: Each | Case (10)

V

PRICE BREAKS: Each | Case (10)

2696

Heavy Top Jaw Slide—1” PRICE BREAKS: Each | Case (10)

Y X

W

Z

A1

C1

B1

D1

F1

EYE END

2692 2693 2666 2720 2689

Top Cap Eye End—1” Top Cap Eye End—⁷/₈” Two-Screw Eye End—1” Two-Screw Eye End—1¼” Heavy Top Cap Eye End—1”

W

2688

2581

H1

Quick-Release Side Mount/Eye End—⁷/₈” Two-hole side mount with Quick Release End. Eye end fits ⁷⁄₈” tubing, then fits vertically into mount and locks when pivoted off center. Base size approximately ⁷⁄₈”x2”. Pre-drilled to accommodate ¼”–20 screws. PRICE BREAKS: Each | Case (10)

Eye Slide—1” PRICE BREAKS: Each | Case (10)

MISCELLANEOUS D1 E1 F1

2575 2535 2572

Snap Hook—1” Pad Eye Adjuster Slide—1” PRICE BREAKS: Bag (25) | Case (4)

PRICE BREAKS: Each | Case (10) C1

G1

EYE SLIDE

Drilled to accept either the ³⁄₈” Quick Release pins or a machine screw with ¼–20 threads. X Y Z A1 B1

E1

G1

3902

1” Stainless Steel Welded D-Ring PRICE BREAKS: Each | Package (4) | Case (20)

H1

2687

Stainless Steel Set Screw Replacement set screws for Eye Ends and Jaw Slides. PRICE BREAKS: Package (25) | Case (4)

SPECIALTY HARDWARE: STAINLESS STEEL TOP FIT TINGS

/ 93


HARDWARE: FITTINGS

STAINLESS STEEL: TOP FITTINGS (CONT.) C

D

G

B

J I

F

A

M H

K

L E

SIDE MOUNTS A I

2664 2663

Q

Heavy-Duty Four-Hole Side Mount Plate Two-Hole Side Mount

O

P

PRICE BREAKS: Each | Case (10) DECK HINGES B C D

2584 2582 2587

Angle Base Deck Hinge 90° Deck Hinge Heavy-Duty Deck Hinge

E F G

2585 2586 2583

Quick-Release Angle Deck Hinge w/ Quick-Release Pin O Quick-Release Concave Hinge w/ Quick-Release Pin Quick-Release 90° Deck Hinge w/ Quick-Release Pin

H

2588

180° Universal Deck Hinge

Easily removes or installs without having to keep track of screws. Installs with two #10 screws (not included).

PRICE BREAKS: Each | Case (10)

PRICE BREAKS: Each | Case (10)

PINS J

K L M

P 2908

2702 2703 130004

2576

2578

Quick-Release Bimini Top Hinge

Quick-Release Bimini Strap Hinge

Toggle ³⁄₁₆” Pin

Installs with two #10 screws (not included).

PRICE BREAKS: Bag (10) | Package (5) | Case (10)

PRICE BREAKS: Each | Case (10)

Quick-Release ³⁄₁₆” Pin Quick-Release ³⁄₁₆” Pin w/ 7” Steel Lanyard Quick-Release ¼” Pin w/ Nylon-Coated 6” Lanyard PRICE BREAKS: Bag (10) | Package (5) | Case (10)

94 /

BIMINI HINGES & FITTING

SPECIALTY HARDWARE: STAINLESS STEEL TOP FIT TINGS

Q

2577

Quick-Release Round Surface Bimini Top Fit Round design fits with the shape of the boat. Adapter can be inserted four different ways, 90° apart. PRICE BREAKS: Each | Case (10)


CHROME DIE-CAST FITTINGS Zinc die-cast fittings with chrome plating. Though not as strong as stainless steel, these fittings give you the look of stainless steel without the cost. These fittings are made for boats on fresh water lakes, and are not recommended for salt water. R

S

T U V

Z

X

B1

Y

A1

W

HINGES R S

2715 2713

EYE ENDS 10° Large Deck Hinge Large Deck Hinge

W X

2545 2525

PRICE BREAKS: Bag (10) | Package (5) | Case (10) MOUNTING PLATE T

2659

Mounting Plate

PRICE BREAKS: Bag (10) | Package (5) | Case (10) Y Z

2546 2547

JAW SLIDES

END CAP 2685

Outside Eye End—¾” Outside Eye End—⁷⁄₈” PRICE BREAKS: Bag (10) | Package (5) | Case (10)

PRICE BREAKS: Bag (10) | Package (5) | Case (10)

U

Inside Eye End—¾” Inside Eye End—⁷⁄₈”

Track Slide End Cap PRICE BREAKS: Bag (10) | Package (5) | Case (10)

A1 B1

2625 2605

Jaw Slide—¾” Jaw Slide—⁷⁄₈” PRICE BREAKS: Each | Case (25)

BOW SOCKET V

2695

Bow Socket—Chrome-Plated PRICE BREAKS: Pair | Case (10)

SPECIALTY HARDWARE: CHROME FIT TINGS

/ 95


HARDWARE: FITTINGS

DELRIN: TOP FITTINGS A full range of boat fittings in Delrin Acetyl resin compound. Delrin is ideal for sport and recreational crafts due to its excellent resistance to corrosion of any kind. Color is cast in, not coated on, which means that it hides scratches well. Self-lubricating to a degree, Delrin Jaw Slides are unaffected by water exposures and tough enough that it can be tapped for set screws. JAW SLIDES A

2705 2706

1” Square Jaw Slide—Black 1” Square Jaw Slide—White

DECK HINGES H

2767 2766

PRICE BREAKS: Bag (10) | Package (5) | Case (10) B

2600 2590

⁷⁄₈” Jaw Slide—Black ⁷⁄₈” Jaw Slide—White PRICE BREAKS: Bag (10) | Package (5) | Case (10)

G

2620 2610

PRICE BREAKS: Package (10) | Case (3) I

J

2708 2709

1” Square Inside Eye End—Black 1” Square Inside Eye End—White PRICE BREAKS: Bag (10) | Package (5) | Case (10)

D

2510 2500

⁷⁄₈” Inside Eye End—Black ⁷⁄₈” Inside Eye End—White PRICE BREAKS: Bag (10) | Package (5) | Case (10)

E

2520 2530

¾” Inside Eye End—Black ¾” Inside Eye End—White PRICE BREAKS: Bag (10) | Package (5) | Case (10)

2711 2710

K

2580 2560

2541 2540

⁷⁄₈” Outside Eye End—Black ⁷⁄₈” Inside Eye End—White PRICE BREAKS: Bag (10) | Package (5) | Case (10)

96 /

SPECIALTY HARDWARE: DELRIN TOP FIT TINGS

Angle Base Deck Hinge—Black Angle Base Deck Hinge—White

Large Deck Hinge—Black Large Deck Hinge—White PRICE BREAKS: Bag (10) | Package (5) | Case (10)

L

2651 2650

Deck Hinge/Slide—Black Deck Hinge/Slide—White PRICE BREAKS: Bag (10) | Package (5) | Case (10)

M

2661 2660

Two-Hole Side Mount Plate—Black Two-Hole Side Mount Plate—White PRICE BREAKS: Bag (10) | Package (5) | Case (10)

N

2701 2700

Side Mount/Slide Track—Black Side Mount/Slide Track—White PRICE BREAKS: Bag (10) | Package (5) | Case (10)

OUTSIDE EYE END F

Angle Deck Hinge Large Hole—Black

PRICE BREAKS: Bag (10) | Package (5) | Case (10)

INSIDE EYE ENDS C

2712

PRICE BREAKS: Bag (10) | Package (5) | Case (10)

¾” Jaw Slide—Black ¾” Jaw Slide—White PRICE BREAKS: Bag (10) | Package (5) | Case (10)

Small Black Deck Hinge—Lock Left Small Black Deck Hinge—Lock Right

O

2570 2550

Small Deck Hinge—Black Small Deck Hinge—White PRICE BREAKS: Bag (10) | Package (5) | Case (10)


A

F K

B

G

L

H

M

C

N D

I

J E

O

SPECIALTY HARDWARE: DELRIN TOP FIT TINGS

/ 97


HARDWARE: FITTINGS

DELRIN (CONT.) SOCKETS A

C

B

For use with 6’ Oak Bow (#2765) on p.107.

D

11042 Bow Rail Socket—White

A

PRICE BREAKS: Bag (10) | Package (5) | Case (10) F F E

H

G

F

2769 2768

Batton Socket—Black Nylon Batton Socket—White Nylon PRICE BREAKS: Bag (10) | Package (5) | Case (10)

SLIDES B B

2681 2680

Track Slide—Black Track Slide—White PRICE BREAKS: Bag (10) | Package (5) | Case (10)

I

J

K

L

L L

2657 2655

Slide Lock with Screw—Black Slide Lock with Screw—White PRICE BREAKS: Bag (10) | Package (5) | Case (10)

WEDGE G G

2652 2561

TUBE CONNECTORS Angle Wedge for Deck Hinge—Black Angle Wedge for Deck Hinge—White

C C

2612 2611

PRICE BREAKS: Bag (10) | Package (5) | Case (10) SCREWS H H

2654 2653

Nylon Head Screw—Black Nylon Head Screw—White PRICE BREAKS: Bag (10) | Package (5) | Case (10)

LASH HOOKS I I

2671 2670

Two-Hole Lash Hook—Black Two-Hole Lash Hook—White PRICE BREAKS: Bag (25) | Package (4) | Case (20)

¾” Tube Connector—Black ¾” Tube Connector—White PRICE BREAKS: Bag (10) | Package (5) | Case (10)

D D

2614 2613

⁷⁄₈” Tube Connector—Black ⁷⁄₈” Tube Connector—White PRICE BREAKS: Bag (10) | Package (5) | Case (10)

EYE STRAPS E E

2640 2630

Eye Straps—Black Eye Straps—White PRICE BREAKS: Bag (25) | Package (4) | Case (20)

M

N

CHANNELS J K

2683 2691

Channel Trim End Insert—Black Channel End Cap—Black PRICE BREAKS: Bag (10) | Package (5) | Case (10)

VADNEY WINDSHIELD CLIPS M N

2453 2454

Windshield Clip—Square Boat Top Fitting Windshield Clip—Round PRICE BREAKS: Bag (25) | Package (4)

98 /

SPECIALTY HARDWARE: DELRIN FIT TINGS


JEFBeam DRails & Hooks BY YOUR imagination ONLY LIMITE

UNIQUE STRONG VERSATILE exclusive to J. Ennis Fabrics

JEFBeam hooks allow customers to use one system for a tremendous number of indoor and outdoor applications. From gazebos and awnings to privacy curtains and room separators. For more info, see p.110. SPECIALTY HARDWARE: FIT TINGS

/ 99


HARDWARE: FITTINGS

E D F

G

H I

B

C J

A L

M

100 /

SPECIALTY HARDWARE: STAYPUT FIT TINGS

K


STAYPUT

N

The StayPut fasteners’ unique design provides a superior and reliable fastening system without the need for springs or pressure to remain closed. They are made from the highest quality UV-stable nylon composite. Resistant to corrosion and will provide many years of trouble-free operation, particularly in a marine environment. Also used for tents, awnings and covers, etc. HOOK

KNOBS

Run your inflatable boat cover shock cord through the sleeve of the hook.

Use with StayPut Shock Cord Clip (#1700 and #1701). Accepts 6mm Shock Cord. The knob is extremely strong with a smooth and rounded matte finish.

A

1707

1” Inflatable Cover Hook PRICE BREAKS: Bag (10) | Package (5) | Case (10)

B C

1703 1706

SHOCK CORD CLIPS StayPut shock cord clips with 6mm shock cord with brasscrimped ends (sold in 3 parts, as seen in image C). Simple installation in varying thicknesses of fabric without the need for special tools, only a ¼” hole in fabric. D E

1701 1700

SHOCK CORD PULLS Fasten to shock cord clip to make it easier to fasten and release shock cords from hooks. F G

1719 1718

PRICE BREAKS: Bag (10) | Package (5) | Case (10) KEDER BULLET K

1713

PRICE BREAKS: Bag (10) | Package (5) | Case (10) TENT WALL HOOK L

1704

StayPut Shock Cord Pull—Black StayPut Shock Cord Pull—White

SINGLE STUDS 1708 1709

StayPut Vertical Single Stud StayPut Horizontal Single Stud PRICE BREAKS: Bag (10) | Package (5) | Case (10)

CURVED BASE INSERT Use with #1708 and #1709 to provide a snug fit on 22–25mm tubing. J

1710

StayPut Curved Base Insert

StayPut Tent Wall Hook—White Use with StayPut Shock Cord Clip (#1701 and #1700). Designed not to jump off rope and is always in the upright position. Fixed directly to the fabric through a ¼” hole. Uses a backing plug and does not require the use of an eyelet or any special tools.

PRICE BREAKS: Bag (10) | Package (5) | Case (10)

H I

StayPut Keder Bullet—White Use in the ends of the keder welting (#9420 and #9425).

StayPut Shock Cord Clip—Black StayPut Shock Cord Clip—White PRICE BREAKS: Bag (10) | Package (5) | Case (10)

StayPut Knob—Black StayPut Knob—White

PRICE BREAKS: Bag (10) | Package (5) | Case (10) SHOCK CORD TOOL M

1720

StayPut Shock Cord Tool—3 Pieces Allows assembly and removal of the StayPut Fasteners. Comes with a pair of setting dies for use in the Press-n-Snap hand tool, and a recessed die for use with any standard ¹⁄₈” punch to separate the pieces after installation. PRICE BREAK: Each

PRICE BREAKS: Bag (10) | Package (5) | Case (10)

See p.124 for StayPut Spincutters.

SPECIALTY HARDWARE: STAYPUT FIT TINGS

/ 101


HARDWARE: FITTINGS

MARINE VENTING N

B C

A

D

G

F

E

H

AIR VENT

HOLE CUTTER FOR BOAT VENT II

Designed to help prevent dry rot, condensation, mildew and rust due to improper ventilation. Vinyl vents can be stitched, heat sealed or glued using HH-66 Adhesives (see p.192) to tarps, canvas or vinyl covers.

Simple and efficient cutter for producing clean holes for mounting Boat Vent II (#2798) into covers. Crank action cutter creates a precisely-sized hole in seconds. D

Made of tough, extremely pliable vinyl that can be bent, folded, or flattened without damage. Will not rot or discolor and are impervious to sun and weather. Special hood design will spring back to the original shape and remain open regardless of how it may have folded. Sew nylon netting or fiberglass screening to fabric under the vent to prevent insect access. A B

SUN PROTECTOR CLIPS Two or three sun protector clips will extend the life of clear plastic windows on boats by holding the windows clear of the frame and preventing “heat branding” and abrasion along the frame. This can cause whitening of the clear plastic and weakening of the window. E F G

PRICE BREAKS: Bag (10) | Case (5) BOAT VENT II

C

2798

Boat Vent II PRICE BREAKS: Each | Case (5)

102 /

SPECIALTY HARDWARE: MARINE VENTING

Hole Cutter for Boat Vent II PRICE BREAK: Each

2797 Air Vent for Vinyl Tops—White 11023 Air Vent for Vinyl Tops—Black

Boat Vent II uses the design of step coupling. This allows the user to choose which diameter of tent pole is used, either ¾” or ⁷⁄₈”. With the use of the Hole Cutter (#2799), anyone can install Boat Vent II in a matter of minutes. The Boat Vent II system requires only one primary hole and no secondary mounting holes. To achieve the optimum efficiency in ventilation the vent should be at the peak of any cover to release all the moist, hot air. Made from GE plastics, Geloy ASA, and polycarbonate blend for superior strength and UV resistance.

2799

2450 2451 2452

Sun Protector Clip—⁷⁄₈” Sun Protector Clip—1” Double Sun Protector Clip—⁷⁄₈” PRICE BREAKS: Bag (25) | Package (4)

N

JAW SLIDE Meant to be used with the 1¼” Tube (#8376). H

2579

Jaw Slide for 1¼” Square Tube PRICE BREAKS: Each | Case (10)


L

AWNING RAIL

I

K J

ALUMINUM AWNING RAIL Mill finish aluminum awning rail in 16’ lengths. Can be used with keder welt or vinyl extruded welt to hold covers in place. Ideal for truck tonneau covers. I

2771

M

16’ Aluminum Awning Rail PRICE BREAKS: Each | Case (10)

PLASTIC AWNING RAIL J

2774

N

10’ Plastic Awning Rail Plastic awning rail in white Delrin in 10’ lengths and ⁹∕₁₆” diameter. PRICE BREAKS: Each | Case (10)

K

2777

O

7’6” Center Awning Rail Smooth, white, PVC rigid extrusion. Non-corrosive. Can be run around tight corners with the use of heat. PRICE BREAKS: Each | Case (10)

AWNING WELT VINYL EXTRUDED WELT Use in place of rope headers to eliminate binding and tearing of threads and fabric during use. Can be easily stitched to the cover fabric and fits cleanly into the awning rails above. Fast and easy, moves the stitching away from friction. ⁵∕₁₆” diameter. L -

2773 2781

Vinyl Extruded Welt—White Vinyl Extruded Welt—Black PRICE BREAKS: Roll (100’) | Case (5)

KEDER WELT WITH TWO-FLAP For sewn or heat-sealed applications. Available in standard weave. Keder welting is designed specifically for use in outdoor tensile structures where strength and resistance to the elements are critical. A unique construction of heavy-duty polyester fabric welded to a cord of solid PVC material, resulting in a hard, but flexible and slippery track welting. Effortlessly bends around curves. N

9420 9421

⁵⁄₁₆” Keder Welt with Two-Flap—White ⁵⁄₁₆” Keder Welt with Two-Flap—Black PRICE BREAK: Roll (110yd)

KEDER WELT WITH WELDED FLAP Heavy-duty polyester welded to a cord of solid PVC material. Hard, but flexible with slippery track welting that slides easily, and effortlessly bends around curves. Awning welt with a welded flap for sewn applications. Available in standard weave in black or white. M M -

9422 9423 9424 9425

⁹⁄₃₂” Keder Welt with Welded Flap—White ⁹⁄₃₂” Keder Welt with Welded Flap—Black ⁵⁄₁₆” Keder Welt with Welded Flap—White ⁵⁄₁₆” Keder Welt with Welded Flap—Black PRICE BREAK: Roll (110yd)

AWNING COVER WELT 100% PVC awning cover welt cord. Welt for sewing in the edging of awning covers. Holds the cover in place once installed in awning roller tube and front valance. O

9426

Awning Cover Welt—¼” Diameter PRICE BREAKS: Roll (300yd) | Case (4) SPECIALTY HARDWARE: AWNING RAIL & WELT

/ 103


HARDWARE: FITTINGS

AWNING WELT (CONT.) XTREME AWNING SEAL Closed-cell flexible awning sealer with 3M adhesive on the backing. Use awning seal for the best seal and ease of installation of awnings. With the self-adhesive 3M back, it stays in place. A

2805

B A

Xtreme Awning Seal PRICE BREAKS: Foot | Package (125’) | Case (250’)

MARINE WELT

C

XTREME EDGE SEAL Exclusive to J. Ennis Fabrics. A unique, flexible edge seal. Can be sewn or glued to most materials and surfaces and creates a three-point contact seal. B -

2787 2789

XtremeEdge Seal—Black XtremeEdge Seal—White PRICE BREAKS: Foot | Package (25’) | Case (50’) D

MARINE V SEAL V-Seal is the right choice for all cut-outs and tight corners, especially bow covers and radar arch cut-outs. C

2788

Marine V Seal—Black PRICE BREAKS: Foot | Package (50’) | Case (100’)

MARINE ULTRA SEAL

E

Ultra Seal can be glued or sewn to most materials and surfaces. Works well with Common Sense fasteners and gives a flatter finished profile. D

2786

Marine Ultra Seal PRICE BREAKS: Foot | Package (50’) | Case (100’)

MARINE WINDSHIELD WELT Welt-style PVC over ³⁄₈” foam, with ½” seam allowance. E

2778

Marine Windshield Welt PRICE BREAKS: Yard | Package (25yd) | Case (167yd)

STOP-LEAK TRIM Bulb seal PVC extrusion for boat tops. F

2779

Stop-Leak Trim—Black PRICE BREAKS: Roll (100’) | Case (5)

104 /

SPECIALTY HARDWARE: AWNING & MARINE WELT

F


POLE FITTINGS

DURA SNAP POLE END FOR COCKPIT POLE

H

I

J

Smooth Delrin fitting that has a standard Dura Snap stud. Fits firmly into the end of ¾” tubing. Snap is nickel-plated brass for long life.

K

G

G

2780

Dura Snap Pole End for Cockpit Pole PRICE BREAKS: Bag (25) | Package (4)

L

GROMMET POLE END FOR COCKPIT POLE

M

The Delrin unit fits into ¾” tubing and is tapered to accept self center grommets with an interior finished diameter of 3/₈” or greater. Round edges will not tear or snag canvas or tops.

N

H

2775

Grommet Pole End for Cockpit Pole—Black PRICE BREAKS: Bag (25) | Package (4)

N

JOINT SECTION FOR COCKPIT POLE P

Tough Delrin fitting with nylon head screw for locking extension of the ¾” tubing. Fits securely onto the 7/₈” tubing.

O

I

2785

Joint Section for Cockpit Pole PRICE BREAKS: Bag (10) | Package (5) | Case (10)

POLE CLIP VINYL FOOT FOR COCKPIT POLE

N

2790 2795

Features a large base to protect floors from damage caused by standard crutch tips. The Swivel Pad disperses pole weight and uses thermoplastic rubber for a firmer grip. Use with Support Poles #2800, #2801, and #2802.

PRICE BREAKS: Bag (25) | Package (4)

Pre-assembled telescoping support for water craft with a combo end, meaning that the one end is a snap and the other is a wedge with a non-marring rubber crutch tip. L M N

2802 2801 2800

1” Pole Clip—Grey

SWIVEL PAD FOR SUPPORT POLES

¾” Vinyl Foot for Cockpit Pole—Black ⁷/₈” Vinyl Foot for Cockpit Pole—Black

SUPPORT POLES

2591

PRICE BREAKS: Each | Package (10)

Non-slip, non-marring vinyl feet for aluminum or steel tubing in two sizes. Finish off any exposed or open tubing end with these pieces. J K

O

N

P

2803 Swivel Pad for Support Poles PRICE BREAKS: Each | Case (10)

Support Pole 38³/₈” to 70” Combo End Support Pole 27¼” to 47” Combo End Support Pole 18¼” to 28” Combo End PRICE BREAKS: Each | Case (10) SPECIALTY HARDWARE: POLE FIT TINGS

/ 105


HARDWARE: FITTINGS

BOAT TOP FRAME KITS BTK-1 BOAT TOP FRAME KIT A kit featuring a complete, ready-made boat top frame. Frames are made of ⁷/₈” bright anodized tubing and easily fitted to boats with beams from 40”–80”. Each kit contains: •  Frame (x1) •  ⁷/₈” Jaw Slides (x2)

•  ⁷/₈” Inside Eye Ends (x4) •  1” Nickel Brass Slides (x4)

•  Large Deck Hinges (x2)

•  1” Nickel Brass Snaps (x2)

A

•  Eye Straps (x2) All fittings are white Delrin unless otherwise indicated. A

2763

BTK-1 Boat Top Frame Kits

90” (2.3m) Max

90” (2.3m) Max B

PRICE BREAK: Each BIMINI BOAT TOP FRAME KIT Three-bow frame kit fabricated from ⁷/₈”. Bright dip aluminum tubing. Joints are attached clean and flush through the use of insert sleeves.

42” (1.07m) Max

Packed one per box, complete with hardware. All fittings are black Delrin unless otherwise indicated. B

2761

Bimini Boat Top Frame Kits

C

PRICE BREAK: Each 66 ”

66 ”

PONTOON BOAT TOP FRAME KIT OD* 1” x Length 1” x Wall Thickness 0.062” extruded satin anodized square tubing. Packed one per box, complete with black Delrin nylon fittings. C

2462

96 ”

96 ”

FOR PONTOON BOAT 108” Wide

Pontoon Boat Top Frame Kits PRICE BREAK: Each

D

LARGE BOAT TOP FRAME KIT 50 ”

Two-bow frame. Packed one per box, complete with hardware. OD* ⁷/₈” x Wall Thickness 0.058” drawn aluminum bright anodized tubing with black Delrin nylon fittings. D

2764

60

96” Wide

Large Boat Top Frame Kits PRICE BREAK: Each

106 /

SPECIALTY HARDWARE: BOAT TOP FRAMES

* OD: Outer Diameter


MISCELLANEOUS FITTINGS ALUMINUM BOAT SEAT HINGES E

2776

W3” x L6’ Flat Continuous Boat Seat Hinge A flat-style continuous boat seat hinge in mill-finish aluminum. 3” wide with ³⁄₁₆” holes drilled on 4” centers.

E

PRICE BREAKS: Each | Case (12) F

2772

W4½” x L6’ “W” Continuous Boat Seat Hinge A W-shaped hinge in a mill finish aluminum, drilled on 2” centers, staggered at ½” . Hinge lies open to a width of 4½” ; aluminum is 0.060” thick.

F

PRICE BREAKS: Each | Case (12) WOODEN BOW 6’ wooden bow for use with bow sockets (#2695, #2769, #2768) to form supports or runners for tonneau covers or boat tops and covers. Can be trimmed to length. Bow should be under slight tension when fitted. G

2765

G

6’ x 1⁵∕₈” Wooden Bow PRICE BREAKS: Each | Case (10)

ALUMINUM TRACK Bright anodized aluminum alloy channel to use with white and black Delrin marine fittings. Aluminum alloy provides excellent corrosion resistance and is easily extruded. It can be readily welded and brazed. H

H

2740

12’ Aluminum Slide Track Channel PRICE BREAKS: Each | Case (10)

ADJUSTER SLIDE Nickel-plated brass adjuster for use with webbing in outdoor or marine applications.

I

I

2000

1” Adjuster Slide—Nickel-Plated Brass PRICE BREAKS: Bag (25) | Package (4)

SNAP-HOOK J

Nickel-plated brass snap-hook for marine and other salt and moisture-exposed applications. See the Bag Hardware section (p.120–121) for more options in hooks. J

7700

1” Snap-Hook—Nickel-Plated Brass PRICE BREAKS: Package (25) | Case (4) SPECIALTY HARDWARE: MISCELLANEOUS FIT TINGS

/ 107


HARDWARE: FITTINGS

style, performance et une incontournable affirmation

108 /

SPECIALTY HARDWARE: FIT TINGS


Sunbrella® is a registered trademark of Glen Raven, Inc.

Lorsque vous désirez que votre projet laisse une impression durable en toute saison, vous pouvez compter sur la beauté et la durabilité des tissus Sunbrella®. sunbrella.com/ncsu SPECIALTY HARDWARE: FIT TINGS

/ 109


HARDWARE: FITTINGS

1

JEF BEAM HOOKS & RAILS

2

MOUNTING THE JEF BEAM RAIL

JEF Beam hooks are extremely strong when used in combination with the JEF Beam aluminum rails. JEF Beam rails can hold ~675lb (306kg), while individual hooks will support 70lb (32kg). The JEF Beam system features an incredibly smooth rolling system, quieter and smoother than any metal rolling hook system. It is also RoHs-compliant against containing mercury, lead, hexavalent chromium, PBB and PBDE.

FIGURE 1: A groove line runs along the entire length of the rail. This groove is made for the use of a round head #10 screw. FIGURE 2: The hook will pass over the screw without any problems. However, other screw types may not work as well.

WE RECOMMEND:

GUIDELINES FOR DISTANCE BETWEEN HOOKS (Rail length = Hook Spacing):

•  A maximum of 12” between hooks. •  Hooks should be placed no more than 8” apart when installed on corners or bent tubing.

•  4’ = 12” or 4 hooks •  5’ = 10” or 6 hooks

•  For particularly windy locations, hooks should be positioned in a criss-cross pattern with one hook facing in, and the next facing out.

•  6’ = 8” or 9 hooks •  8’ = 6” or 16 hooks •  10’ = 4” or 30 hooks

TO ENSURE SMOOTH ROLLING MOVEMENT OF THE HOOKS: •  File burrs on the inside of the cut rails. •  Use #0 Spur Grommets (#6064, p.113) for hanging fabric on the hooks.

JEF BEAM LONG PLASTIC HOOK 3½” length, wheel diameter ⁷/₈”. A C E

2744 2749 2745

Long Plastic Hook—White Long Plastic Hook—Sand Long Plastic Hook—Black PRICE BREAKS: Bag (10) | Package (5) | Case (10)

F

JEF BEAM SHORT PLASTIC HOOK E D

C B

A

110 /

SPECIALTY HARDWARE: JEF BEAM HOOKS & RAILS

2½” length, wheel diameter ⁷/₈”. B D F -

2743 2742 2748 2750

Short Plastic Hook—Black Short Plastic Hook—White Short Plastic Hook—Sand Short Plastic Hook—Aluminum Color PRICE BREAKS: Bag (10) | Package (5) | Case (10)


I G H

JEF BEAM RAILS G H

2741 2739

K

JEF Beam 20’ Rail—White JEF Beam 20’ Rail—Natural PRICE BREAKS: Each | Case (12)

JEF BEAM 90° CORNER RAILS—48” RADIUS

J

When using corners or rounded tubing, hooks should be placed no more than 8” apart to ensure smooth movement. When cutting and combining rail pieces with corners or connectors, it is important to file any burrs on the inside of the cut rails. This will ensure smooth rolling movement of the hooks. I -

2746 2738

JEF Beam 90° Corner Rail—48” White JEF Beam 90° Corner Rail—48” Natural PRICE BREAKS: Each | Package (4)

JEF BEAM RAIL CONNECTORS A simple slide-over connector for joining sections and corners of the JEF Beam rail system. J K

2747 2737

JEF Beam Rail Connector—White JEF Beam Rail Connector—Natural PRICE BREAKS: Each | Package (10)

SPECIALTY HARDWARE: JEF BEAM RAILS & CONNECTORS

/ 111


HARDWARE: GROMMETS G

E

H

C

D

A

F

B

N

M K

O

L

I J

R

P

S

Q

T

W

U

X

Z

V

F1

D1 E1

Y

G1

H1

C1

A1 B1

112 /

SPECIALTY HARDWARE: GROMMETS

ALL GROMMETS COME WITH WASHERS.


Please see p.126–127 for Grommet tools.

GROMMETS: CRUISER & OSBORNE The main factor in choosing a line of grommets relates to the dies that you may already have. Osborne’s spur grommets have a protective rolled rim on the grommet, which the Cruiser line does not have. However, either brand gives excellent resistance to pulling out. Cruiser brand grommets are popular for its European Metric sizing system. However, the sizes are very close to the Standard system normally used in North America. For comparison purposes, we list these grommets in Standard sizes. SELF-PIERCING—BRASS

OSBORNE PLAIN—BRASS

Save time and cutter costs. Grommets with a special selfpiercing finish on the grommet top. No pre-cutting of holes required, simply line up grommets and press with one of the machines listed on p.127. System works with heavy industrial materials. Sizes given are the finished inside hole sizes, and is comparable to Osborne grommet sizes.

Osborne quality grommets and washers. Use with Osborne dies (p.126). Will not work with Cruiser brand dies.

A B C D E

5045 5046 5047 5048 5049

¼” Self-Piercing Grommet & Washer—Brass ⁵⁄₁₆” Self-Piercing Grommet & Washer—Brass ³⁄₈” Self-Piercing Grommet & Washer—Brass ½” Self-Piercing Grommet & Washer—Brass ⁹⁄₁₆” Self-Piercing Grommet & Washer—Brass

F G H

5041 5042 5043

⁵⁄₁₆” Self-Piercing Grommet—Nickel-Plated ³⁄₈” Self-Piercing Grommet—Nickel-Plated ½” Self-Piercing Grommet—Nickel-Plated

I J K L M N I

5017 5014 5011 5012 5013 5015 5016

#00 ³⁄₁₆” Plain Grommet & Washer—Brass #0 ¼” Plain Grommet & Washer—Brass #1 ⁹⁄₃₂” Plain Grommet & Washer—Brass #2 ³⁄₈” Plain Grommet & Washer—Brass #3 ⁷⁄₁₆” Plain Grommet & Washer—Brass #4 ½” Plain Grommet & Washer—Brass #5 ⁵⁄₈” Plain Grommet & Washer—Brass

P

5039

#0 ¼” Plain Grommet & Washer—Black

Q R S

5040 6075 6076

#0 ¼” Plain Grommet & Washer—Nickel-Plated #1 ⁹⁄₃₂” Plain Grommet & Washer—Nickel-Plated #2 ³⁄₈” Plain Grommet & Washer—Nickel-Plated PRICE BREAKS: Bag (144) | Package (5) | Case (25)

PRICE BREAKS: Bag (100) | Package (5) | Case (10) CRUISER PLAIN & SPUR—BRASS U V W

6117 6115 6113

#3 Plain Grommet & Tooth Washer—Brass #2 Plain Grommet & Washer—Brass #1 Plain Grommet & Washer—Brass

X Y Z

6127 6125 6123

#3 Spur Grommet & Washer—Brass #2 Spur Grommet & Washer—Brass #1 Spur Grommet & Washer—Brass PRICE BREAKS: Package (100) | Case (10)

SEWABLE BLACK GROMMET Heavy-duty, sewable black grommet can be sewn into seams. Has a cold crack of -20°C (-4°F). Some uses include sporting bags and duffel bags, as well as tents. T

5075

Sewable Grommet—Black

OSBORNE ROLLED-RIM SPUR—BRASS Rolled rim spur grommets have an extra lip on the rim of the grommet that accepts the spurs of the washer to give the ultimate pull-out resistance. Use with Osborne dies (p.126). Will not work with Cruiser brand dies. A1 B1 C1

6080 6081 6082

#1 Spur Grommet & Washer—Nickel-Plated/Brass #2 Spur Grommet & Washer—Nickel-Plated/Brass #3 Spur Grommet & Washer—Nickel-Plated/Brass

D1 E1 F1 G1 H1

6064 6066 6065 6061 6062

#0 Spur Grommet & Washer—Brass #1 Spur Grommet & Washer—Brass #2 Spur Grommet & Washer—Brass #3 Spur Grommet & Washer—Brass #4 Spur Grommet & Washer—Brass PRICE BREAKS: Package (144) | Case (5)

PRICE BREAKS: Each | Package (25) | Case (100)

SPECIALTY HARDWARE: GROMMETS

/ 113


HARDWARE: BAGS

DELRIN WEBBING BUCKLES All of our nylon hardware is made of tough, weather-resistant Delrin. Waterproof, long-lasting and versatile. All dimensions refer to the size of webbing that fits cleanly through the opening on the fitting to attach to your product. Unless otherwise stated, the delrin hardware is black. DUAL ADJUSTABLE SIDE RELEASE BUCKLES A

B

Both ends are adjustable.

D

C

BREAK STRENGTHS: #2226: 165lb (75kg) | #2225: 143lb (65kg)

E

A B

F

2” Dual Adjustable Side Release Buckle 1½” Dual Adjustable Side Release Buckle PRICE BREAKS: Bag (25) | Package (4) | Case (20)

J

I

H

G

2226 2225

SIDE RELEASE BUCKLES One end is fixed, the other end is adjustable. M K

L

N

O

DETAIL BUCKLE H

2201

1” Detail Buckle BREAK STRENGTH: 176lb (80kg) PRICE BREAKS: Bag (100) | Package (5) | Case (10)

CONTOURED BUCKLE I

2202

1” Contoured Buckle

BREAK STRENGTHS: #2240: 165lb (75kg) | #2235: 143lb (65kg) #2230: 121lb (55kg) | #2229: 88lb (40kg) #2228 (White): 121lb (55kg) C D E F G

2240 2235 2230 2229 2228

PRICE BREAKS: Bag (100) | Package (5) | Case (10) CENTER RELEASE BUCKLE J

2248

BREAK STRENGTH: 121lb (55kg) PRICE BREAKS: Bag (100) | Package (5) | Case (10) CAM BUCKLES K

2236

2” Heavy-Duty Cam Buckle Extra heavy-duty cam action buckle for use with wider webbing. 2” tends to be used in heavier applications and should have a heavier buckle. Firm positive lock with toothed cam lobe. PRICE BREAKS: Bag (25) | Package (5) | Case (20)

L M

2233 2232

1½” Cam Release Buckle 1” Cam Release Buckle PRICE BREAKS: Bag (25) | Package (5) | Case (10)

114 /

SPECIALTY HARDWARE: DELRIN WEBBING BUCKLES

2” Side Release Buckle—Black 1½” Side Release Buckle—Black 1” Side Release Buckle—Black ¾” Side Release Buckle—Black 1” Side Release Buckle—White

¾” Low Profile Center Release Buckle BREAK STRENGTH: 143lb (65kg) PRICE BREAKS: Bag (100) | Package (5) | Case (10)

HOT TUB BUCKLE & LOCK N

2206

Lockable Hot Tub Buckle PRICE BREAKS: Bag (10) | Package (4) | Case (10)

O

2205

Key for Hot Tub Buckle A separate key is not necessary for each hot tub lock as any key will work with any lock. Works together with the Lockable Hot Tub Buckle (#2206), but each are sold separately. PRICE BREAKS: Bag (25) | Package (4) | Case (10)


Please see p.47–50 for Webbing options.

METAL WEBBING BUCKLES All metal buckles are for heavy-duty applications. Brass, zinc and nickel are preferred for moisture exposure as they will not rust. Steel is the best for ultimate strength. P

Q

R

S U

T

STEEL WEB BUCKLES

STEEL ADJUSTER BUCKLE

Thumb grip release buckle. One end fixed by sewing, the other adjustable through serrated spring-loaded thumb grip.

Threaded type adjuster in nickle-plated steel.

P Q

T

1” Adjuster Buckle—Nickel-Plated BREAK STRENGTH: 139lb (63kg) PRICE BREAKS: Bag (25) | Package (4) | Case (40)

PRICE BREAKS: Bag (25) | Package (4) | Case (20)

DOUBLE-BAR BUCKLE

WEB STRAP BUCKLES—NICKEL-PLATED STEEL

Double-bar buckle in nickel-plated zinc.

Curved thumb and finger release buckle. One end is sewn and fixed, the other end is threaded and adjustable. Perfect for rounded surfaces or corner locations.

U

2283

1” Double -Bar Buckle—Nickel-Plated BREAK STRENGTH: 705lb (320kg) PRICE BREAKS: Bag (10) | Package (10) | Case (50)

BREAK STRENGTH: 121lb (55kg) R S

2278

1” Steel Web Buckle—Black 1” Steel Web Buckle—Nickel-Plated

2224 2227

2” Web Strap Buckle—Nickel-Plated Steel 1½” Web Strap Buckle—Nickel-Plated Steel

2222 2221

PRICE BREAKS: Bag (25) | Package (4) | Case (20)

SURCINGLE HOOK & CLASPS SURCINGLE HOOK AND CLASP—NICKEL-PLATED STEEL W V

Traditional equestrian hook and clasp fastener. Quick fitting and simple enough to join when wearing gloves. Twist to join or open. Comes either in a Nickel or Brass-plated finish. Both parts are included in one unit. V W

6845 6841

2” Surcingle Hook and Clasp—Nickel-Plated Steel 2” Surcingle Hook and Clasp—Brass-Plated Steel PRICE BREAK: Bag (25) | Package (4) | Case (20)

SPECIALTY HARDWARE: METAL WEBBING BUCKLES & SURCINGLE

/ 115


HARDWARE: BAGS

WEBBING SLIDES

D G C

A

B

WEB SLIDES—METAL A

6825 6830 6835

1” Nickel-Plated Steel Web Slide 1½” Nickel-Plated Steel Web Slide 2” Nickel-Plated Steel Web Slide

F

E

WEB SLIDES—DELRIN PRICE BREAKS: Bag (100) | Package (5) | Case (10) E

2284

BREAK STRENGTH: 66lb (30kg)

PRICE BREAKS: Bag (100) | Package (4) | Case (20) B

6840

2” Nickel-Plated Steel Heavy Web Slide Extra-heavy adjuster slides for high stress applications. BREAK STRENGTH: 445lb (200kg) PRICE BREAKS: Bag (25) | Package (4) | Case (20)

C

2000

1” Adjuster Slide—Nickle-Plated Steel

¾” Slide—Black

F D

2285 2294

1” Slide—Black 1” Slide—White BREAK STRENGTH: 88lb (40kg)

G

2290

1½” Slide—Black BREAK STRENGTH: 110lb (50kg)

-

2295

2” Slide—Black BREAK STRENGTH: 143lb (65kg)

Compact 1” slide for use in any application with 1” webbing.

H

PRICE BREAKS: Package (25) | Case (4)

WIDE MOUTH WEB SLIDES—DELRIN PRICE BREAKS: Bag (100) | Package (5) | Case (10) H

2291

¾” Wide Mouth Slide—Black Wide mouth slide for thicker and heavier webbing or multiple threading. BREAK STRENGTH: 88lb (40kg)

H

2292

1” Wide Mouth Slide—Black BREAK STRENGTH: 110lb (50kg)

116 /

SPECIALTY HARDWARE: METAL & DELRIN WEBBING SLIDES


K

Polypropylene Rope

J I L M

STRAPLOCK BUCKLES—DELRIN

ONLY LIMITED BY YOUR

imagination

Straplock slides for fixing and adjusting webbing. One end fixed by sewing, the other is adjustable through the locking bar. Also available in a heavy-duty version for heavier use. Price breaks are as follows unless otherwise indicated. PRICE BREAKS (unless otherwise specified): Bag (100) | Package (5) | Case (10) I

2279

¾” Strap Lock Buckle BREAK STRENGTH: 99lb (45kg)

J

2280

1” Strap Lock Buckle BREAK STRENGTH: 110lb (55kg)

K

2282

1½” Strap Lock Buckle BREAK STRENGTH: 154lb (70kg)

L

2286

2” Heavy-Duty Strap Lock Buckle BREAK STRENGTH: 660lb (300kg) PRICE BREAK: Bag (10) | Package (5) | Case (10)

DUAL LOCK STRAPLOCK BUCKLE—DELRIN M

2287

1” Dual Lock Strap Lock Buckle Slider for connecting and adjusting two free ends of webbing. BREAK STRENGTH: 143lb (65kg) PRICE BREAKS: Bag (100) | Package (5) | Case (10)

Please see p.47–50 for Webbing options.

Polypropylene rope is the lightest, most widely used rope, ideal for commercial finishing lines, towing and mooring lines, electrical line stringing, utility rope, scaffolding rope and more. For more info, see p.161.


HARDWARE: BAGS

WEBBING LOOPS A

B

C

D

E

LOOPS—DELRIN

REDUCING LOOP—DELRIN

Two-way webbing connector fixed by stitching. Used in bags and backpacks.

A loop to connect 1” and 2” webbing by stitching. Best used for bags, backpacks and sports equipment.

PRICE BREAKS: Bag (100) | Package (5) | Case (10) A B C

2274 2275 2276

E

Reducing Loop—Black Delrin

2267

¾” Loop—Black Delrin 1” Loop—Black Delrin 1½” Loop—Black Delrin

PRICE BREAKS: Bag (100) | Package (5) | Case (10)

BREAK STRENGTH: 99lb (45kg) D

2277

2” Loop—Black Delrin BREAK STRENGTH: 110lb (55kg)

H

WEBBING CONNECTORS F

RECTANGLE—DELRIN

G

Two-way webbing connector with rounded edges. F

2320

1” Plastic Retangle—Black Delrin PRICE BREAKS: Bag (100) | Package (5) | Case (10)

TRIANGLES—DELRIN

J I

Three-way sewn webbing connector. G H

2305 2307

1” Nylon Triangle—Black Delrin 1½” Nylon Triangle—Black Delrin

K

PRICE BREAKS: Bag (100) | Package (5) | Case (10)

BAG ACCESSORIES SHOULDER PADS

LUGGAGE STUD

Rubber shoulder pads fit webbing widths from 1½” to 2”. Shoulder pads give professional finished appearance and add practicality to bags, totes and any carrying strap.

Delrin stud for the base of bags, cases, etc. Prevents premature wear on these surfaces. Attach with nail stud and Delrin washer to prevent pull-through. All three pieces included in one unit.

I J

2302 2304

1½” Shoulder Pad—Black 2” Shoulder Pad—Black

K

PRICE BREAKS: Bag (25) | Package (4) | Case (20)

118 /

SPECIALTY HARDWARE: WEBBING LOOPS, CONNECTORS, & BAG ACCESSORIES

2325

#4 Luggage Stud PRICE BREAKS: Bag (100) | Package (5) | Case (10)


Please see p.47–50 for Webbing options.

WEBBING D-RINGS NICKEL-PLATED UNWELDED STEEL D-RING L

M N

Q

P

O R

3890 3900 3910

¾” Nickel-Plated Unwelded Steel D-Ring 1” Nickel-Plated Unwelded Steel D-Ring 1½” Nickel-Plated Unwelded Steel D-Ring PRICE BREAKS: Bag (100) | Case (10)

STAINLESS STEEL WELDED D-RING

S

U

L M N

T

V

O

3902

1” Stainless Steel Welded D-Ring PRICE BREAKS: Each | Package (4) | Case (20)

W X

NICKLE-PLATED WELDED D-RING P

3901

1” Nickel-Plated Welded D-Ring PRICE BREAKS: Bag (25) | Package (4) | Case (20)

SEWABLE D-RING Q

2254

¾” Sewable D-Ring—Black Delrin PRICE BREAKS: Bag (100) | Package (5) | Case (10)

SNAP D-RING

BRASS-PLATED HEAVY WELDED STEEL D-RING

D-ring with built-in eyelet for clipping.

Heavy-duty welded D-ring for high-strength applications requiring a brass finish.

R

2262

1½” Snap D-Ring—Black Delrin PRICE BREAKS: Bag (100) | Package (5) | Case (10)

DELRIN D-RINGS S

2253

T

3892

1” Heavy D-Ring—Brass-Plated BREAK STRENGTH: 1,210lb (550kg) PRICE BREAKS: Bag (100) | Package (5) | Case (10)

1” D-Ring—White Delrin PRICE BREAKS: Package (100) | Case (10)

U V W X

2259 2260 2265 2270

¾” D-Ring—Black Delrin 1” D-Ring—Black Delrin 1½” D-Ring—Black Delrin 2” D-Ring—Black Delrin PRICE BREAKS: Bag (100) | Package (5) | Case (10)

SPECIALTY HARDWARE: WEBBING D-RINGS

/ 119


HARDWARE: BAGS

WEBBING SNAP HOOKS PLE ASE NOTE: Measurements preceding product descriptions refer to the cord size that will fit through the hook. PREASSEMBLED SNAP HOOK—DELRIN

A

Fully assembled snap hook. PRICE BREAKS: Bag (100) | Package (5) | Case (10) E

A B C

D

B

2251 2237 2238

C

1” Preassembled Snap Hook—White ¾” Preassembled Snap Hook—Black 1” Preassembled Snap Hook—Black BREAK STRENGTH: 99lb (45kg)

D

2239

1½” Preassembled Snap Hook—Black BREAK STRENGTH: 110lb (50kg)

E H F

2241

BREAK STRENGTH: 121lb (55kg)

I

G

2” Preassembled Snap Hook—Black

UNIVERSAL SNAP HOOKS—DELRIN Universal snap hooks pivot in two directions to accommodate angles. PRICE BREAKS: Bag (100) | Package (5) | Case (10) F

2244

J

¾” Universal Snap Hook—Black BREAK STRENGTH: Unavailable

G

2245

1” Universal Snap Hook—Black BREAK STRENGTH: 77lb (35kg)

H I

2250 2255

1½” Universal Snap Hook—Black 2” Universal Snap Hook—Black BREAK STRENGTH: 88lb (40kg)

SNAP HOOK—NICKEL-PLATED BRASS Nickel-plated brass snap hook for marine and other salt and moisture-exposed applications. J

7700

1” Snap Hook—Nickel-Plated Brass BREAK STRENGTH: 143lb (65kg) PRICE BREAKS: Bag (25) | Package (4)

120 /

SPECIALTY HARDWARE: WEBBING SNAP HOOKS


Please see p.47–50 for Webbing options.

SNAP HOOK—BRASS-PLATED STEEL M

6822

1” Snap Hook—Brass-Plated

M

PRICE BREAKS: Bag (25) | Package (4) | Case (20) N

6798

N

1” Heavy Snap Hook—Brass-Plated

R

PRICE BREAKS: Bag (10) | Package (5) | Case (10)

Q

SNAP HOOKS—NICKEL-PLATED STEEL O P Q R

6790 6800 6810 6820

P O

¾” Snap Hook—Nickel-Plated Steel 1” Snap Hook—Nickel-Plated Steel 1½” Snap Hook—Nickel-Plated Steel 2” Snap Hook—Nickel-Plated Steel

V U

PRICE BREAK: Bag (25) | Package (4) | Case (20) T

SPRING SNAP HOOKS—NICKEL-PLATED STEEL The lightweight Spring Hook with Strap Eye (#6788) is ideal for apparel and other non-critical applications. -

6788

S

¾” Spring Snap Hook—Nickel-Plated Steel Y

PRICE BREAKS: Bag (100) | Package (4) | Case (20)

X

SPRING SNAP HOOKS—NICKEL-PLATED STEEL

W

The Heavy Spring Snap Hook (#6799 and #6802) uses a heavier snap spring action for more positive closing, which means less chance of accidental opening. Features a pivoting head. PRICE BREAKS: Bag (10) | Package (5) | Case (10) S

6799

1” Heavy Spring Snap Hook—Nickel-Plated Steel

BOLT SNAPS—NICKEL-PLATED STEEL

BREAK STRENGTH: 598lb (272kg)

Bolt-style closing. Spring-loaded for one-hand operation. Used in tent, tack, bag and other applications requiring a positive closing snap with a pivoting head.

1” Snap Hook—Nickel-Plated Steel T

6802

BREAK STRENGTH: 616lb (280kg)

HEAVY SNAP HOOKS—NICKEL-PLATED STEEL Heavy snap hooks are used in tents, tacks, bags, and other applications requiring a very high strength hook. The webbing bar and hook are cast together for greatest strength. BREAK STRENGTH: 300lb (140kg) PRICE BREAKS: Bag (10) | Package (5) | Case (10) U V

6795 6797

¾” Heavy Spring Snap Hook—Nickel-Plated Steel 1” Heavy Spring Snap Hook—Nickel-Plated Steel

BREAK STRENGTH: 598lb (272kg) PRICE BREAKS: Bag (10) | Package (5) | Case (10) W X

6803 6805

¾” Bolt Snap—Nickel-Plated Steel 1” Bolt Snap—Nickel-Plated Steel

BOLT SNAPS—BRASS-PLATED STEEL BREAK STRENGTH: 598lb (272kg) PRICE BREAKS: Bag (100) | Package (5) | Case (10) Y

6806

1” Bolt Snap—Nickel-Plated Steel SPECIALTY HARDWARE: WEBBING SNAP HOOKS

/ 121


SPECIALTY TOOLS

TOOLS 122 /

SPECIALTY SUPPLIES: TOOLS


FASTENER TOOLS D C

A B

E F

H

B

C

F

PRES-N-SNAP HAND TOOL Lightweight aluminum tool set snaps into place with a simple squeeze. Ideal for tarping, convertible top, tents, boat covers and canvas jobs. Each unit comes with setting dies for regular Durable and Dura Snap type fasteners. A rubber ring (#4028) holds one part of the fastener for one-handed operation. A

4029

Pres-N-Snap Hand Tool PRICE BREAK: Each

DURA SNAP PUNCH & ANVIL DIES To set Dura Snap and Dot® Durable fasteners into any material. Set dies anywhere you can reach. B C E F

4023 4024 4025 4022

Anvil Die for Eyelet Anvil Die for Button ¹⁄₈” Dura Snap Hole Punch Dura Snap Setting Punch

I

G

PRES-N-SNAP DIES D H

4028 4032

Rubber Ring for Pres-N-Snap Pull-the-Dot Die—Pres-N-Snap PRICE BREAK: Each

I I B I I C F G

4120 4121 4122 4123 4124 4125 4027 4034

#00 Osborne Die #0 Osborne Die #1 Osborne Die #2 Osborne Die #0 Spur Osborne Die #1 Spur Osborne Die Replacement Dies for Press-N-Snap Tool Baby Dies for Press-N-Snap Tool PRICE BREAK: Set of 2

PRICE BREAK: Each

NOTES ON OSBORNE HAND SETTING DIES Each set of the hand setting tools for the Osborne-brand grommets consists of two parts—the punch and the die. Note that the spur and plain are not interchangeable—you must have the specified die for each type. SPECIALTY SUPPLIES: FASTENER TOOLS

/ 123


SPECIALTY TOOLS

FASTENER TOOLS (CONT.) A

D

E

F

C B

CUTTERS C

3113

Two-prong, all-steel cutter for the standard metal Common Sense Clinch Plate Fastener (#4054, p.66). A mallet is recommended for striking the punch to avoid mushrooming the end. Hole-Cutting Pad (#6120, p.126) is strongly recommended to maximize the life of the punch.

TOP SNAPPER DISPLAY & CANVAS CARE KIT Point-of-sale display with counter-top display case. Contains four canvas care kits, and four Top Snappers. Top Snapper tools sold individually as #4038. A

4041

Top Snapper Display with Canvas Care Kit

PRICE BREAK: Each -

3111

PRICE BREAK: Each

B

4038

Top-Snapper Tool PRICE BREAKS: Each | Case (10)

#450—Common Sense Hand Cutter Punch designed to cut the oval hole and prong openings required for setting the standard metal common sense eyelet into fabric. A soft surface must be underneath the fabric being punched as the steel pins can scratch the casting. See fasteners on p.63–72.

TOP-SNAPPER Ergonomic grip to provide you improved leverage and strength in placing or removing the snap. This tool has two stainless steel blades, a long blade that is suitable for use from inside, and a short blade that works well on the outside. The notch fits over the snap and enables you to remove or place it easily. Reduces the chance of canvas tears and eases the fastening of your boat canvas or tonneaus.

#171—Common Sense Hand Cutter

PRICE BREAK: Each STAYPUT SPINCUTTERS The StayPut Spincut is designed to simplify making holes in fabrics and webbings. Simply insert the StayPut Spincut tool into a power drill and hold a cutting board behind the fabric (#6120, p.126). Activate the drill and gently push into the fabric. The tool does all the work in creating a clean, neat hole. D E F

1702 1716 1717

StayPut Spincut ¼” StayPut Spincut ³⁄₈” StayPut Spincut ⁷⁄₁₆” PRICE BREAK: Each

124 /

SPECIALTY SUPPLIES: FASTENER TOOLS


G H

FASTENER TOOLS: QUICK-FIT K L J

I

HOLE PUNCHES G

3128

Steel Hole Punch for Turn Fasteners Steel hole punch for the Common Sense Eyelet and Washer Fasteners (p.66). As with all other punches it is recommended that this unit be driven with a mallet rather than a steel hammer, which will shorten its life. PRICE BREAK: Each

H

4016

Hole Punch for Lift-a-Dot Eyelet PRICE BREAK: Each

HAND RIVET GUN Plier-type rivet gun with different heads for different diameters of rivets. Easy one-hand operation, you can place the rivet into the tool and then position it in the job. Squeezing the handle causes the teeth inside the tool to extract the mandrel, which mushrooms the rivet. Use with the rivets found on p.69. I

6635

Hand Rivet Gun

QUICK-FIT RELEASE TOOL Simple tool releases Quick-Fit temporary snaps. With a twist of the wrist, they are ready to use again and again. J

3935

Quick-Fit Release Tool PRICE BREAK: Each

QUICK-FIT HOLDING CAP Quick-Fit holding tools are temporary snap fasteners that can be used to hold materials in place. Great for fitting or holding paper or plastic when making a pattern. When you are done, pop them off and the small hole left will allow exact placement of permanent fasteners. Fits any standard Dura Snap stud. For the tool used to remove these items, see #3935. K

3931

Quick-Fit Holding Cap PRICE BREAKS: Package (10) | Case (10)

QUICK-FIT HOLDING PRONG L

3933

Quick-Fit Holding Prong PRICE BREAKS: Package (10) | Case (10)

PRICE BREAK: E ach

SPECIALTY SUPPLIES: FASTENER TOOLS

/ 125


SPECIALTY TOOLS

GROMMET TOOLS HOLE CUTTING PAD D

C

Extend the life of your cutters by using this pad under the material you are punching. The surface absorbs the impact and prevents damage to the bench underneath. For maximum life of your cutters and die-setting equipment, always use a rubber mallet and not a steel hammer to set fasteners, grommets or to hole punch.

G F

A

A

6120

B

Hole Cutting Pad SIZE: W10”x D10” x H⁵⁄₁₆”   PRICE BREAK: Each

VENT DIE

P O

This special die quickly sets #9021 Ventilators (p.288). Merely punch your hole, set the ventilator with the neck up on the base, and then slip the fabric in place. A few even taps with a mallet will set the vent.

Q

B

9022

GROMMET FABRIC HOLE CUTTER

PRICE BREAK: Each

This tool is to be used as you would any punch. A mallet is recommended for striking the punch and a soft surface under the material will prevent the hardened steel cutter from damage and premature dulling. #6120 Hole Cutting Pad is strongly recommended and will maximize the life of the punch. C

50820

Grommet Fabric Hole Cutter HOLE SIZE: 1⁹⁄₁₆”  PRICE BREAK: Each

DRILL BIT CUTTER 40mm Drill Bit Cutter is for cutting clean holes to mount drapery grommets. By using a drill, the spinning action cuts a clean hole with less effort and is much more versatile. Can be used on site. D

50095

40mm Drill Bit Cutter PRICE BREAK: Each

CRUISER AND OSBORNE GROMMET HOLE CUTTERS O O O O

5059 5024 5031 5032

#00-A ³⁄₁₆” #0-A ¼” #1-A ⁹⁄₃₂” #2-A ³⁄₈”

O O O

5033 5037 5038

#621 Vent Die

#3-A ⁷⁄₁₆” #4-A ½” #5-A ⁵⁄₈”

CRUISER SPUR GROMMET HAND-SETTING DIE Hand-setting tools for the Cruiser brand plain grommets (p.113). Each set consists of the punch and the die. Spur and Plain dies are not interchangeable. F F F

6145 6147 6149

#1 Plain Grommet Hand-Setting Die #2 Plain Grommet Hand-Setting Die #3 Plain Grommet Hand-Setting Die

G G G

6155 6157 6159

#1 Spur Grommet Hand-Setting Die #2 Spur Grommet Hand-Setting Die #3 Spur Grommet Hand-Setting Die PRICE BREAK: Set of 2

OSBORNE GROMMET HAND SETTING DIE—PLAIN & SPUR P P P P

5020 5034 5021 5022

#00 Plain Die #0 Plain Die #1 Plain Die #2 Plain Die

P P P

5023 5025 5026

#3 Plain Die #4 Plain Die #5 Plain Die

Q Q Q

5019 5055 5028

#0 Spur Die #1 Spur Die #2 Spur Die

Q Q

5027 5029

#3 Plain Die #4 Plain Die

PRICE BREAK: Each

PRICE BREAK: Each 126 /

SPECIALTY SUPPLIES: GROMMET TOOLS

Please see p.113 for Cruiser & Osborne Grommets.


Please see p.63–66 for Fasteners.

PM1 DURA SNAP MACHINE For high production with less fatigue, we offer the PM1 Dura Snap bench mounted press. Sturdy unit sets snaps quickly and easily with a single stroke. Includes a complete set of dies for Dot® Durable and Dura Snap fasteners (p.63–66). Replacement dies available (#4026 or #4036). This machine must be bolted to the workbench. It is not portable and has a tendency to crack if not solidly mounted.

I

I

4030

PM1 Dura Snap Machine PRICE BREAK: E ach

PM5 SNAP/GROMMET MACHINE & DIES J J

5030

PM5 Bench Snap & Grommet Machine This sturdy machine will set self-piercing grommets and will also accommodate snap fasteners wih a separate set of dies. It has a deeper throat and longer padded handle. Approximate height once bolted to the workbench is 12”. Dies sold separate.

K

This machine must be bolted to the bench, it is not portable. If you require a portable machine, use #5057. PRICE BREAK: Each K

M

5057

Portable Aluminum PM5 Machine A lightweight aluminum version of the PM5 machine listed above. Will work with all the same dies for snaps or our full line of selfpiercing grommets. Suitable for portable use when mounted on a small plywood platform for stability. Dies sold separately.

N

L

PRICE BREAK: Each

PM1/PM5 SNAP DIE SETS M N

4026 4036

Dura Snap Die Set—PM1/PM5 Machine Baby Snap Die Set—PM1 Machine PRICE BREAK: Set of 4

L L L L L

5052 5054 5056 5058 5060

¼” Self-Piercing Grommet Die for PM5 Machine ⁵⁄₁₆” Self-Piercing Grommet Die for PM5 Machine ³⁄₈” Self-Piercing Grommet Die for PM5 Machine ½” Self-Piercing Grommet Die for PM5 Machine ⁹⁄₁₆” Self-Piercing Grommet Die for PM5 Machine PRICE BREAK: Each

SPECIALTY SUPPLIES: GROMMET TOOLS

/ 127


SPECIALTY TOOLS

KNIVES

A

COMBINATION KNIFE This combination knife is made from the finest steel with both hook and pointed blade. It can be used for ripping seams, cutting auto carpeting, vinyl, plastic and rubber. Features a contoured Beechwood handle. A

B

8440 #1020 Combination Knife PRICE BREAK: Each

C

HEAVY DUTY OLFA KNIFE A heavy-duty knife with a ratchet-lock mechanism for unlimited blade positions. The knife has a double-honed blade for superior sharpness and edge retention. B

8052

Heavy Duty Olfa Knife D

PRICE BREAK: Each C C

8055 8058

Heavy Duty 0.5mm Olfa Blades—Package of 10 Heavy Duty 0.5mm Olfa Blades—Package of 50 PRICE BREAKS: Package | Case (6)

E

OLFA REPLACEMENT BLADES D

8059

Standard Duty Olfa Blades PRICE BREAKS: Package (50) | Case (6)

E

8038

Ultra Max Heavy Duty Olfa Blades PRICE BREAK: Package (50)

SHEARS: KAI

N F

N

G

KAI SCISSORS Blades made of high-carbon Molybdenum Vanadium stainless steel for extra-long edge life and high cutting efficiency. Ergonomically styled and padded grip made of “Elastomer” soft plastic for maximum ease of handling. Right hand use only. F G H I

7035 7034 7036 7037

10” KAI Micro-Serrate Edge Shear 8” KAI Regular Edge Shear 10” KAI Regular Edge Shear 12” KAI Regular Edge Shear PRICE BREAK: Each

128 /

SPECIALTY SUPPLIES: OLFA KNIVES & KAI SHEARS

H

I


SHEARS: MUNDIAL Mundial is a world renowned quality shear, manufactured to the highest standards using only the best materials and processes. Adjust the ride once with a screw driver and you are done. The Stay-Set™ is uniquely engineered to stay true to its name. Once set, it stays set for comfortable cutting power under the most demanding commercial conditions. Hot drop forged and fully nickel-plated with black enamel handles. STRAIGHT MUNDIAL SHEARS These high quality shears have a solid feel, a sturdy blade and come in a variety of sizes. All shears are designed for the right hand except the 9” Cushion Soft. The Cushion Soft shear has enlarged finger bows and a padded soft touch lining, designed for both the right and left hand use. J K L -

7002 7001 7004 7007 7003

8” Mundial Shear 9” Cushion Soft Shear 10” Mundial Shear 12” Mundial Shear 9” Mundial Shear

M O

PRICE BREAKS: Each | Case (6) HEAVY DUTY MUNDIAL SHEARS Thicker, heavy duty blades cut through multiple layers and tough materials. Extra weight gives extra control and smoothness when cutting. Right hand use only. O O

7013 7014

J

10” Mundial Heavy Duty Shear 12” Mundial Heavy Duty Shear K

PRICE BREAKS: Each | Case (6) PINKING MUNDIAL SHEARS Precision matched teeth that provide a decorative and a ravel resistant finish. N

7015

L

8½” Mundial Pinking Shear PRICE BREAKS: Each | Case (6)

MUNDIAL QUICK CLIP CUTTER Ideal for snipping threads. This tool is small, easy-to-use in a natural motion in corners of covers and other hardto-reach areas. P

7023

P

Mundial Quick Clip Cutter PRICE BREAKS: Each | Case (6)

SPECIALTY SUPPLIES: MUNDIAL SHEARS

/ 129


SPECIALTY TOOLS

SHEARS: WISS Wiss Shears are made of the finest quality cutlery steel with drop-forged polished blades with a patented Set-Easy pivot. The superior combination of hardened, ground, edged and adjustable blades combine to provide outstanding cutting ability and durability. WISS APPAREL SHEARS A

Bent apparel sheers with “inlaid” blades and black handles for professional dress maker and industrial use. A

7020

9” Wiss Apparel shears PRICE BREAKS: Each | Case (6)

B

WISS BENT TRIMMER SHEARS Industrial sheers with “inlaid” blades and black handles. The 10” comes in both a right and left handed design. B C D

C

7025 7027 7026

10” #20 Wiss Bent Trimmer 10” #20 Wiss Bent Trimmer—Left-Hand 12” #22N Wiss Bent Trimmer PRICE BREAKS: Each | Case (6)

WISS HEAVY DUTY BENT TRIMMER SHEARS

D

Heavy duty bent shears with “inlaid” blades and black handles. Thicker, heavy duty blades cut through multiple layers and tough materials. Extra weight gives extra control and smoothness when cutting. Right hand use. E E

7030 7031

10” Wiss Heavy Duty Bent Trimmer 12” Wiss Heavy Duty Bent Trimmer PRICE BREAKS: Each | Case (6)

F

E

G

WISS X-SHARP KNIFE BENT TRIMMER

WISS QUICK CLIP CUTTER

All the quality of Wiss in a shear with a feature Knife Edge ground blade for faster, cleaner easier cutting of synthetic fibers. Fine cutlery grade steel, with Hot drop-forged polished blades and the patented Set-Easy pivot.

Heavy duty contour design with positive spring action re-opens blades for fast cutting. PVC plastic handle with stainless steel sharp point blades. Replacement blades are available in a set with 4 blade screws.

-

7032 7033

10” Wiss X-Sharp Knife Bent Trimmer 12” Wiss X-Sharp Knife Bent Trimmer PRICE BREAKS: Each | Case (6)

130 /

SPECIALTY SUPPLIES: WISS SHEARS

F G

7021 7022

Wiss Quick Clip Sharp Point Cutter Wiss Quick Clip Replacement Blades PRICE BREAKS: Each | Case (6)


Please see p.153–164 for Binding & Cordage.

CUTTERS: HOT KNIFE HEAVY DUTY HOT KNIFE Hot knife cutter for use on vinyls, plastic, tarp materials, etc. Can also be used for cutting and sealing webbings. Runs on normal house AC current (60W). This unit heats up to 565°C (1050°F). It is hot enough for heavy-duty work. Use the DialTemp Controller (#2817) to lower the temperature of the knife for applications that require a lower heat setting.

J

H

I

H I J K

K

2810 2815 2817 2816

Heavy Duty Hot Knife Hot Knife Tip Dial Temperature Controller Hot Knife Stand PRICE BREAK: Each

HSGO HOT KNIFE The small point Type HSGO is primarily used in separating thin materials and for cutting round or irregular shapes. The blade takes 6–8 seconds to heat up. The heat can be controlled using the on/off switch. This small, convenient cutter is suited for pattern-making, cutting out awnings, filter cloths, sail materials and other fabrics, as well as cutting synthetic cords and ropes.

L

L

2830

HSGO Hot Knife—Body Only WEIGHT: 2.2lb (1kg)  PRICE BREAK: Each

M

M N

2835

Standard Cutting Blade for HSGO Knife Use on a heat-proof surface.

O

PRICE BREAK: Each N

2837

RS Curved Cutting Blade for HSGO Knife Used for cutting and sealing synthetic materials. Use on heat-proof surface PRICE BREAK: Each

O

HSGO HOT KNIFE: CAUTIONS HGSO is designed for intermittent use and should not be used for periods longer than 20 minutes without a pause for cooling. 70W capacity heater runs on standard household current.

2839

SF Cutting Foot for RS Curved Cutting Blade Use with the RS cutting blade to allow cutting and sealing without a cutting base. PRICE BREAK: Each

SPECIALTY SUPPLIES: HOT KNIFE

/ 131


Please see p.153–164 for Binding & Cordage.

SPECIALTY TOOLS

HOT CUTTERS A D

B

E

COMPACT HOT CUTTER

C

Compact portable hot cutter heats quickly for use in cutting and sealing edges on any synthetic webbing or cord. Perfect for drawstrings, laces, tapes, cords and ropes. Actual size is H3” x L5”. This versatile unit will add a professional edge to all the cut webbings and synthetic ropes you use. Replacement blades are available A B

9876 9816

Compact Hot Cutter Replacement Blade for Compact Hot Cutter PRICE BREAK: Each

PRODUCTION HOT CUTTER This unit was designed for custom hand-cutting or high-speed production use. Lever-type action is fast, and neatly cuts and seals all synthetic materials such as webbings, cords, etc. No further processing needed. It can be used to rim narrow fabric strips. It has a 3½” maximum cut width and is variable heat controlled. The standard model runs on normal 110 household current, but 220V models are available on special order. The blade can be replaced separately. C D E

9877 9814 9813

Production Hot Cutter 4” Replacement Element for Production Hot Cutter 4” Replacement Blade for Production Hot Cutter PRICE BREAK: Each

132 /

SPECIALTY SUPPLIES: HOT CUT TERS


Please see p.14–41, 194–219, and 336–341 for our fabric selections.

CUTTERS: ROUND KNIFE 1⁷⁄₈” AS100 KNIFE CUTTER A powerful, light weight hand cutter, this small cutter has more power than most cutters its size, allowing you to cut heavier materials with ease. Uses a hexagonal blade (#3171) that rotates with a scissor action that prevents fabric from slipping. Also ensures continuous sharpness and clean cuts on fabrics. WATT CAPACITY: 55W F G

3170 3171

F

CUTTING CAPACITY: ⁵⁄₁₆”

1⁷⁄₈” AS100 Knife Cutter Hex Blade for AS100 Knife Cutter

G

PRICE BREAK: Each MISTEE 3½” ROUND KNIFE CUTTER This lightweight 4lb (1.8kg) cutter has a strong motor that pulls 80W capacity. It cuts all types of fabrics single or in multiple plies. Built-in sharpener and finger guard keep this machine efficient and safe. It has smooth rollers on the base for effortless gliding while cutting. It will cut up to ¾” of fabric at one time. Perfect for the smaller shop doing repetitive contract work. Replacement blades available. WATT CAPACITY: 80W H I J

3162 3163 3168

H

CUTTING CAPACITY: ¾”

Mistee 3½” Round Knife Cutter Replacement Blade for Mistee 3½” Worm Gear for Mistee 3½” Cutter PRICE BREAK: Each

I

J

SPECIALTY SUPPLIES: ROUND KNIFE CUT TERS

/ 133


SPECIALTY TOOLS

STAPLES & TACKERS 1400 STAINLESS STEEL STAPLES Stainless steel staples for the air tackers are carried in one size only. Other sizes are available through special order based on quantity. More expensive than standard but stronger and more rust resistant. Compatible with Fasco 1400 Series, Haubold Stapler and JEFast 1416. A 7260 14/10 ³/₈” Stainless Steel Staples

A

B

C

PRICE BREAKS: Box (10,000) | Case (20) 71 STAINLESS STEEL STAPLES 71 Series Staples fits standard tackers, Fasco 71 series, Senco Stapler and JEFast 7116. B 7261 71/10 ³/₈” Stainless Steel Staples

D

PRICE BREAKS: Box (10,000) | Case (20) FASCO TACKERS High quality pneumatic tacker has the advantage of having very few moving parts and those that do are easily replaceable. Piston/driver assembly available. C D

7211 7210

Fasco 1400 Series Tacker Fasco 71 Series Tacker HEAD WIDTH: 3/8”  PRICE BREAK: Each

E

JEFast AIR TACKERS These air tacker alternatives provide a lighter duty and more economical choice. E F

7216 7217

F

JEFast 1416 Air Tacker JEFast 7116 Air Tacker PRICE BREAK: Each

134 /

SPECIALTY SUPPLIES: STAPLES & TACKERS

Please see p.250–251 for more Tackers, and p.252 for Staple Removers.


Please see p.88 for Tubing options.

A

BENDING TOOLS Bend tubing without marring or kinking using the Bendarc® Tool. Mounts solidly to a workbench or wall and is constructed of steel boiler plate and the toughest polymers available. It comes with a graduated scale generated by a computer that eliminates the guesswork and results in no wasted materials. Merely mark your bends, insert and clamp the piece into the Bendarc® for precise control. This machine is strong enough to bend either aluminum or stainless steel tubing. BENDARC® A A A A A A

8378 8388 8396 8382 8392 8394

6” Radius for ⁷⁄₈” Round Tube 8” Radius for ⁷⁄₈” Round Tube 12” Radius for ⁷⁄₈” Round Tube 8” Radius for 1” Round Tube 10” Radius for 1” Round Tube 12” Radius for 1” Round Tube—Special Order

B

PRICE BREAK: Each BENDARC® 1” SQUARE TUBING KIT A set of strong polymer replacement dies to allow a Bendarc® Tool to cleanly and neatly bend square tubing.

C

D

NOTE: Bendarc® Not included. Use with Bendarc® 10” Radius (#8392). B

8370

Bendarc® 1” Square Tubing Kit PRICE BREAK: Each

CROWNARC® The CrownArc® Device gives beautiful smooth consistent crowns, with no sharp edges or awkward kinks, to round stainless steel or aluminum tubing in sizes from ¾” up to 1”. The 1” rollers work properly with smaller sizes as well. Both the lower rollers on the CrownArc® Turn providing better control over the feed and curve imparted. It also allows a bigger bite to give more crown per pass. C

8380

CrownArc® PRICE BREAK: Each

DRILLING TOOLS DRILL STEADY Small clamp-on drill guide used for drilling stainless tubing and pipe. Swing-off design allows tool to be used without disassembly of the frame. Cast bronze body with knurled bronze thumbscrews and tool steel drill brushing. Accepts tubing from ¾”–1¼”. Standard drill size is ⁹⁄₆₄”. D

11072 Drill Steady PRICE BREAK: Each

HOW TO USE THE CROWNARC® Insert the bow and tighten the knurled knob about ¾ of a turn, then crank it through. If a bigger arc is needed, tighten the knob more and crank the bow through again.

SPECIALTY SUPPLIES: BENDING & DRILLING TOOLS

/ 135


Please see p.16–18 for Automotive Vinyls, and p.158–159 for Automotive Trim.

SPECIALTY TOOLS

AUTOMOTIVE TOOLS TUCKING TOOL A sturdy tool with a slightly curved blade and rounded corners for tucking headlining and upholstery around windows, doors and other interior automotive trim. Comfortable wooden handle with eyelet gives you excellent leverage. A

A

8420

#746 Flexible Tucking Tool PRICE BREAKS: Each

TRIM PAD TOOL

B

A tool designed to remove trim pad plastic and metal fasteners without damage to the car finish. This tool reaches under the trim pad backing. It is long enough to reach the most recessed fastener and pries only against hidden surfaces to eliminate the danger of scratching the paint. Carefully beveled and deburred and it ismanufactured from high-carbon steel. While specially designed to allow the re-use of plastic fasteners on GM cars, it works well in all metal fasteners.

C

B

8450

Trim Pad Tool PRICE BREAK: Each

HOT AIR HEAT GUN Hot air guns makes it easy to work with vinyls and to create complex shapes often found in automotive trimming. For softening vinyls to impart stretch, softening floor tiles, carpet backing, etc. Weighs only 2.75lb (1.2kg), including stand, and generates temperatures between 232–345°C (450–650°F). Draws 12.5 amps of regular household 110V current. Adjustable air intake regulators provides variable temperatures. Doublejacketed nozzle and shield keeps external temperatures down.

NOTES ON REPLACEMENT ELEMENT #5154 D

136 /

There have been slight model changes to the hot air heat gun over the years. Please quote your model number when ordering a replacement element to ensure that you receive the correct one. SPECIALTY SUPPLIES: AUTOMOTIVE TOOLS

Unique suspended quick-change heating element for easy replacement, and replaceable brushes to extend the life of the unit. Housing, stand and handle are G.E. Lexan® for superior electrical insulation and impact resistance. Toggle style switch has three settings—hot, cold and off, allowing the unit to be used as blower and heater. Nozzle air opening: 1³⁄₁₆” diameter. C D

5151 5154

Hot Air Heat Gun Replacement Element for Hot Air Heat Gun PRICE BREAK: Each


Please see p.29, and 33–37 for our PVC options.

PVC WELDER TOOLS EAGLE HOT AIR WELDER Hand-held hot air welder. Lap welds soft thermoplastics without any additional materials other than the use of a silicone roller to provide the necessary pressure. Particularly suited to welding of tarpaulins and singleply roofing material. Air temperature is adjustable from ambient up to 625°C (1157°F). Element is a quick-change type with no tools required.

E H

G

Runs on a standard house current, although a 220V model is available on special order. Heating element will also fit the Leister brand and is a simple pull-out, plug-in operation. Features a recessed temperature control knob, a booted power switch and screened air inlet to protect against damage. Air flow is adjustable up to 15 CFM. Built-in over-temperature protection, protects the heating elements and electronics. E F

2840 2841

Eagle Hot Air Welder Replacement Element for Eagle Welder PRICE BREAK: Each

F

SILICONE ROLLER FOR TARP WELDER Tough silicone roller mounted on a sturdy handle for pressure-rolling tarps while being heat-welded. Also very useful for flattening out any surface for being glued or fit to complex shapes, such as carpeting to automotive floors or vinyl onto complex shapes. It is also used for working with heat, such as hot air guns or lamps to soften the vinyl. Silicone roller does not absorb glues or materials and can be easily cleaned after use. G

2845

Silicone Roller for Tarp Welder PRICE BREAK: Each

ANGLE SLIT NOZZLE This product is ideal for welding seams or applying heat into corners. For use with Steinel gun only. H

2846

2” Angle Slit Nozzle PRICE BREAK: Each

SPECIALTY SUPPLIES: PVC WELDER TOOLS

/ 137


Please see p.153–160 for Binding options.

SPECIALTY TOOLS

BINDING: FOLDER Stitch bindings into place faster and straighter with these adapters. Simply screw the binding folder into place on your sewing machine, then guide the material and binding through the machine. Makes a difficult job easier and faster. Gives uniform, factoryquality seams for that professional fitted appearance.

B

D

C

A

FOLDER FOR BINDING A B

4890 4892

Folder for ¾” Binding Folder for ⁷⁄₈” Binding

C D

4897 4895

Folder for 1” Binding Folder for 1¼” Binding

PRICE BREAK: Each

JEF Hook & Loop D BY YOUR imagination ONLY LIMITE

138 /

SPECIALTY SUPPLIES: BINDING FOLDER & BUT TONS

JEF Hook & Loop is a two-part nylon fastener system. When pressed together, they form a secure closure that can be used for garments, bags, footwear, tents and furniture. For more info, see p.59–61.


Please see p.192–193 for Bulk Adhesives.

SPRAY GUN G

Q

H

I

P

J K

O

L M N

118 SPRAY GUN

EZE SPRAY GUN

The 118 spray gun is a blow-over siphon type and produces a cone-shaped spray. Adjustment of volume is made by screwing the fluid nozzle up into the air stream until the right flow is obtained. This product is particularly recommended for glues and other sticky liquids that tend to gum up painting equipment. Also usable for touch-up work and ideal for production painting of small articles. Light-weight and easy to use. Spray Gun uses a mason jar for easy replacement.

A lightweight, durable alternative to more expensive sprayers. Tube height is adjustable by loosening the adjustment nut and then sliding tube to achieve desired spray density. To clean, loosen the adjustment nut and slide the vacuum tube out. Dip tube in solvent to blow out with spray gun. Features a plastic glue pot.

G

1158

Q

1165

EZE Spray Gun PRICE BREAK: Each

118 Spray Gun WEIGHT: 2lb (0.9kg)  PRICE BREAK: Each

118 SPRAY GUN REPLACEMENT PARTS H I J K L M N O M–O

1159 1162 1160 1170 1172 1175 1174 1161 1163

Jar Only—118 Spray Gun Stainless Steel Tube Aluminum Tube Air Valve Spring Air Nozzle Locknut Nozzle Spring Fluid Nozzle Stainless Steel Repair Kit PRICE BREAK: Each

SPECIALTY SUPPLIES: SPRAY GUNS

/ 139


Please see p.123–126 for Punch Tools, and p.271 for Tacks.

SPECIALTY TOOLS

MALLET & HAMMER #6 RUBBER MALLET

A

Tough composite rubber head. 2” face diameter, 3¼” head length on a 12” white hickory handle and, weighs 11oz. (312g). Use it for setting decorative nails or dowels and other frame elements without damage. Will prolong the life of punches when used for driving them. A

5317

#6 Rubber Mallet

B

PRICE BREAKS: Each | Case (6) 160 OR 33 MAGNET HAMMER A specially-balanced tack hammer with solid head of bright bronze on a hickory handle. One end with a permanent magnet for picking up tacks, the other tipped with steel for driving the tacks home. The head is 5½” long, and the magnetic face is ¼”, while the steel-tipped end is ½” in diameter. The weight of the head is 7oz. (198g). B

5101

160 or 33 Magnet Hammer PRICE BREAKS: Each | Case (6)

PATTERN-MAKING TOOLS WASH-OUT MARKER Easily sharpened markers for intricate designs. Leaves a clean, white mark. Designed to washout from most fabrics with water. Great on Sunbrella®. C

C

3004 Wash-Out Marker—White PRICE BREAKS: Package (12) | Case (12)

60” ALUMINUM RULER These aluminum rulers are light and versatile. They double as a measuring stick and a straight edge. The numbers are printed on, not stamped into the ruler, thus giving a smooth, non-snagging surface when used as a straightedge. D E

6608 1½” Wide 6609 2” Wide PRICE BREAK: Each

140 /

SPECIALTY SUPPLIES: MALLET & HAMMER & PAT TERN-MAKING TOOLS

D

E


Please see p.62–73 for Fasteners.

HOLE PUNCH TOOLS K J

L

G I

F

REVOLVING PUNCH This product is a heavy duty punch with replaceable anvil and cutters. Strong metal construction. Useful for everything from punching holes for setting fasteners, to holes at the ends of cuts in vinyls to minimize chances of tearing (this process is recommended by Naugahyde® and is a good idea for any material that has a tendency to rip). F

H

8017

#155 Revolving Hole Punch PRICE BREAK: Each

M

REVOLVING PUNCH REPLACEMENTS Order only the cutters you need, or just the anvil if it wears out first. These cutters just thread into place on the punch. A pair of pliers is all that is needed for installation. The anvil must be tapped out and the stem of the new one tapped in with a hammer. G H I J

8015 8016 8018 8019

#1 Cutting Tube #2 Cutting Tube #3 Cutting Tube #4 Cutting Tube

K 8020 L 8012 M 8011

#5 Cutting Tube #6 Cutting Tube Anvil

PRICE BREAK: Each

ZIPPER TOOL ZIPPER STOP PLIERS N

Enables you to shorten zippers or make zippers of any length when working with continuous zipper tape. Helps to eliminate slippage and rotation of the zipper stops. Has a special groove that firmly holds the zipper stop in place. High quality forged steel with vinyl handle. N

11010 Zipper Stop Pliers PRICE BREAKS: Each | Case (6)

Please see p.74–85, and 290–291 for Zippers.

SPECIALTY SUPPLIES: HOLE PUNCH & ZIPPER TOOLS

/ 141


SEWING & THREADS


Please see p.253 for Thread Tools, and p.294–295 for Sewing Needles.

THREADS: GORE TENARA® Remarkable thread manufactured from 100% expanded PTFE fiber (commonly known as Teflon®). PTFE is one of the most chemically resistant substances known to man. This ensures it will not rot or develop mildew and prevents deterioration due to cleaning solutions, motor oils and other destructive substances.

A

C B

Gore Tenara® threads are not affected by ultraviolet radiation and will not degrade from continuous sun exposure. Other threads lose up to 35% of their strength in a 3-year period. It is unaffected by saltwater, temperature extremes and acid rain. Colors will not fade. Ideal choice for outdoor fabric products such as awning and marine canvas. Prelubricated for a cooler running needle enabling sewing at higher speeds. GORE TENARA® 1400 (92) THREADS A B C

8418 8417 8416

Gore Tenara Thread (92)—Clear Gore Tenara Thread (92)—Black Gore Tenara Thread (92)—White

N GORE TENARA® 2500 (138) THREADS A B C

138418 Gore Tenara Thread (138)—Clear 138417 Gore Tenara Thread (138)—Black 138416 Gore Tenara Thread (138)—White

BREAK STRENGTH: 8lb (3.6kg) PRICE BREAK: Each spool (1,900yd)

BREAK STRENGTH: 14–19lb (6.4–8.6kg). PRICE BREAK: Each spool (1,150yd)

“I only use GORE® TENARA® Sewing Thread, because I’m confident it will see my clients through hurricanes and any other dramatic weather they may encounter. A 140 mph microburst forced the boat of one client under a dock, where it was held by its bimini top. When the dock was finally lifted off the boat, every stitch in that bimini top was intact. That’s how I know I’m giving my clients the best quality project, built to last.” – Pamela Leahy Mariner Canvas Company New Bern, NC Pamela with Kismet, winner of the 2008 MFA Award of Excellence, 2007 Virginia-Carolinas First Place — Marine Soft Enclosures and 2008 IFAI International Achievement Award

It’s Not Just Thread – It’s Your Reputation GORE® TENARA® Sewing Thread makes you look good to your customers. It will not weaken or degrade with exposure to UV, extreme temperatures, salt, rain or chemicals. It comes in a variety of colors that will not fade. And it’s guaranteed for the life of the fabric. When your good reputation is at stake, count on us.

GORE and TENARA are registered trademarks of W.L. Gore & Associates, Inc. © 2014, 2015 W. L. Gore & Associates, Inc.

SPECIALTY SUPPLIES: THREADS

/ 143


SPECIALTY THREADS E

BOBBIN SIZE: 25yd  PRICE BREAK: Box (72) SUNGUARD B92 “M” BOBBINS C D

922012 922242

Natural/White Black BOBBIN SIZE: 36yd  PRICE BREAK: Box (72)

SUNGUARD B138 “M” BOBBINS E F

1382012 1382242

Natural/White Black BOBBIN SIZE: 24yd  PRICE BREAKS: Box (72)

D

B

Prewound bobbins of Sunguard B92 UVR bonded polyester thread. Fits G-type bobbin holders as found on heavy-duty and industrial sewing machines. Natural/White Black

K

A

SUNGUARD B92 “G” BOBBINS

922011 922241

J

I

F C

THREADS: POLYESTER

A B

H

G

SUNGUARD B138 “G” BOBBINS G H

1382011 1382241

Natural/White Black BOBBIN SIZE: 17yd  PRICE BREAK: Box (72)

SUNGUARD UVR B92 1LB Sunguard B92 is a 4-ply twisted, high-quality UVR bonded polyester thread. Color-matched to the most popular shades of acrylic fabrics and OEM automotive vinyls. These are the closest color match to Sunbrella® canvas colors. Sunguard is UV resistant, anti-wick, mildew resistant with colorfast dyes and a breaking strength of 14lb (6.2kg). Specifically designed for use in boat tops, automotive and awnings. I J

9222416 9222916

Black Beaver

K -

9220116 922916

White Sand

PRICE BREAK: Each (1lb or ~4,600yd)

Retains approximately 15% more strength compared to standard polyester threads UV and mildew resistant Chlorine and bromine resistant Anti‐wick finish 36 outstanding marine acrylic and automotive OEM vinyl color matches

"SUNGUARD" UVR BONDED POLYESTER THREAD


Please see p.253 for Thread Tools, and p.294–295 for Sewing Needles.

N

O

J

P

Q

R

V

W

X

Y

Z

A1

F1

G1

H1

I1

J1

K1

L

M

U

E1

S

T

B1

C1

D1

L1

M1

SUNGUARD UVR B92 BONDED POLYESTER—½LB Sunguard B92 4-ply, twisted highquality UVR bonded polyester thread in colors matched to the most popular shades of acrylic fabrics and OEM automotive vinyls. These are the closest color match to Sunbrella® canvas colors. BREAK STRENGTH: 14lb (6.2kg) PRICE BREAK: Each (½lb or ~1,500yd)

L

92202 Oyster

W

92210 Dark Rose

H1

92219 Shamrock

M

92203 Sand

X

92212 Sunflower

I1

92220 Forest Green

N

92229 Beaver

Y

92255 Concord

J1

92223 Charcoal

O

92230 Mocha

Z

92213 Blue Wave

K1

92222 Shark Grey

J

92204 Beige

A1

92214 Pacific Blue

-

92221 Pearl Grey

P

92231 Saddle

B1

92225 Mediterranean

L1

92224 Black

Q

92227 Taupe

C1

92232 Adriatic Blue

-

92228 Dark Olive

R

92205 Bay Brown

D1

92215 Dusk Blue

-

92234 Medium Titanium

S

92206 Sunglow

E1

92216 Navy

-

92235 Medium Opal

T

92207 Cardinal

F1

92217 Dark Teal

-

92236 Graphite

U

92208 Burgundy

G1

92218 Ocean Green

M1 92201 White

V

92209 Black Cherry

SUNGUARD UVR B138 BONDED POLYESTER—½LB Twisted high-quality UVR bonded polyester thread. UV resistant, anti-wick and mildew resistant with colorfast dyes. BREAK STRENGTH: 21lb (9.5kg) PRICE BREAKS: Each (½lb or ~1,500yd)

M

138203 Sand

D1

138215 Dusk Blue

N

138229 Beaver

E1

138216 Navy

J

138204 Beige

G1

138218 Ocean Green

P

138231 Saddle

I1

138220 Forest Green

R

138205 Bay Brown

J1

138223 Charcoal

T

138207 Cardinal

K1

138222 Shark Grey

U

138208 Burgundy

GG

138224 Black

A1 138214 Pacific Blue

HH 138201 Natural/White

SUNGUARD UVR B138 BONDED POLYESTER—1lb BREAK STRENGTH: 21lb (9.5kg) PRICE BREAKS: Each (1lb or ~3,000yd)

L1

13822416

Black

M1 13820116

Natural/White

SPECIALTY SUPPLIES: THREADS

/ 145


SPECIALTY THREADS

THREADS: POLYESTER (CONT.) STAR ULTRA DEE 138

A

B

C

Polyester thread with excellent resistance to UV rays, micro-organisms, mildew, acids and other chemicals. Excellent sewability with less pucker, providing for optimum operator and sewing machine efficiencies. Resists moisture absorption and is a very good insulator against electrical charges. Colorfast, durable and dry-cleanable. Bonding process applied to this thread provides excellent sewability in tough-to-sew operations, resists abrasion from the needles and other external forces better than nonbonded polyester. A B C

8411 8412 8413

D

E

F

G

H

I

K

L

DB138 1lb Polyester Thread—White DB138 1lb Polyester Thread—Black DB138 1lb Polyester Thread—Olive Drab PRICE BREAKS: Each (1lb or ~3,000yd) | Case (10)

STAR ULTRA DEE 92 100% Polyester thread with excellent resistance to UV rays, micro-organisms, mildew, acids and other chemicals. BREAK STRENGTH: 14.2lb (6.43kg) PRICE BREAKS: Each (~1,035yd) | Case (10) D E F G H

8093 8095 8085 8086 8087

Black White Pacific Blue Cadet Grey Jockey Red

I J K L

8088 8089 8090 8097

Toast Navy Forest Green Burgundy

I J K L

8103 8102 8100 8101

Toast Navy Forest Green Burgundy

STAR ULTRA DEE 92 D E F G H

8092 8094 8096 8099 8098

Black White Pacific Blue Cadet Grey Jockey Red

PRICE BREAKS: Each (~2,000yd) | Case (10) STAR ULTRA DEE 92—G-TYPE BOBBINS D

928095 White

E

928093 Black

PRICE BREAK: Each (25yd)

146 /

SPECIALTY SUPPLIES: THREADS

J


THREADS: POLY-COTTON N

O

P

Q

R

S

T

U

V

W

X

Y

Z

A1

B1

KOBAN #25 DUAL DUTY An excellent multi-purpose sewing thread for general upholstery, leathers, vinyls, canvases and knit goods. It consists of a filament core of polyester with a cover of cotton. The cotton protects the poly core from the weakening effects of needle heat while supplying the high level strength characteristic of a synthetic thread. There is no fusing, even at high machine speeds. It has excellent durability to repeated laundering, low shrinkage and excellent abrasion resistance. The cotton retains the lubricant better than a polyester would without it and the continuous filament core provides excellent loop forming characteristics through the needle. This is important when sewing heavy fabrics, as it helps prevent skip stitching. This is a superb all-around sewing thread. BREAK STRENGTH: 11.5lb PRICE BREAKS: Each (3,000yd) | Case (10) N

8117

White

O

8189

Black

P

8190

Natural

Q

8194

Olive Green

R

8195

Dark Green

S

8196

Grey

T

8197

Royal Blue

U

8198

Navy Blue

V

8199

Red

W

8200

Brown

X

8381

Yellow

Y

8389

Chestnut

Z

8393

Light Brown

A1 8401

Light Grey

B1 8399

Burgundy

Please see p.253 for Thread Tools, and p.294–295 for Sewing Needles.

SPECIALTY SUPPLIES: THREADS

/ 147


SPECIALTY THREADS

148 /

A

T

M1

F2

Y2

R3

B

U

N1

G2

Z2

S3

C

V

O1

H2

A3

T3

D

W

P1

I2

B3

U3

E

X

Q1

J2

C3

V3

F

Y

R1

K2

D3

W3

G

Z

S1

L2

E3

X3

H

A1

T1

M2

F3

Y3

I

B1

U1

N2

G3

Z3

J

C1

V1

O2

H3

A4

K

D1

W1

P2

I3

B4

L

E1

X1

Q2

J3

C4

M

F1

Y1

R2

K3

D4

N

G1

Z1

S2

L3

E4

O

H1

A2

T2

M3

F4

P

I1

B2

U2

N3

G4

Q

J1

C2

V2

O3

H4

R

K1

D2

W2

P3

I4

S

L1

E2

X2

Q3

J4

SPECIALTY SUPPLIES: THREADS


Please see p.253 for Thread Tools, and p.294–295 for Sewing Needles.

THREADS: NYLON

N

69 NYLON Known for its excellent sewability, high strength, resistance to abrasion and wear with its controlled stretch and recovery properties. It is unaffected by mildew or rot. Finished with a combination of waxes, silicones and oils specially designed to provide consistent machine tensions and loop formation. Protects from needle heat to ensure good sewability and prevents fusing of thread and fabric yarns. Our 69 Nylon thread is UV-treated and has a good resistance to strength loss, although prolonged exposure to sunlight could cause some deterioration.

®

American & Efird Canada, Inc.

BREAK STRENGTH: 11.5lb  PRICE BREAKS: Each (1lb, or ~6,000yd) | Case (10) A

34129

D1

35497 Gold

G2

67048 Nickel

J3

35538 Marron Glace

B

30001 Natural

E1

35385 Beach Tan

H2

35670 Steel

K3

34297 Sable

C

35553

F1

34370 Orange

I2

35631

L3

67067 Toast Brown

D

34099 Beige

G1

34081 Orange

J2

67050 Cub

M3

35551

Chestnut

E

34215

H1

67034 Toboggan

K2

63120

N3

35557

Brown

Sta White Cream Natural

Steel Foliage GN 504

F

35070 Ashes

I1

67037 Pink #3

L2

36195

New GRY90782

O3

34136

Wood

G

67054 Ficelle

J1

34794 Bright Red

M2

36139

Dark Silver

P3

35561

Brown

H

67057 Beige

K1

34050 Scarlet

N2

67053 Graphite

Q3

35472 Dk Mahogany

I

67059 Deer

L1

34212

O2

56033 Black

R3

67073 Dk Mahogany

J

35417

M1

36081 Fire Rd 2580

P2

34974 DB Teal

S3

35100 Seal

K

67058 Pebble Beige

N1

35000 Scarlet

Q2

36911

T3

67075

L

36030 Beige

O1

35048 Red

R2

34252 Copen

U3

36048 Chocolate

M

36220 String 5005

P1

36241 Scarlet

S2

35210

V3

67071 Gold Brown

Platinum

Old Glory Red

Teal Pro Blue

Walnut

N

67063 Marron Glace

Q1

56037 OO Lala Pink

T2

34466 Blue

W3

36135

Tonka Toast

O

67060 French Beige

R1

36255 Dk Cardinal 70082 U2

34072 Blue

X3

63114

Coyote

P

34086 Sand

S1

36343 Wine

V2

34785 Mediter. Blue

Y3

67074

Chestnut

Q

35103

T1

36184 Burgundy

W2

36099 Royal Blue

Z3

67015

Coyote Tan

R

34664 Lt Beaver

U1

67046 Rubytone

X2

67007 Yale Blue

A4

35020 Chestnut

S

34609 Sand #2

V1

36279 Purple 7007

Y2

35434 College Blue

B4

36111

T

36188 Sand

W1

35312

Z2

34177

Navy

C4

35495 ODS-1

U

34140 Shade 1600

X1

34444 Seafoam

A3

35516

Navy #1

D4

35500 Smoke

Mastic Beige

Purple

Taupe

V

35477 Saba Sand

Y1

36179

B3

35524 Washington Blue E4

35486 Rocky Brown

W

63233 Tan 499

Z1

34067 Green Olive

C3

35520 Navy #3

F4

36341 Neon Pink 102

X

34257 Silver

A2

67021

Green Pepper

D3

67011

G4

36999 FL Cerise

Y

35634 Beaver

B2

34811

Class Green

E3

34230 Salmon

H4

36245 Neon ORG 105

Z

67065 Beaver

C2

67025 Evergreen

F3

67069 Chinese Rust

I4

36731

A1

67029 Forsythia

D2

67026 Carafe Green

G3

34117

J4

36289 Neon GRN 101

B1

67028 Lemon

E2

67047 Mist

H3

67061 Sienna

C1

34913 Gold

F2

34144 Silver

I3

34170

Dk Green

Midnight

Rust

Neon Yellow

Maple

SPECIALTY SUPPLIES: THREADS

/ 149


SPECIALTY THREADS

THREADS: NYLON (CONT.) Q

A

B

R

C

S

D

T

E

U

F

V

G

W

H

X

69 NYLON 69 Nylon thread is a 3-ply continuous multifilament synthetic bonded sewing thread made from 100% Type 6.6 DuPont bright nylon. It is known for its excellent sewability, high strength, resistance to abrasion and wear, with controlled stretch and recovery properties. 69 Nylon is unaffected by mildew or rot. This thread is finished with a combination of waxes, silicones and oils that are specially designed to facilitate the sewing operation. They provide consistent machine tensions and loop formation. Also provides protection from needle heat to ensure good sewability, and to prevent the fusing of thread and fabric yarns. This treatment bonds the individual filaments and plies together and guards against abrasion and unraveling of threads during sewing. Melts at 252–260°C (480–500°F); Sticks at 229°C (445°F).

I

Y

J

Z

K

A1

L

B1

M

C1

N

D1

O

E1

P

150 /

SPECIALTY SUPPLIES: THREADS

PRICE BREAKS: Each (3,000yd) | Case (10) A

8158

Black

Q

8161

Orange

B

8114

White

R

8163

Willow Green

C

8162

Bronze

S

8167

Dark Blue

D

8166

Royal

T

8170

Red

E

8169

Burgundy

U

8172

Deer

F

8171

Natural

V

8174

Light Brown

G

8173

Dark Beige

W

8176

Walnut Brown

H

8175

Sand

X

8178

Dark Brown

I

8177

Brown

Y

8180

Light Grey

J

8179

Mahogany

Z

8182

Off White

K

8181

Dark Grey

A1

8185

Emerald Green

L

8184

Medium Brown

B1

8359

Hunter Green

M

8357

Sea Green

C1

8366

Blue/Grey

N

8363

Light Blue

D1

8377

Charcoal

E1

8375

Brown

O

8371

Purple

P

8360

Olive Drab


Please see p.253 for Thread Tools, and p.294–295 for Sewing Needles.

69 NYLON G-TYPE BOBBINS Pre-wound bobbins of 69 Nylon thread available in three colors. Fits a G-Type bobbin holder as found on most heavyduty and industrial sewing machines.

G1

Break strength is 11.5lb (5.2kg) F1 G1 H1

8109 8110 8111

69 Nylon G-Type Bobbin—White 69 Nylon G-Type Bobbin—Black 69 Nylon G-Type Bobbin—Olive

H1

F1

BOBBIN SIZE: 30yd  PRICE BREAK: Box of 72 NYLON TUFTING TWINE

I1

Suitable for tying and tufting buttons. Excellent strength and resistant characteristics in a finer twine. White available only. I1

8125

#9 Nylon Tufting Twine (CSB346) BREAK STRENGTH: 60lb PRICE BREAKS: Each (½lb or ~600yd) | Case (10)

CSB138 NYLON THREADS 100% continuous filament nylon with a bonded finish. J1 K1

8403 8404

CSB138 Nylon—White CSB138 Nylon—Black PRICE BREAKS: Each (1lb or ~3,000yd) | Case (10) J1

K!

SPECIALTY SUPPLIES: THREADS

/ 151


BINDING AND CORDAGE


Please see p.138 for Binding tools.

SUNBRELLA® BINDING A

T

B

U

C

V

D

W

E

X

F

Y

G

Z

H

A1

I

B1

J

C1

K

D1

L

E1

M N O P

SUNBRELLA® DOUBLE FOLD BIAS BINDING 100% solution-dyed acrylic bindings made with Sunbrella® yarns in double-fold form. Both ¾” and 1” binding are available in a range of the most popular colors to coordinate and finish your Sunbrella® creations. Binding is cut on the bias for easier tailoring around corners. Will not fade or weaken from normal exposure conditions including sunlight, mildew, rot and atmospheric chemicals. All the features of Sunbrella® products apply directly to this binding. Please refer to p.332–334 for Sunbrella®’s care and cleaning instructions. ROLL SIZE: 100yd  PRICE BREAK: Each ¾”

1”

T

4967

4762

Mediterranean Blue

Black

U

4959

4981

Mediterranean Blue Tweed

4989

Brass

V

4740

4747

Natural

4743

4757

Burgundy

W

4751

4748

Navy

E

4962

4773

Cadet Grey

X

4977

-

Ocean Blue

F

4974

-

Capri

Y

4960

4761

Oyster

G

4738

4754

Captain Navy

Z

4739

4746

Pacific Blue

H

-

4777

Charcoal Grey

A1

4958

4985

Persian Green

I

-

4778

Charcoal Tweed B1

12012

4953

Jockey Red

J

-

4998

Cocoa

C1

12013

4771

Royal Blue

F1

K

4957

-

Dubonnet Tweed

D1

4956

-

Sapphire Blue

G1

L

4970

4982

Fern

E1

4968

4774

Silver

M

4961

4755

Forest Green

F1

4972

4980

Spa

N

4971

4979

Heather Beige

G1

-

4954

Sunflower Yellow

O

4965

4760

Hemlock

H1

-

4767

Taupe

P

4966

4775

Linen

I1

4963

4765

Toast

Q

4741

4758

Linen Tweed

J1

4964

12011

Toast Tweed

R

-

4955

Logo Red

K1

12014

4776

True Brown

S

4976

4999

Marine Blue

L1

4973

4503

Wheat

H1 I1

Q

J1

R

K1

S

L1

¾”

1”

A

-

4779

Beige

B

4742

4749

C

-

D

Sunbrella® is a registered trademark of Glen Raven, Inc. SPECIALTY SUPPLIES: BINDING

/ 153


SPECIALTY BINDING AND CORDAGE

SUNBRELLA® BINDING SUNBRELLA® ⁷⁄₈” CENTERFOLD BINDING 100% solution-dyed acrylic binding with a natural fold in the center tape to allow for a smooth and efficient fit. The woven fold prevents the binding from necking down when under tension. The blind side behaves the same as the front. Can be used with or without guides. All exposure and mildew resistant features of Sunbrella® products are built into this binding. Please refer to p.332–334 for Sunbrella®’s care and cleaning instructions. PRICE BREAKS: Each (200yd) | Case (5) A B C

J K L

D

M

E

N

F

O

G

P

H

Q

I

154 /

SPECIALTY SUPPLIES: BINDING

A

4936

Beige

B

4937

Burgundy

C

4935

Cadet Grey

D

4926

Captain Navy

E

4947

Concord

F

4932

Forest Green

G

4931

Jet Black

H

4930

Linen

I

4938

Mediterranean Blue

J

4939

Natural

K

4934

Navy

L

4978

Oyster

M

4927

Pacific Blue

N

4946

Red

O

4952

Taupe

P

4950

True Brown

Q

4942

Turquoise

CENTERFOLD vs. ORDINARY BINDING 1

2

Centerfold binding has a natural fold woven into itself (Figure 1). Unlike ordinary binding, centerfold binding will not pull and pucker as displayed in Figure 2.


Please see p.138 for Binding tools.

N

R

I1

S

J1

T

K1

U

L1

SUNBRELLA® BINDING SUNBRELLA® ¹³⁄₁₆” EUROPEAN-STYLE ACRYLIC BRAID Sunbrella®’s European-style acrylic braid is constructed from 100% solutiondyed acrylic yarn. This ensures that all the features of Sunbrella® products apply directly to this binding. It features excellent exposure resistance to sun and atmospheric conditions. This binding has a fine, soft hand and is available in a range of 33 colors. Please refer to p.332–334 for Sunbrella®’s care and cleaning instructions. PRICE BREAK: Each (100yd)

V

M1

W

N1

X

O1

Y Z

P1 Q1

A1

R1

B1

S1

C1

T1

D1

U1

E1

V1

F1

W1

G1

X1

R

503038

Alpine Green

I1

503039

Logo Red

S

503032

Aqua Marine

J1

503094

Mediterranean Blue

T

503020

Beige

K1

503016

Natural

U

503037

Black

L1

503029

Navy Blue

V

503046

Blended Brown

M1

503022

Pacific Blue

W

503009

Blended Gold

N1

503024

Persian Green

X

503090

Brass

O1

503034

Plum

Y

503025

Burgundy

P1

503030

Red

Z

503036

Buttercup

Q1

503033

Sapphire

A1

503040

Captain Navy

R1

503035

Sky Blue

B1

503097

Charcoal Grey

S1

503092

Taupe

C1

503096

Concord

T1

503028

Terra Cotta

D1

503027

Forest Green

U1

503091

Toast

E1

503023

Green

V1

503093

Turquoise

F1

503021

Grey

W1

503026

Vanilla

G1

503045

Ivory

X1

503042

Yellow

H1

503041

Linen

H1

Sunbrella® is a registered trademark of Glen Raven, Inc. SPECIALTY SUPPLIES: BINDING

/ 155


Please see p.138 for Binding tools.

TOP GUN BINDING: DOUBLE FOLD Double-folded binding made from Top Gun polyester fabric for finishing projects. This material is saturated with an acrylic coating which makes it the ultimate in marine cover fabrics. Long-lasting color, high strength and breathability. Other features of this product include stain, mildew, abrasion and ultraviolet resistance. The coating of Top Gun will not peel, chip, flake or crack even at temperatures as low as -18°C (0°F). 1” TOP GUN DOUBLE FOLD BINDING

A

A B C D

B C

4907 4901 4903 4908

Burgundy Caribbean Blue Forest Green Hemp Beige

E F G H

4904 4905 4902 4906

Navy Blue Onyx Black Turquoise White

PRICE BREAKS: Roll (100yd) | Case (5)

D

TOP GUN CLEANING TIPS

E

Top Gun Binding can be cleaned with a mixture of 4oz. (118ml) of Clorox® And 2oz. (59ml) of soap in 1 gallon (3.8L) of water.

F G

If necessary, the cleaning can be followed with retreatment using Aqua-tite® Protectant (#7166 and #7165, p.181) to ensure your product’s longevitiy.

H

STAMOID® BINDING: TWO-FOLD STAMOID® TWO-FOLD BIAS BINDING A vinyl binding made from high-quality Stamoid products, featuring all the specifications familiar to the Stamoid brand. The two-fold binding has outstanding UV resistance, dirt repellency and mildew resistance. The bindings are ideal as trim or bind for cushions, canopies, dodgers and biminis. Colors are a perfect match with Stamoid fabrics. Available in ¾” or 1” widths.

I

J

I J

10309 10310 10314

¾” Snow White White Navy

I J

10312 10311 10313

1” Snow White White Navy

PRICE BREAKS: Roll (100yd) | Case (5)

SPECIALTY SUPPLIES: BINDING

/ 157


SPECIALTY BINDING AND CORDAGE

AUTOMOTIVE/MARINE BINDING: TOPLINE

C

B A

F

G

D E

Topline bindings are ideal for convertible tops, simcons, tonneau covers, door panels, spare tire covers, floor mats, seats, convertible boots, boat tops, marine accessories or any outdoor applications. Constructed of 7.6 gauge vinyl, coated on a ²⁄₂₅” drill with a 17oz. (482g) finished weight in a Crush (Sierra) or Pinpoint grain. Mildew treated for outdoor use. Tear strength, cold flexibility and bond specifications meet OEM standards. Available in one edge turned, or two edge turned styles in the colors and grains listed here.

ONE EDGE VS. TWO EDGE TURNED BINDING 1

1¼” (3.2cm) One Edge Turned Binding

158 /

SPECIALTY SUPPLIES: BINDING

2

¾” (1.9cm) Two Edge Turned Binding

1¼” TOPLINE ONE EDGE TURNED BINDING A B C D E

4770 4772 4784 4786 4788

GM White Pinpoint Black Pinpoint White Crush Black Crush Off-White Crush ROLL SIZE: 100yd PRICE BREAKS: Each | Case (5)

¾” TOPLINE TWO EDGE TURNED BINDING F G

4766 4752

Black Crush Black Pinpoint ROLL SIZE: 100yd PRICE BREAKS: Each | Case (5)


VINYL BINDING

H

K

J

I

L

M

N O P

1¼” VINYL BIAS BINDING

¾” MARINE BINDING

Vinyl bias binding for automotive trimming. 100% polyvinyl chloride (PVC) face with a poly-cotton backing (65% polyester and 35% cotton). Cut on the bias for maximum strength. One edge folded under to give a width of 1¼”. Ideal for the finishing touch on auto carpets, interior trim pieces, etc. To speed installation, see the Trim Folders on p.138.

A two edge folded vinyl binding for all your marine trim needs. ¾” width in a Sea White color. 100% polyvinyl chloride (PVC) with a poly-cotton backing (65% polyester and 35% cotton).

H I J K L M N O P

5009 5004 4944 4943 5010 4940 4948 4945 5008

Almond Black Blue Camel Charcoal White Off-White Maroon Grey ROLL SIZE: 100yd  PRICE BREAKS: Each | Case (5)

-

5006

Sea White ROLL SIZE: 100yd PRICE BREAKS: Each | Case (5)

Please see p.138 for Binding tools.

SPECIALTY SUPPLIES: BINDING

/ 159


SPECIALTY BINDING AND CORDAGE

Please see p.136 for Automotive tools.

A

FELT BINDING: SOLARGUARD

B

SOLARGUARD 1” FELT BINDING An automotive and marine binding used for dash covers, car-bras and floor mats. 100% solution-dyed polyester. Non-woven flat needle construction with a thermobonded finish. WEIGHT: 6oz./yd2 GUAUGE: 0.040” A

4792

1” SolarGuard Felt Binding—Black PRICE BREAKS: Each (50yd) | Case (10)

NYLON BINDING: GROSGRAIN GROSGRAIN NYLON BINDING C

Grosgrain black nylon binding in two widths for trimming bags, apparel and other nylon or leather products. Can be used anywhere twill tape is used for binding seams. Woven to each width with finished edges, not cut. B B

11161 11163

¾” Grosgrain Nylon Binding—Black 1” Grosgrain Nylon Binding—Black PRICE BREAKS: Each (100yd) | Case (10)

WIRE ON BINDING Traditional style binding that is stitched in place on the edge of the cover, then used to wire in place on the frame with hog rings or other fasteners. C

5002

BINDING: POLYESTER TWILL Polyester twill tape is used for binding and edging. D E D E

¾” Repp Wire On Binding—Black PRICE BREAKS: Each (25yd) | Case (5)

9845 9840 9841 9842

¾” Polyester Twill Tape—White ¾” Polyester Twill Tape—Black 1” Polyester Twill Tape—White 1” Polyester Twill Tape—Black PRICE BREAKS: Roll (109yd) | Case (10)

D

E

160 /

SPECIALTY SUPPLIES: BINDING


POLYPROPYLENE ROPE

N

Monofilament “polyprop” is the lightest, most widely used, economical rope on the market. The Polyprop rope strength exceeds that of Manila ropes, while also providing reliable specifications, such as long life, flexibility in cold temperatures and excellent resistance to most acids and alkalines. It also features good impact loading and will float on water. Suitable for a wide variety of applications including commercial fishing lines, towing and mooring lines, electrical line stringing, utility rope, scaffolding rope and more. The product is rated at medium for elongation and stretch; rated excellent for mildew, acid and alkali resistance; fair resistance to sunlight and organic solvents. CRITICAL TEMPERATURE: 392.4°C (250°F) ¼” POLYPROPYLENE ROPE F G

6673 6674

¼” Polypropylene Rope—Yellow ¼” Polypropylene Rope—White

F

G

PRICE BREAKS: Each (1310’) ³⁄₁₆” POLYPROPYLENE ROPE F G

6675 6676

³⁄₁₆” Polypropylene Rope—Yellow ³⁄₁₆” Polypropylene Rope—White PRICE BREAK: Each (2125’)

Please see p.131–133 for Rope Cutters.

SPECIALTY SUPPLIES: CORDAGE

/ 161


SPECIALTY BINDING AND CORDAGE

AWNING CORDS

AWNING & TENT RINGS D E F G

A

B H

I

C

NYLON AWNING CORDS

NICKLE-PLATED HEAVY WELDED STEEL D-RINGS

PRICE BREAK: Roll (1000’)

D-rings in nickel-plated steel with a welded seam. Will not pull apart under heavy stresses.

A

6701

#4 ¹⁄₈” Nylon Diamond Braid Cord—White BREAK STRENGTH: 660lb (300kg)

B

6704

#5 ⁵⁄₃₂” Nylon Diamond Braid Cord—White

PRICE BREAKS (unless otherwise specified): Bag (25) | Package (4) | Case (20) -

3903

BREAK STRENGTH: 700lb (318kg) C

6705

BREAK STRENGTH: 1056lb (480kg) PRICE BREAKS: Bag (100) | Package (5) | Case (10)

#6 ³⁄₁₆” Nylon Diamond Braid Cord—White BREAK STRENGTH: 1000lb (453kg)

¾” Nickel-Plated Heavy D-Ring

D

3904

1” Nickel-Plated Heavy Welded D-Ring BREAK STRENGTH: 1,210lb (550kg)

E

3905

1¼” Nickel-Plated Heavy Welded D-Ring BREAK STRENGTH: 1,430lb (650kg)

F

3906

1½” Nickel-Plated Heavy Welded D-Ring BREAK STRENGTH: 1,496lb (680kg)

G

3907

2” Nickel-Plated Heavy Welded D-Ring BREAK STRENGTH: 1,870lb (850kg)

WELDED O-RING BREAK STRENGTH: 880lb (400kg) H I

2297 2296

1½” Brass-Plated Welded O-Ring 1½” Nickel-Plated Welded O-Ring PRICE BREAKS: Bag (25) | Package (4) | Case (20)

162 /

SPECIALTY SUPPLIES: AWNING CORDS & RINGS


DRAWSTRING CORDS

CORD LOCKS R

N

M

J

O

P Q

K

L

NYLON DRAWSTRING CORDS—DIAMOND BRAID

JACKET CORD LOCKS

For bag and apparel applications.

Delrin jacket string locks for use in various garment applications.

BREAK STRENGTH: 440lb (200kg) J

6695

#3.5 ⁷⁄₆₄” Nylon Cord—White

M P

2210 2214

PRICE BREAKS: Bag (100) | Package (5) | Case (10)

PRICE BREAKS: Roll (250’) | Case (8) J

6698

#3.5 ⁷⁄₆₄” Nylon Cord—White PRICE BREAK: Roll (1000’)

POLYPROPYLENE DRAWSTRING CORDS For bag and apparel applications. K L

11190 11194

⁵∕₃₂” Polypropylene Drawstring—Black ⁵∕₃₂” Polypropylene Drawstring—White ROLL SIZE: 250yd PRICE BREAKS: Each | Case (4)

Jacket Cord Lock—Black Flat Top Jacket Cord Lock—Black

SQUARE CORD LOCKS N

2211

Square Cord Lock—Black PRICE BREAK: Bag (100) | Package (5) | Case (10)

BALL CORD LOCK Sliding ball cord lock in black. O

2213

Ball Cord Lock—Black PRICE BREAKS: Bag (100) | Package (5) | Case (10)

BELL END COVER Bell end for covering knots in draw cords. Q

2215

Draw Cord Bell End—Antique PRICE BREAKS: Bag (100) | Package (5) | Case (10)

WHEEL LOCK Sliding and locking cord adjuster in black. R

2216

Wheel Lock—Black PRICE BREAKS: Bag (100) | Package (5) | Case (10)

Please see p.131–133 for Rope Cutters.

SPECIALTY SUPPLIES: DRAWSTRING CORDS & LOCKS

/ 163


SPECIALTY BINDING AND CORDAGE

SHOCK CORDS A

B

C

NYLON SHOCK CORDS A

6679

¹⁄₈” Nylon Shock Cord—Black Used as drawstrings in apparel items. PRICE BREAKS: Each (166yd) | Case (5)

C

6680

³⁄₁₆” Nylon Shock Cord—White Light nylon bungee cord. Cord length is customizable using the hooks on p.165.

D

E

F

POLYPROPYLENE SHOCK CORD Bungee cord in polypropylene material, which has all the characteristics of polypropylene and is available in bulk for use in apparel, bag and other projects. Be sure to also see the Delrin Shock Cord Hooks #2722 and #2723 on p.165. B

6683

³⁄₁₆” Polypropylene Shock Cord—Black PRICE BREAKS: Each (167yd) | Case (5)

PRICE BREAKS: Each (144yd) | Case (5) D E F

6685 6690 6692

¼” Nylon Shock Cord—White/Black ⁵⁄₁₆” Nylon Shock Cord—White/Black ³⁄₈” Nylon Shock Cord—White/Black White nylon bungee cord. Create custom lengths using clamps and hooks listed on p.165. PRICE BREAKS: Each (83yd) | Case (5)

164 /

SPECIALTY SUPPLIES: CORDAGE

Please see p.131–133 for Rope Cutters.


SHOCK CORD HOOKS METAL SHOCK CORD HOOKS

G

Metal shock cord hooks painted in black for longer life. Plastic tips prevent marking of adjacent surfaces.

H I J K

G H I

7843 7844 7845

PRICE BREAKS: Bag (25) | Package (4) Case (20)

L

O

P

M

T

N

Q R

S

STAINLESS STEEL CONE HOOK Stainless steel cone hooks for superior resistance and a neat finished appearance. Cord is meant to fit inside the cone. J K

7800 7810

Secure the shock cord with these stainless steel clamps. Excellent resistance to environmental elements. 7801 7806 7811

¹⁄₈”–³⁄₁₆” Stainless Steel Clamp ⁷⁄₃₂”–¼” Stainless Steel Clamp ¼”–⁵⁄₁₆” Stainless Steel Clamp

STAINLESS STEEL S-HOOKS Stainless steel S-hooks for superior resistance to environmental exposure. Q R

7820 7840

PRICE BREAK: Bag (100) | Package (5) | Case (10)

O

7821

¹⁄₈” Steel S-Hook

SHOCK CORD HOOK—DELRIN 2-part hook for use with ¼” shock cord. S

2723

7841

¼” Steel S-Hook PRICE BREAKS: Bag (100) | Package (5) | Case (10)

¼” Shock Cord Hook—Black PRICE BREAKS: Package (100) | Bag (5) Case (10)

PRICE BREAKS: Bag (10) | Package (5) | Case (10) P

¹⁄₈” Stainless Steel S-Hook ¼” Stainless Steel S-Hook PRICE BREAKS: Bag (25) | Package (4) Case (20)

STEEL S-HOOKS Steel S-hook for forming cord and strap ends. Size denotes the shock cord or rope that will pass cleanly through the small end of the hook.

³⁄₁₆” Stainless Steel Cone Hook ⁵⁄₁₆” Stainless Steel Cone Hook PRICE BREAK: Bag (25) | Package (4) Case (20)

STAINLESS STEEL CLAMPS

L M N

¼” Metal Shock Cord Hook—Black ⁵⁄₁₆” Metal Shock Cord Hook—Black ³⁄₈” Metal Shock Cord Hook—Black

ADJUSTABLE SHOCK CORD HOOK—DELRIN Adjustable hook accepts cords up to ⁵⁄₁₆”. T

2722

Adjustable Shock Cord Hook PRICE BREAK: B  ag (25) | Package (4) Case (20) SPECIALTY SUPPLIES: SHOCK CORD HOOKS

/ 165


TAPES


PRODUCT INFORMATION

SCOTCHLITE™ FLUORESCENT FIRE-RETARDANT TAPE (P.168) A highly reflective fabric consisting of exposed wide-angle lenses bonded to durable cloth backing composed of 94% polyester and 6% cotton. It is lightweight and flexible, and has an enhanced daytime appearance. This provides high attention value when the visibility decreases, particularly at dawn or dusk. The nighttime appearance is a brilliant orange or yellow and provides reflectivity based on a wide range of light source angles. This material can be attached to a broad range of medium and heavy-weight fabrics. It has been tested for flame-resistance according to the Federal Test Method Standard 191A, Method 5903. Average char length is less than 6” (15.2cm). APPLICATION TO FABRIC: Sew in place using a lock-stitch with no more than 12 stitches per 1” and placed at least ⁵⁄₁₆” from the edge of the reflective fabric. CAUTION: Use of a Teflon-coated needle may extend needle life. Do not apply this product to highly elastic materials. CUT TING: The material can be hand-cut, die-cut or guillotined. CARE INSTRUCTIONS (These are guidelines for the care of the product, please test application first): 1.  Professionally dry clean, solvent temperature <30°C (85°F). Tumble dry warm 48°C (120°F). 2.  Damp wipe using warm water and mild detergent. Rinse thoroughly, dry with a soft cloth or allow to air dry. 3.  Machine wash warm (40°C, 104°F), tumble dry low. NOTE: Maximum shrinkage is 3%. Recommended shelf life is two years and should be stored in a cool, dry area. Rolls should be stored on a rod or pipe through core.

SCOTCHLITE™ FLUORESCENT FIRE-RETARDANT TAPE SPECIALTY SUPPLIES: TAPES

/ 167


SCOTCHLITE™ REFLECTIVE TAPE

SPECIALTY TAPES

APPLICATION TO FABRIC Sew in place using a lock stitch with no more than 12 stitches per 1” and placed at least ⁵⁄₆₄” from the edge of the reflective fabric. NOTE: Maximum shrinkage is 3%. Recommended shelf life is two years and should be stored in a cool, dry area. Rolls should be stored on a rod or pipe through core.

SCOTCHLITE™ TAPES J. Ennis Fabrics is an authorized distributor of the 3M™ lineup of reflective tapes, films and materials. While these products are primarily products used in garments, they have many applications. Reflective Tapes are often incorporated into sports bags, runners, and accessories for athletes and joggers as well as clothing. Please remember that the items that are stocked represent the most popular items in this line. There are many other products available. We can provide immediate service on the stocked items. Other items are readily available on a special order basis.

A

B1

PLE ASE NOTE: While use of Scotchlite™ reflective material does greatly enhance visibility, no reflective material can assure absolute visibility, particularly in adverse weather.

C D

SCOTCHLITE™ HIGH GLOSS TAPES

G1

This reflective material has a glossy vinyl coating that gives it a shimmering, almost wet look. This item consists of retroreflective microprisms formed on flexible, glossy and UV-stabilized polymeric film. A -

11144 11150

F

E

B2

6160 1³⁄₈” High Gloss Trim—White 6187 2” High Gloss—Lime-Yellow

G2

ROLL SIZE: 109yd PRICE BREAKS: Yard | Package (25) | Case (109) SCOTCHLITE™ FLUORESCENT FIRE RETARDANT TAPES

SCOTCHLITE™ REFLECTIVE FABRIC TRIM TAPES

This is a highly reflective fabric consisting of exposed wideangle lenses bonded to durable cloth backing composed of 94% Polyester and 6% Cotton. Lightweight and flexible, this material can be attached to a broad range of medium and heavy-weight fabrics. FR tested according to Federal Test Method Standard 191A, Method 5903.

Scotchlite™’s Reflective Tapes can be attached to a wide range of light and medium-weight fabrics, but is not recommended for attachment to highly elastic materials. Uses include accessories, uniforms, rain wear, jackets, active wear, head wear, backpacks, armbands, straps, belts, cut-out letters and numbers, patches, and crests.

B1 B2

11141 11143

1” 8987 Fluorescent Lime/Yellow 2” 8987 Fluorescent Lime/Yellow

C -

11132 11133

ROLL SIZE: 109yd PRICE BREAKS: Yard | Package (25) | Case (109) E

11139

2” 8986 Fluorescent Red/Orange ROLL SIZE: 109yd PRICE BREAKS: Yard | Package (25) | Case (109)

168 /

SPECIALTY SUPPLIES: TAPES

8910 ½” Silver Fabric Trim 8910 1” Silver Fabric Trim ROLL SIZE: 109yd PRICE BREAKS: Yard | Package (25) | Case (109)

-

11135

8910 2” Silver Fabric Trim ROLL SIZE: 218yd PRICE BREAKS: Yard | Package (25) | Case (218)


CUTTING The material can be handcut, die-cut or guillotined.

CARE INSTRUCTIONS These are guidelines for the care of the product, please test application first.

1.  Machine wash at 40°C (104°F). Tumble dry low. 2.  Dry clean, tumble dry warm at 30°C max (86°F). 3.  Hand iron warm at 160°C (320°F) and use press cloth.

SCOTCHLITE™ IRON-ON TRANSFER FILM

SCOTCHLITE™ SILVER FABRIC

A highly reflective material with a wide angle reflectivity designed to enhance night visibility of the wearer. A removable plastic liner protects the heat-activated (ironon) dry adhesive on the back of the film. The transfer film is suitable for light to medium-weight fabrics and have very good stretch properties.

Scotchlite™ Silver Fabric is composed of wide-angle, exposed retroreflective lenses bonded to a durable poly-cotton cloth backing. This fabric contains an aluminum layer as part of its construction. Blemishing of this aluminum layer can occur in prolonged exposure to temperatures greater than 26°C (80°F), or humid conditions greater than 70% relative humidity. These blemishes do not affect the performance of the product.

D

11120

8710 ½” Silver Transfer Film ROLL SIZE: 109yd PRICE BREAKS: Yard | Package (25) | Case (200)

D D

11121 11122

11158

11160

8787 2” Lime-Yellow Transfer Film ROLL SIZE: 109yd PRICE BREAKS: Yard | Package (25) | Case (109)

H

8925 2” Silver Fabric ROLL SIZE: 109yd PRICE BREAKS: Yard | Package (25) | Case (109)

8710 ¾” Silver Transfer Film 8710 1” Silver Transfer Trim ROLL SIZE: 218yd PRICE BREAKS: Yard | Package (25) | Case (200)

-

F

SCOTCHLITE™ VEST TRIM Scotchlite™ Vest Trim is designed to enhance 24-hour visibility. It combines a bright fluorescent element with a highly reflective silver stripe. The fluorescent is especially noticeable in conditions of poor visibility, particularly at dusk and dawn. This material can be attached to a wide range of light and medium-weight fabrics, but is not recommended for attachment to highly elastic materials. G1 G2

11130 11131

8471 1½” Lime/Silver Vest Trim 8471 2” Lime/Silver Vest Trim PRICE BREAKS: Yard | Package (25) | Case (300)

SCOTCHLITE™ SOLAS (SAFETY OF LIFE AT SEA) Scotchlite™ SOLAS-grade products are intended for reflectorizing SOLAS life support equipment such as life vests, jackets, and rafts. It conforms to Marine Equipment Directive 96/98/EC and International Maritime Organization (IMO) Resolution A.658 (16) Annex 2. Approved by the US Coast Guard to meet 46 CFR part 164, subpart 164.018 for Type I and II retroflectible material used to enhance visibility of life-saving equipment in nighttime or low-light conditions. SOLAS-grade products have an European mark of conformance. All products are silver in color under daytime viewing conditions and reflect a bright white. H

11159

6755 2” SOLAS Silver Sew-On

SCOTCHLITE™ PRESSURE-SENSITIVE REFLECTIVE TAPE

I

Scotchlite™ Pressure-Sensitive Tape offers the enhanced daytime/nighttime visibility of the wearer. Meets flame-resistant test 191A, Method 5903. A highly aggressive product with 3M™ adhesive, it is applicable for hard surfaces such as helmets, in-line skates, sports active protective pads, bicycles, etc. I

11123

8830 1” Silver Pressure Sensitive Tape ROLL SIZE: 109yd PRICE BREAKS: Yard | Package (25) | Case (109)

ROLL SIZE: 54yd PRICE BREAKS: Yard | Package (25) | Case (54) SPECIALTY SUPPLIES: TAPES

/ 169


REFLECTIVE TAPES (CONT.) B

A

SCOTCHLITE™ INDUSTRIAL WASH

SPECIALTY TAPES

SCOTCHLITE™ INDUSTRIAL WASH A

11153

9920 2” Silver Industrial Wash Sew-On 9920 Silver Industrial Wash fabric is composed of wide-angle, exposed retroreflective lenses bonded with a special polymer layer to a durable 100% polyester cloth backing. Certified to meet ANSI/ISEA 107-1999 Level 2 retroreflective performance and EN 471 Class 2 retroreflective performance. ROLL SIZE: 218yd PRICE BREAKS: Yard | Package (25) | Case (218)

B

11156

9187 2” Industrial Wash Lime/Yellow With Silver 9187 contains an aluminum layer as part of its construction. Blemishing of this aluminum layer can occur if the front surface of the product has direct contact from hands during application, then exposed to hot and humid conditions greater than 26°C (80°F) and greater than 70% relative humidity, for a period of weeks. These blemishes do not affect the performance of the product. ROLL SIZE: 109yd PRICE BREAKS: Yard | Package (109)

170 /

SPECIALTY SUPPLIES: TAPES

APPLICATION TO FABRIC Sew in place using a lock stitch with no more than 12 stitches per 1” and placed at least ⁵⁄₆₄” from the edge of the reflective fabric. Thread recommendation: 100% polyester or appropriate thread for flame-resistant applications. Whenever two or more pieces of 9920 Industrial Wash fabrics are used together on a single surface or as a set, they should be matched to ensure uniform daytime color and nighttime or low-light reflectivity. CUT TING: The material can be hand-cut, die-cut or guillotined. CARE INSTRUCTIONS: Stain treatment wash may reduce the life of 9920. Use low-medium alkaline, high surfactant detergents. Do not use solvenated surfactants. Do not use chlorine bleach. MAXIMUM WASH TEMPERATURE: 75°C (165°F) BREAK/SUDS CYCLE: <20 minutes total TUNNEL DRY: ≤160°C (300°F) TUMBLE DRY: Maximum 90°C (195°F) DRYING TIME: ≤7 minutes PRESSING: ≤150°C (300°F) NOTE: Recommended shelf life is two years and should be stored in a cool, dry area. Rolls should be stored on a rod or pipe through core.

SCOTCHLITE™ FIRE-RETARDANT INDUSTRIAL WASH SEW-ON 8940 Silver Industrial Wash Flame Resistant fabric is composed of wide-angle, exposed retroreflective lenses bonded with a special polymer layer to an aramid backing. 8940 meets or exceeds the following tests as specified in NFPA 1971 Standard, 2000 Edition, ANSI/ISEA 107-1999 and EN471 Class 2 retroreflective performance specifications. A A

11162 11157

8940 1” Silver FR Industrial Wash Sew-On 8940 2” Silver FR Industrial Wash Sew-On ROLL SIZE: 218yd PRICE BREAKS: Yard | Package (25) | Case (218)


MARINE TRANSFER TAPE This product is a high-tack acrylic double-coated tape, designed to provide high initial adhesion and excellent bond to most canvas and acrylic fabrics. Simply roll tape on the fabric where the seam is to be made. The tape holds firmly to prevent slippage during sewing and helps to prevent seam leakage.

C

C D

7991 7992

¼” Marine Transfer Tape ½” Marine Transfer Tape PRICE BREAKS: Roll (36yd) | Package (12) | Case (72)

D

PACKING PRODUCTS HAND STRETCH FILM This product features increased puncture resistance, elevated tear resistance, superior optics and maximum load retention for a secure cling. Reduced neckdown lower packaging costs and reduces the initial film’s width. Quiet unwind eliminates the distracting noise generated by many films.

E

F

E

7987

12.8” Hand Stretch Film PRICE BREAKS: Each (492yd) | Case (4)

CARTON SEALING TAPE & DISPENSER

G

The 2” Carton Sealing Tape (#7990) is an all-around polypropylene packaging tape with good moisture and impact resistance. Use with the sturdy and durable dispenser for tapes from 1½”–2” wide. G

7990

2” Carton Sealing Tape PRICE BREAKS: Roll (109yd) | Package (6)

F

7985

2” Hand Tape Dispenser PRICE BREAKS: Each | Case (5)

SPECIALTY SUPPLIES: TRANSFER TAPE, PACKING & STENCILING PRODUCTS

/ 171


SPECIALTY TRIMMINGS TAPES

TRIMMINGS 172 /

SPECIALTY SUPPLIES: TRIMMINGS


E-Z LACE SUPREME

N

A patented grommet-free lacing system to securely attach awnings, canopies, boat covers, tents and other outdoor applications. E-Z Lace is a product introduced to avoid the need for expensive installation, special equipment and additional manufacturing steps associated with traditional grommet installation. E-Z Lace provides long-term strength while also offering mildew and UV resistance. A B C D

Natural Black Cadet Grey Linen

296604 296608 296630 296633

E F G H

Forest Green Pacific Blue Burgundy Jockey Red

296637 296601 296631 296003

N A

B

C

D

E

PRICE BREAK: Roll (50yd)

100% PVC welting cord with slit flanges for easy tailoring of corners. ¹⁄₈” diameter welting designed specifically for the sport bag and accessory industry.

G

H

WELT—PREMIER 9719

J

F

WELT

I

I

K

L

Premier Welt—Black PRICE BREAKS: Roll (250yd) | Case (4)

M

WELT—EMBOSSED J K L

9834 9836 9838

Navy White Bright Red

M N

9849 9897

Black Buckskin N

PRICE BREAKS: Roll (100yd) | Case (4) J WELT O

Used to repair truck and tractor seats. The welt is sewn to the bottom of the cover, then snapped over the lower edge of the seat pan frame. Can be used anywhere there is a lip for the welt to hook over. Soft pliable plastic can be sewn by industrial machines. O

8435

J Welt PRICE BREAKS: Spool (100’) | Case (5)

USING E-Z LACE A 1” reinforced side hole makes lacing easy and quick, while the 3” spacing between holes increases manufacturing design flexibility. Lace awning cords through the slits and secure to the awning frame.

SPECIALTY SUPPLIES: TRIMMINGS

/ 173


SPECIALTY TRIMMINGS TAPES

HYDEM GIMP: MIDSHIP

N

The Midship Hydem Gimp is center-split, a unique feature created by the two flaps that open up to a center well where staples or tacks are applied. The flaps will then close back over the well to hide the nail heads and staples for a clean, finished double-welt appearance. Available to match all 27 colors of our Midship fabric (p.37). PRICE BREAK: Roll (50yd) A

TRIHYMID

9009 Black

B

TRIHYMID

6 White

C

TRIHYMID

222 Hunter Green

D

TRIHYMID

3 Royal Blue

E

TRIHYMID

33 Navy

F

TRIHYMID

34 Teal Green

G

TRIHYMID

67 Mushroom

H

TRIHYMID

87 Brown

I

TRIHYMID

1 Red

J

TRIHYMID

98 Medium Grey

K

TRIHYMID

333 Azure

L

TRIHYMID

17 Burgundy

M

TRIHYMID

6003 Ivory

N

TRIHYMID

6009 Oyster White

O

TRIHYMID

61 Mystic White

P

TRIHYMID

649 Almond

Q

TRIHYMID

66 Off White

R

TRIHYMID

696 Bright White

S

TRIHYMID

8 Chocolate

T

TRIHYMID

805 Spice

U

TRIHYMID

84 Rust

V

TRIHYMID

8884 Rawhide

W

TRIHYMID

9006 Light Grey

X

TRIHYMID

905 Seagull

Y

TRIHYMID

969 Dark Grey

Z

TRIHYMID

97 Steel

A1 TRIHYMID

99 Mid Grey

SPONGE ROD Sponge rod is used for shimming and bolstering worn and shrunken weather stripping around car doors and trunks. B1

7579

½” Sponge Rod PRICE BREAKS: Roll (30yd) | Case (5)

174 /

SPECIALTY SUPPLIES: TRIMMINGS

A

O

B

P

C

Q

D

R

E

S

F

T

G

U

H

V

I

W

J

X

K

Y

L

Z

M

A1

N

B1


Please see p.37 for matching Midship fabrics.

⁵⁄₈” WELT: MIDSHIP C1

Q1

D1

R1

N

Similar to the Midship Hydem Gimp, the Midship Welt cord is meant to be used to dress up and finish seams. Midship Welt is available to match all 27 colors of our Midship fabric (p.37). PRICE BREAK: Roll (50yd)

E1

S1

F1

T1

U1

G1

V1

H1

I1

W1

J1

X1

Y1

K1

L1

Z1

M1

A2

N1

B2

C2

O1

P1

D2

C1

TRIWEMID

9009 Black

D1

TRIWEMID

6 White

E1

TRIWEMID

222 Hunter Green

F1

TRIWEMID

3 Royal Blue

G1

TRIWEMID

33 Navy

H1

TRIWEMID

34 Teal Green

I1

TRIWEMID

67 Mushroom

J1

TRIWEMID

87 Brown

K1

TRIWEMID

1 Red

L1

TRIWEMID

98 Medium Grey

M1

TRIWEMID

333 Azure

N1

TRIWEMID

17 Burgundy

O1

TRIWEMID

6003 Ivory

P1

TRIWEMID

6009 Oyster White

Q1

TRIWEMID

61 Mystic White

R1

TRIWEMID

649 Almond

S1

TRIWEMID

66 Off White

T1

TRIWEMID

696 Bright White

U1

TRIWEMID

8 Chocolate

V1

TRIWEMID

805 Spice

W1

TRIWEMID

84 Rust

X1

TRIWEMID

8884 Rawhide

Y1

TRIWEMID

9006 Light Grey

Z1

TRIWEMID

905 Seagull

A2

TRIWEMID

969 Dark Grey

B2

TRIWEMID

97 Steel

C2

TRIWEMID

99 Mid Grey

SNAP-ON TRIM A flexible plastic wind lace with a metal core and leather grain surface. For snap-on installation on pinch-welded seams. Suitable for import or domestic autos, interior, or exterior use. D2

8400

Snap-On Trim—Black PRICE BREAKS: Roll (100’) | Case (5)

SPECIALTY SUPPLIES: TRIMMINGS

/ 175


SPECIALTY PROTECTANTS

AEROSOLS, PROTECTANTS, & ADHESIVES 176 /

SPECIALTY SUPPLIES: PROTECTANTS


AEROSOLS & PROTECTANTS APPLICATIONS CHART The following is a quick reference to help select the right product for the right job. The products listed are the manufacturers’ recommendations. See the full product descriptions throughout the catalogue for more information. NOTE: Some of the products perform more than one function (i.e. clean, polish, protect).

SURFACE PREPARATION

Product

Part #

Upholstery & Trim Vinyls

Vinyl Prep

9646

Hard and Semi-Hard Plastics

Sand Free

9648

Unsandable Metal/Fiberglass

Sand Free

9648

Unsandable Textured Surface

Sand Free

9648

COLOR CHANGE

Product

Part #

Cooley Brite™

Cooley Magic

2770

Upholstery Vinyls, Leather

SEM Vinyl Coat

See p.178

Auto Trim Carpet Sections

SEM Vinyl Coat

See p.178

Hard and Semi-Hard Plastics

SEM Vinyl Coat

See p.178

PROTECTANT

Product

Part #

Awnings (Sunbrella® Acrylic)

303® Fabric Guard

See p.182, 327

Color Coated Vinyls

SEM Vinyl Coat Clear

See p.178

Vinyls, Hard and Semi-Hard Plastics 303® Aerospace Protectant

7300

Stamoid Vinyl Protectant

7094

303® Aerospace Protectant

See p.182

303® Fabric Guard

See p.182, 327

Canvak

7199

303® Fabric Guard

See p.182, 327

Carpet

303® Fabric Guard

See p.182, 327

Fiberglass

Metal Polish

7109

Multi-Use

Aqua-tite Green

7166

Iosso Repellent

7103

Metal Polish

7109

Sewn Seams

Iosso Seam Sealer

7106

Plastic Windows

Klear-to-Sea

7168

IMAR Strataglass Protective Polish

7091

Upholstery Fabrics (most) Canvas

SPECIALTY SUPPLIES: AEROSOLS

/ 177


SPECIALTY PROTECTANTS

VINYL COAT SEM COLOR COAT A

SEM Color Coat is a solvent base, elastomeric product formulated for aerosol application to renew or change the color of any vinyl, since it is a coating not a dye.

B

C

Meant to be used with SEM’s Sand Free plastic preparation product (#9648, p.179). Finish with SEM’s Vinyl Clear Coat finishes for long-lasting durability.

E

D

PRICE BREAKS: Each (12oz. or 340g) | Case (12)

G

F

I

H

K

J

L

M

A

9658

25 Titan Metallic

B

9636

Silver Metallic

C

9597

Gloss Black

D

9689

45 Gloss White

E

9599

Satin Black

F

9673

60 Sailcloth White

G

9600

01 Landau Black

H

9663

31 White

I

9640

16 Presidio

J

9614

17 Camel

K

9668

30 Graphite

L

9680

12 Santa Fe

M

9604

06 Burgundy

N

9611

11 Firethorn Red

O

9622

00 Phantom White

P

9662

27 Napa Red

Q

9616

18 Warm Grey

R

9606

09 Light Buckskin

S

9682

39 Medium Gray

T

9678

64 Pacific Blue

U

9601

36 Portola Red

V

9610

10 Super White

SEM VINYL FINISHES

178 /

SPECIALTY SUPPLIES: AEROSOLS

W

9654

Low Luster Clear

X

9656

High Gloss Clear

Y

9679

01 Satin Gloss Clear


Q

P

S

T

R

U

O

N

V

SEM PRE-COLOR TREATMENTS Z W

X

9646

SEM Vinyl Prep—15.5oz. (439g) Ensures full adhesion of the SEM Color Coat line. Cleans the vinyl surface of all traces of wax and grease. Also creates a slight softening of the vinyl film to ensure that the Color Coat gets a good “tooth.” Rinse with water and allow to dry.

Y

PRICE BREAKS: Each | Case (12) A1

9648

SEM Sand Free—13oz. (369g) Sand Free is a blend of rich solvents that promote adhesion on plastic parts. It also eliminates sanding on hard-to-reach areas (e.g. door jams, under hoods and trunk). For best results, wash area first with soap and water. Then apply Sand Free directly to the surface to be painted. PRICE BREAKS: Each | Case (12)

TIPS FOR USING SEM SAND FREE Apply a light “dry” coat of Sand Free before painting. Avoid heavy applications as they will cause runs or sags. Do not allow Sand Free to dry completely before application of color coats. If Sand Free has completely evaporated, the pores of the substrate will be closed, which will result in a loss of adhesion.

Z

A1

Follow the Sand Free layer with a coat of Color Coat or paint while Sand Free is still wet. After the first color or paint coat is dry, continue with normal painting procedures. SPECIALTY SUPPLIES: AEROSOLS

/ 179


SPECIALTY PROTECTANTS

PROTECTANTS: LUBRICANTS & SILICONES A

B

C

E D

LUBRICANTS & SILICONES A

7108 Iosso® E-Z Snap® Lubricant—1.5oz (42.5g) E-Z Snap lubricates, waterproofs, protects and reduces friction on snaps, zippers, hinges and hardware. This is a non-staining, non-solvent non-silicone, non-toxic formula. An easy-to-place gel that will not run. Place one drop in the head of the snap, then close and open a few times. Place a few drops down the center of a zipper. Work the zipper a few times to distribute the lubricant. If removal is necessary, use the Iosso® Safe-T-Solve (#7113, p.186) and wash as usual. PRICE BREAKS: Each | Case (24)

B

7175 JEF Spray Silicone—14oz. (400g) An economical all-purpose lubricant that stops squeaking, sticking, binding and slows corrosion. Use on any surface—metal, glass, rubber, plastic, painted finishes and fabrics. Non-staining and non-toxic. Can be used on food product equipment, sewing equipment, cutting equipment and sewing tables to reduce drag. Helps fight rust on dies, rubber molds and precision equipment. Can be used to ease cover placement on foam cushions. PRICE BREAKS: Each | Case (12) | Volume (60)

180 /

SPECIALTY SUPPLIES: PROTECTANTS

SILICONE—SLUYTER GRIP SLIP A multipurpose lubricant and form release that will not interfere with post-finishing operations. Maintain adequate ventilation in work area. Store in a cool dry place away from excess heat. C

7182 Grip Slip Paintable Silicone—14oz. (400g) PRICE BREAKS: Each | Case (12)

SILICONES—SLUYTER SUPER SLIP A widely-used lubricant for sewing, cushion stuffing and cutting tables. Use on foams and paddings, inside covers for ease of placing cushions, on needles, feed plates and table surfaces. Use on blades, tables and dies for cutting. Invisible product leaves no trace on fabrics. Also invaluable as a general lubricant for joints, hinges, sliders, blades, etc. Can be used to waterproof electronics and ignition systems on automobiles. Anywhere friction is causing problems, silicone can be used to reduce it. D

7171 Super Slip Silicone—14oz. (400g) PRICE BREAKS: Each | Case (12)

E

7172 Super Slip Silicone—3.5qt. (4L) PRICE BREAKS: Each | Case (4)

-

7173 Super Slip Silicone—17.5qt. (20L) PRICE BREAK: Each


PROTECTANTS: WATER REPELLANT FINISH H

F G

WATER-RESISTANT FINISH A heavy-duty, water-resistant finish for tents, tarpaulins and covers manufactured with canvas. It contains fungicides for mildew resistance. Canvak® Canvas preservative is a clear wax-based compound that can be used for rewaterproofing heavy-duty textiles. It does not leave a residue, tacky or greasy feeling. Use it on rental tents and covers for an economical re-treating. F

7199 Canvak® Canvas Preservative—1 gal. (4.5L) PRICE BREAKS: Each | Case (6)

AQUA-TITE® GREEN WATER REPELLANT Aqua-Tite® is a premium grade dual-action water and stain repellent. Ecofriendly green and clean technology product. Lower levels of VOCs (Volatile Organic Compounds) than current regulations. Use on awnings, boat covers, canvas, tarpaulins, outdoor furnishings and any synthetic or natural fiber fabric (acrylic, cotton, nylon, polypropylene, polyester, leather and cotton blends). One gallon of this product covers 500–700 ft2, depending on absorbency of fabric. Water drops just “bead and roll off” Aqua-Tite® treated products. Provide outstanding protection against aqueous-based stains such as soda and grape juice. Also resists dirt and oil-based stains such as animal droppings, motor oil and lubricants. Enhances the tone of the fabric. Very good durability to outdoor weathering. G

7166 Aqua-Tite® Green Water Repellent—32oz. (946ml) PRICE BREAKS: Each | Case (12)

H

7165 Aqua-Tite® Green Water Repellent—1 gal. (3.8L) PRICE BREAKS: Each | Case (6)

SPECIALTY SUPPLIES: PROTECTANTS

/ 181


SPECIALTY PROTECTANTS

303® PROTECTANTS C

B

303® AEROSPACE PROTECTANT 303® Aerospace Protectant provides the ultimate sunblocking technology that keeps items looking new and lasting longer. Protects vinyl, synthetic/natural rubber, plastic, painted surfaces, tonneau covers, finished leather, gelcoat fiberglass, RV awnings, EPDM, pressedpolished sheet, engine hoses, boat seats and fenders, door and trunk seals, inflatable boats, all-weather wicker, and patio furniture frames.

A

-

7300 303® Aerospace Protectant—8oz. (237ml) PRICE BREAKS: Each | Case (12)

A B

7303 303® Aerospace Protectant—16oz. (473ml) 7302 303® Aerospace Protectant—32oz. (946ml) PRICE BREAKS: Each | Case (6)

C

7304 303® Aerospace Protectant—1 gal. (3.8L) PRICE BREAK: Each

303® FABRIC GUARD

E D

Professional grade water repellency technology. Manufacturer-approved and tested. Resists soiling and helps to impede mildew formation. Protects all indoor and outdoor fabrics, carpet and upholstery. Can be used on all natural/synthetic fiber, solution-dyed acrylic, carpeting, upholstery, patio furniture, and auto interiors. D

7157

303® Fabric Guard™—16oz. (473mL) PRICE BREAKS: Each | Case (12)

E

7158

303® Fabric Guard™—1 Gal. (3.79L) PRICE BREAKS: Each | Case (4)

182 /

SPECIALTY SUPPLIES: PROTECTANTS


FOR A LL

SOM E,

TH I N G S

T HE

DESIRE

PRIST INE

F OR

RUNS

D E E P.

When your customers’ love for the open water is surpassed only by the love of their boat, nothing but the best will do. FABRIC GUARD™ restores water repellency to factory-new levels to keep equipment dry and prevent molding. Provides strong resistance against soiling. AEROSPACE PROTECTANT,™ with broad-spectrum UV blockers, prevents fading, cracking and embrittlement. No other protects as powerfully or lasts as long. MULTI-SURFACE CLEANER™ safely removes most difficult stains and rinses residue free, allowing protectants to properly cure at the surface. SPOT CLEANER has advanced action that removes the toughest of stains on all water-safe materials. Effortless results every time.

W E ’ V E

G O T

Y O U R

N U M B E R™

303products.com Sunbrella ® is a registered trademark of Glen Raven, Inc.

Recommended By:

SPECIALTY SUPPLIES: PROTECTANTS

/ 183


SPECIALTY PROTECTANTS

IOSSO® PROTECTANTS: WATER REPELLENT Iosso® Water Repellent is effective on all fabrics. It protects fabric from water, soils, oils, bird droppings and environmental pollutants. It resists mildew and stains and increases weatherability. It will not change the color, feel or breathability of the fabric. Recommended for use on awnings, canopies, tents, patio furniture cushions, umbrellas, spa covers, tarps, boat covers, bimini tops, hunting fabrics, camping gear, leather synthetics and vinyls. Solution is ready-to-use or concentrated in a non-solvent and non-silicone formula. IOSSO® WATER REPELLENT B

A

C

A

7105 Iosso® Water Repellent Concentrate—1 gal. (3.9L) One gallon of concentrate makes 5 gallons of mixed solution for total coverage of 780ft2.

B

7104 Iosso® Water Repellent Ready-to-Use—1 gal. (3.9L) PRICE BREAK: Each

C

7103 Iosso® Water Repellent—32oz. (990ml) PRICE BREAKS: Each | Case (6)

IOSSO® PROTECTANTS: SEAM SEALER Ideal for boat covers, awnings, tents, backpacks and almost anything else where a water-tight seam is required. Seam Sealer will not change the look or feel of your fabric. For best results, use with cotton, cotton-blends, polyester and synthetic woven fabrics. While Seam Sealer may be used on vinyl-coated or laminated fabrics, the water repellency will vary.

D

E

IOSSO® SEAM SEALER D

7107 Iosso® Seam Sealer—1 gal. (3.9L) PRICE BREAK: Each

E

7106 Iosso® Seam Sealer—4oz. (118ml) PRICE BREAKS: Each | Case (12)

184 /

SPECIALTY SUPPLIES: PROTECTANTS


Get it done right the first time!

MILDEW CLEANER

SEAM SEALER

E-Z SNAP

WATER REPELLENT

Removes mold/mildew stain, bird/spider droppings leaf stain. Safe for all fabric including solution-dyed acrylics, vinyl, PVC, coated fabrics. Color safe.

Prevents seams from leaking. Use on cotton, cotton blends, polyester and synthetic woven fabrics. It will not change the look of the fabric.

For snaps, zippers, hinges and hardware. One dab keeps them from looking up. Will not wash away or dissipate in hot weather. Non-silicon formula.

Protects from mildew, water, soils, oils and environmental pollutants. It will not change the color, feel or breathability of the fabric. Safe for use on all fabric types. Non-silicon formula.

Whether itâ&#x20AC;&#x2122;sâ&#x20AC;Ś

Boating Fabric, Awning Fabric, Tent Fabric, Inflatables, Truck Covers or Tarps

We have the solution for you! Professional Sizes Available 1 gallon to 55 gallon

SPECIALTY SUPPLIES: PROTECTANTS

/ 185


SPECIALTY PROTECTANTS ADHESIVES CLEANERS

IOSSO® CLEANERS: MILDEW STAIN REMOVER Clean mold, mildew, dirt and algae stains from virtually every boat surface. Just add water to the biodegradable powder and soak the solution into the soiled areas. Can be used on vinyl, plastic, canvas, carpeting, wood, fiberglass, painted surfaces, sails and accessories. PLE ASE NOTE: 12oz. (340g) jar makes 3 gallon (11.4L) of solution. 65oz (1.84kg) pail makes 16 gallons (60.6L) of solution.

A

IOSSO® MILDEW STAIN REMOVER A

B

7101 Iosso® Mildew Stain Remover Concentrate—65oz. (1.84kg) PRICE BREAK: Each

B

7100 Iosso® Mildew Stain Remover Concentrate—12oz. (340g) PRICE BREAKS: Each | Case (6)

IOSSO® CLEANERS: METAL POLISH

C

A quick and easy application that leaves a brilliant, shiny protective coating. Can be used on brass, copper, chrome, stainless steel, aluminum, magnesium, silver, gold, porcelain, fiberglass, Plexiglas, hard plastics and painted surfaces. D

IOSSO® METAL POLISH C

7109 Iosso® Metal Polish—3oz. (85g) PRICE BREAKS: Each | Case (12)

IOSSO® CLEANERS: SAFE-T-SOLVE® Safe-T-Solve® is a water-based cleaner with no petroleum solvents and is biodegradable. It will penetrate and lift preservative-accumulated cutting fluids, petroleum residues, road tar, graffiti, chewing gum and more. Simply spray or dip the item to be cleaned, then rinse with clean water or wipe with a clean rag. IOSSO® SAFE-T-SOLVE® D

7113 Iosso® Safe-T-Solve®—32oz. (946ml) PRICE BREAKS: Each | Case (6)

IOSSO® DISPLAY This display is designed for retail point of purchase. Includes 12 jars of Mildew Cleaner (#7100), 24 E-Z Snap tubes (#7108), 12 bottles of Seam Sealer (#7106), and 6 bottles of Water Repellant (#7103). Weighs 25lb (11.3kg). IOSSO® ONE-TIER POP DISPLAY E

7116 Iosso® One-Tier POP Display PRICE BREAK: Each

186 /

SPECIALTY SUPPLIES: CLEANERS

E


SOLVENT CLEANERS F

USING COOLEY MAGIC STEP 1: Place the precut stencil of your design over the Cooley Brite™ flexible material. Ensure good adhesive bond, then smooth out bubbles.

G

STEP 2: Once mask is solidly placed, use a soft, white cloth lightly saturated in Cooley Magic to wipe the exposed area until all color is removed. Gently peel the mask off the material. FINAL RESULT: A bold, white graphic image with extremely clear definition and contrast.

HELMITIN SOLVENT/CLEANER F

1141 C699 Solvent/Cleaner—4qt. (3.8L)

LIQUID ERADICANT G

2770

Cooley Magic—1 gal. (3.8L)

C699 solvent/cleaner is a dichloromethane base solvent that can be used to thin out Sluyter’s 478 Foam Adhesive (#1123 and #1124), and other Helmiprene products, as well as to clean equipment used with these and similarly-based adhesives.

Part of the Cooley Brite™ signage system for awnings. This liquid will remove the coloring of Cooley Brite™ Material, leaving behind a pure white substrate allowing you to create designs, logos and lettering on the material.

PRICE BREAKS: Each | Case (4)

PRICE BREAKS: Each | Case (4)

SPECIALTY SUPPLIES: CLEANERS

/ 187


SPECIALTY PROTECTANTS ADHESIVES CLEANERS

CLEANERS (CONT.) A

B

303® CLEANERS C

D

GERMICIDAL CLEANER

303® MULTI-SURFACE CLEANER

This institutional-strength aerosol cleaner provides an easy way to clean, disinfect and deodorize. No scouring or scratching necessary. Use in nursery and sickrooms, for garbage and diaper pails, and any washable surface that requires disinfecting. Needs no rinsing.

Ultimate cleaning power with no residue. Safely brightens and rejuvenates surfaces. Removes oils, grease, ink, liquids and much more! Safe for all water-safe materials.

A

7200

Germicidal Cleaner—19oz. (539zg) PRICE BREAKS: Each | Case (12)

MARINE WINDOW This environmentally safe product eliminates the necessity for multiple cleaners. It safely cleans and protects glass and plastics. It is anti-static and anti-fog, fills in minor scratches and imperfections, protects from salt spray damage and cleans with no streaks or smudging. Use on mirrors, glass, plastics, clear vinyls, Plexiglas, and Lexan. B

7168

C

Klear-to-Sea—16oz. (473ml)

7202

303® Multi-Surface Cleaner—32oz. (950ml) PRICE BREAKS: Each | Case (8)

303® SPOT CLEANER 303® Spot Cleaner is a premium cleaner formulated to remove the most difficult carpet and upholstery stains. It features advanced enzyme action to remove the toughest stains, such as oils, grease, ink, liquids and much more. This product is safe to use on all water-safe materials. D

11047 303® Spot Cleaner—32oz. (950ml) PRICE BREAKS: Each | Case (8)

PRICE BREAKS: Each | Case (12)

USING 303®’s MULTI-SURFACE CLEANER FOR SPOT CLEANING: Use full strength or diluted in a 10:1 (water to 303® Multi-Surface Cleaner) ratio. The dilution ratio can be made more concentrated by decreasing the water quantity. FOR GENERAL CLEANING: Add a cup of the 303® MultiSurface Cleaner to a gallon of warm water. Add more 303® Multi-Surface Cleaner to remove stubborn stains. 188 /

SPECIALTY SUPPLIES: CLEANERS


IMAR CLEANERS E

F

G

H

I

IMAR STRATAGLASS CLEANER AND POLISH

IMAR STAMOID PROTECTIVE CREAM

Both the Strataglass Protective Cleaner (#7090) and Protective Polish (#7091) are formulated to clean, shine and protect Strataglass and the Strataglass scratch-resistant protective coating. Using the Protective Cleaner frequently between polishing will rejuvenate the protective qualities of the Protective Polish.

Cleans, shines and protects marine vinyl. A polymer-based formula designed to protect Stamoid and other vinyl in marine environments, while ensuring the retention of like-new suppleness and luster. With UV protection, static resistance and life-extending plasticizers, this proprietary formulation causes molecular bonding which creates a nearly-invincible protective barrier. Recommended usage ever 2–3 months.

E

7090

Strataglass Protective Cleaner—16oz. (473ml) Special UV inhibitors extend the life of Strataglass by minimizing the deteriorating effects of sunlight. Safe to use daily.

H

7092

PRICE BREAKS: Each | Case (12)

PRICE BREAKS: Each | Case (12) F

7091

Strataglass Protective Polish—16oz. (473ml)

IMAR STAMOID VINYL PROTECTIVE SPRAY

Strataglass Protective Polish is recommended for use every 2–3 months. In areas of high fallout, use ever 4–6 weeks.

Cleans, shines and protects Stamoid Marine vinyl and works equally well on similar vinyl products. UV protection, coupled with the rejuvenation effects of included plasticizers, helps defeat age-induced brittleness and assures a longer product life. Enhances the protective qualities of Stamoid Marine Protective Cream (#7092).

PRICE BREAKS: Each | Case (12) IMAR STAMOID CLEANER Gently but thoroughly cleans Stamoid and other marine vinyls. Frequent use is recommended, particularly in areas of environmental pollution. Application of Stamoid Marine Vinyl Protective Spray (#7094) between cleaning will ensure the vinyl’s like-new appearance. G

7096

#601 Stamoid Vinyl Protective Cream—16oz. (473ml)

I

7094

#602 Stamoid Vinyl Protective Spray—16oz. (473ml) PRICE BREAKS: Each | Case (12)

#603 Stamoid Vinyl Cleaner—16oz. (473ml) PRICE BREAKS: Each | Case (12)

SPECIALTY SUPPLIES: CLEANERS

/ 189


11957 - Ennis Fabrics Catalog Ad_Ennis Fabrics 10/28/14 2:49 PM Page 1

The

Clear Choice When You’re On The Water

Strataglass™ and Crystal Clear 20/20 are the finest pressed coated and non-coated products in the marine industry. Available in 20, 30, 40 and 60 mil. Our quality and durability are why we’re the bestselling brand in the U.S.A. and Canada—the perfect complement to your next boat project. Available at your local canvas supplier or visit our website for distributor locations.

Proud Member of IFAI and MFA


ADHESIVE APPLICATION CHART The following is a quick reference to help select the right product for the right job. The products listed are the manufacturersâ&#x20AC;&#x2122; recommendations. See the full product descriptions throughout the catalogue for more information. NOTE: Some of the products perform more than one function (i.e. clean, polish, protect).

FOAM TO

Product

Part #

Foam

80 Supertrim Adhesive

1041

JEF Bond 99

1119

80 Supertrim Adhesive

1041

JEF Bond 99

1119

JEF Bond 99

1119

EC 2218

1128

VINYL TO

Product

Part #

Fabric

JEF Bond 99

1119

Helmiprene 4510

1139

JEF Bond 3000

1147

JEF Bond 99

1119

Helmiprene 4510

1139

JEF Bond 3000

1147

INDUSTRIAL PVC TO

Product

Part #

PVC

80 Supertrim

1041

HH-66

See p.192

Helmiprene 4510

1139

80 Supertrim

1041

HH-66

1166

EC 2218

1128

Helmiprene 4510

1139

JEF Bond 3000

1147

OUTDOOR/MARINE CARPET TO

Product

Part #

Wood, Metal, or Plastics

80 Supertrim

1041

HH-66

See p.192

Helmiprene 4510

1139

JEF Bond 3000

1147

RUBBER AND LEATHER TO

Product

Part #

Rubber, Leather, Wood, Metal, or Plastics

80 Supertrim

1041

EC 2218

1128

JEF Bond 3000

1147

Fabric Other Surfaces

Wood, Metal, or Plastic

Wood, Metal, or Plastics

TRANSPORTATION OF DANGEROUS GOODS

Some adhesives fall under the Transportation of Dangerous Goods Act. While this does not prohibit the shipping of these items, there are charges incurred by various carriers in order to cover the expense of the administrative and special handling requirements of the act. These items will have a Dangerous Goods Handling Fee attached to them. This fee will vary from carrier to carrier; the Customer Service Center can inform you at the time you place your order of the amount of surcharge, if applicable.

SPECIALTY SUPPLIES: ADHESIVES

/ 191


SPECIALTY PROTECTANTS ADHESIVES

ADHESIVES: MULTI-SURFACE (Fabric, Wood, PVC) FOAM ADHESIVE—BULK A

A non-flammable high-performance neoprene spray-grade contact adhesive designed for versatility. It is fast-drying with high heat resistance and excellent for hand-spraying operations. Excellent bond adhesion to a variety of substrates. Please see p.191 for applications chart. Dries to a natural color. Stainless steel equipment recommended as the solvent will react with aluminum alloys at normal temperatures. Use with our 118 Spray Gun (#1158, P.139) and with our Stainless Steel Kit (#1163, p.139). A

1139

Helmiprene 4510 Adhesive—Natural Color 5 gal. (19L) PRICE BREAK: Each

ADHESIVES: VINYLS VINYL ADHESIVES—HH-66 VINYL CEMENT Specialist in PVC tarpaulin materials. This product features exceptional bond strength. Brushes smooth and dries fast. Ready in minutes. Waterproof, good resistance to weather and temperature extremes, chemicals, oils, fuels and grease. Can be used for fabricating, repairing, sealing stitches/seams, etc. Remains flexible. A superior quality vinyl adhesive that really works. See p.191 for applications chart. -

1169

B

C

HH-66 Adhesive—5gal. (19L) PRICE BREAK: Each

B

1168

E

HH-66 Adhesive—1gal. (3.8L) PRICE BREAKS: Each | Case (6)

C D E

1167 1166 1164

HH-66 Adhesive—1qt. (1.13L) HH-66 Adhesive—8oz. (237ml) HH-66 Adhesive—4oz. (118ml) PRICE BREAKS: Each | Case (12)

-

1181

HH-66 Thinner—1gal. (3.8L) PRICE BREAKS: Each | Case (6)

192 /

SPECIALTY SUPPLIES: ADHESIVES

D


ADHESIVES: TRIM A

B

C

TRIM ADHESIVES A

1041 80 Supertrim Adhesive—18oz. (510g)

D, E

TRIM ADHESIVES—BULK C

1128

Spray adhesive from 3M for rubber and vinyl is a high-strength neoprene contact adhesive. Excellent heat resistance, maintaining strength at temperatures up to 93°C (200°F). For full applications chart, see p.191. Not recommended for polyethylene or polypropylene. Faster drying than traditional contact cements, with a tack range up to 30 minutes. It will not break down with heat or water, so it is ideal for heavy-weight headliners, hood silencer pads and vinyl tops. Contains no ozone-depleting ingredients.

A high-strength adhesive used extensively for auto trims, headliners, door panels or any cloth to metal applications. Known for its long bonding range, rapid rate of strength buildup, high adhesion to steel, high temperature softening point and excellent spray qualities. This product requires a stainless steel tube when spraying. Easily sprayed with our 118 Spray Gun (#1158, p.139). PRICE BREAK: Each D

1147

1119

JEF Bond 99 Trim Adhesive—12oz. (340g) JEF Bond 99’s unique lace spray pattern offers low soak-in for a better, soft, pliable bond. Its fan spray tip allows for controlled placement of the glue. This product is fast-tacking and offers higher temperature resistance than most pressure-sensitive adhesives. For full applications chart, see p.191. Not recommended for nonbacked vinyl fabric. Do not use on plasticized vinyl or copper. Complete directions are listed on the can.

JEF Bond 3000 Adhesive—1.1 gal. (4L) JEF Bond 3000 requires a two-surface application to work material or insufficient solids will compromise the results. An economical alternative to traditional trim adhesives. This product has a shelf-life of one year. Flammable. Do not mix with other adhesives.

PRICE BREAKS: Each | Case (12) B

EC 2218 (No. 5) Adhesive—5 gal. (19 L)

PRICE BREAKS: Each | Case (4) E

1148

JEF Bond 3000 Adhesive—5 gal. (19L) PRICE BREAK: Each

PRICE BREAKS: Each | Case (12)

SPECIALTY SUPPLIES: ADHESIVES

/ 193


Our Home DĂŠcor fabrics feature beautiful colors, patterns and textures. J. Ennis Fabrics offers an always increasing line of high quality products that will suit your every need.


UPHOLSTERY FABRICS


UPHOLSTERY FABRICS

PLAINS & TEXTURES 196 /

UPHOLSTERY FABRICS


ARISTOCRAT

ARISTOCRAT Aristocrat is a multi-purpose 100% polyester fabric with a faux velvet look. This product has a fantastic soft hand, and also features an excellent list of specifications.

66 Linen

6003 Cream

97 Pewter

32 Sky

308 Navy

1008 Eggplant

105 Fuchsia

11 Scarlet

107 Cherry

45 Tangelo

18 Merlot

8009 Chocolate

805 Stone

27 Grass

8004 Truffle

908 Dark Ash

9009 Black

ACT PERFORMANCE INFO:

ABRASION: 80,000+ double rubs BACKING CONTENT: 100% Acrylic Kiss Coat CONTENT: 100% Polyester FIRE RETARDANCY*: MVSS302; NFPA260 Class 1 PILLING: ASTM D3511—Class 5 WIDTH | ROLL SIZE: 55” (140cm) | 55yd (50.2m)

DUEL Duel is a sophisticated solid that melds together chunky texture with the faux linen look. This novelty twist yarn adds strength and softness, while creating depth throughout the color range.

DUEL 6003 Snow

502 Lemon Chiffon

36 Sun Kissed

608 Old Lace

41 Honey Dew

57 Sunflower

34 Turquoise

31 Blue Mist

32 Alice Blue

14 Deep Pink

1009 Thistle

802 Bisque

902 Gainsboro

9003 Dim Grey

9009 Dusk

ACT PERFORMANCE INFO:

ABRASION: 365,000+ double rubs BACKING CONTENT: 100% Acrylic Kiss Coat CONTENT: 65% Polyester, 35% Viscose FIRE RETARDANCY*: CALTB117; NFPA260 Class 1 PILLING: ASTM D3511—Class 3 WIDTH | ROLL SIZE: 56” (142cm) | 50yds (45.7m)

* T his information is offered for general guidance only. It is accurate to the best of our knowledge and is not intended to relieve the user from its responsibility to investigate and understand other pertinent sources of information and to comply with all laws and procedures applicable to the safe handling and use of this material. Please note: T he fabric and supply images displayed may not represent the actual product in its entirety.

UPHOLSTERY FABRICS

/ 197


UPHOLSTERY FABRICS

EXUBERANCE

6003 Cream

66 Sand

59 Corn

Due to the continued popularity of our lineninspired products, Exuberance has been updated with 9 new vibrant colors meant to provide more trendy options. It has a soft hand and features 24 colors that allow the user to achieve an elegant yet laid-back look.

64 Lemon White

502 Butter

405 Aloha

ACT PERFORMANCE INFO:

15 Fuchsia

1009 Plum

14 Desire

105 Lilac

36 Blue

27 Turquoise

202 Mojito

34 Sapphire

3006 Denim

9006 Pewter

205 Moss

6009 Taupe

87 Chocolate

8004 Java

805 Hazel

905 Steel

88 Dark Grey

9009 Caviar

ABRASION: 170,000+ double rubs CONTENT: 15% Linen, 85% Polyester FIRE RETARDANCY*: CALTB117—Section E; MVSS302; NFPA260 PILLING: ASTM D3511—Class 2.5 UV RESISTANCE: AATCC16 Class 4 WIDTH | ROLL SIZE: 55” (140cm) | 50yd (45.7m)

* T his information is offered for general guidance only. It is accurate to the best of our knowledge and is not intended to relieve the user from its responsibility to investigate and understand other pertinent sources of information and to comply with all laws and procedures applicable to the safe handling and use of this material. Please note: T he fabric and supply images displayed may not represent the actual product in its entirety.

198 /

UPHOLSTERY FABRICS


FOUNDATION

FOUNDATION A linen inspired collection with a very organic feel. This fabric takes on new life shown in brighter colors, adding a fun pairing to any accent. Available in 18 colors.

608 Linen

6009 Buff

67 Fawn

4009 Old Gold

8006 Sandlewood

8009 Coffee

202 Hemlock

105 Lilac

102 Radiant Orchid

905 Wind Chime

9003 Steel

3009 Zantium

3003 Air

3006 Denim

108 Rosewood

908 Mud

808 Beaver

9009 Licorice

6003 Cream

57 Straw

608 Sandstone

305 Sky

34 Seaspray

3003 Royal Blue

87 Hazelnut

44 Tangerine

14 Pomegranate

85 Toasted Marshmallow

8002 Harvest

8009 Cocoa

202 Mint

94 Silversmith

908 Steel

ACT PERFORMANCE INFO:

ABRASION:100,000+ double rubs BACKING CONTENT: 100% Polyester CONTENT: 100% Polyester FIRE RETARDANCY*: CALTB117 - Section E; MVSS302; NFPA260 PILLING: ASTM D3511—Class 5 WIDTH | ROLL SIZE: 57” (144.8cm) | 55yd (50.2m)

REMIX Remix is a two-tone upholstery plain pattern made of 100% polyester which imitates the look of canvas. This collection has a sophisticated and diversified body with a rich visual texture. Its high performing specs allow it to be usable within the contract market as well.

REMIX

ACT PERFORMANCE INFO:

ABRASION: 25,000+ double rubs BACKING CONTENT: 100% Acrylic Kiss Coat CONTENT: 100% Polyester FIRE RETARDANCY*: MVSS 302; NFPA260 Class 1 PILLING: ASTM D3511—Class 4 UV RESISTANCE: AATCC16 Class 4 WIDTH | ROLL SIZE: 55” (140cm) | 55yd (50.2m)

9009 Black

UPHOLSTERY FABRICS

/ 199


UPHOLSTERY FABRICS

HEAVENLY Our popular pattern Heavenly has grown its color line and is now available in 38 colors. It is incredibly soft to the touch and comes in a cross hatch chenille texture.

601 Oyster

62 Cream

5577 Sunshine

47 Carmel

805 Safari

902 Pearl

806 Cognac

407 Cinnamon

801 Russet

5006 Butter

44 Melon

41 Copper

21 Mojito

2008 Chartreuse

205 Apple

81 Chrome

202 Sage

26 Olive

90 Ash

8003 Wheat

8002 Cafe Au Lait

8004 Mocha

82 Army

9008 Java

30 Robin’s Egg

97 Cinder

92 Pewter

35 Cornflower

39 Bay

38 Capitol Blue

305 Deep Sea

308 Denim

309 Naval

37 Sapphire

18 Raspberry

17 Mulberry

1008 Plum

9009 Caviar

ACT PERFORMANCE INFO:

ABRASION: 125,000+ double rubs BACKING CONTENT: 100% Acrylic Kiss Coat CONTENT: 100% Polyester FIRE RETARDANCY*: CAL117—Section E; UFAC Class 1; NFPA260 PILLING: ASTM D3511 Class 4.5 UV RESISTANCE: AATCC16 Class 3 WIDTH | ROLL SIZE: 55” (140cm) | 40yd (36.5m)

200 /

UPHOLSTERY FABRICS


HENDRIX

HENDRIX Hendrix is made of complex novelty yarns that create incredible depth and body which make it a great textural addition to flatter any accent pattern.

902 Angel

8003 Haze

67 Ezy

7004 Ocean Wave

3003 Sky

87 Howlin Wolf

8009 Foxy Brown

73 Mary Wind

708 Drifting

205 Herb

74 Fire

7003 Muddy Waters

905 Stepping Stone

908 Water Tower

9009 Black Dust

602 Cornsilk

67 Cosmic Latte

102 Wisteria

9003 Gainsboro

605 Parchment

708 Flattery

608 Beige

405 Pumpkin Spice

44 Celeste Orange

6009 Cocoa

105 Razzmic Berry

1009 Zantium

202 Absinthe

3003 Placid Blue

3006 Denim Blue

17 Chili Red

7003 Seabreeze

9006 Battleship Grey

ACT PERFORMANCE INFO:

ABRASION: 65,000+ double rubs BACKING CONTENT: 100% Acrylic Kiss Coat CONTENT: 100% Polyester FIRE RETARDANCY*: CALTB117; NFPA260 Class 1 PILLING: ASTM D3511—Class 4 WIDTH | ROLL SIZE: 57” (144.78cm) | 55yd (50.2m)

JEFFERY Jeffery incorporates chenille creating more texture and depth within the multi-tone colors. This heavier solid great specifications that make this product ideal for upholstery uses.

JEFFERY

ACT PERFORMANCE INFO:

ABRASION: 80,000+ double rubs BACKING CONTENT: 100% Acrylic Kiss Coat CONTENT: 100% Polyester FIRE RETARDANCY*: CALTB117; MVSS302; NFPA260 Class 1 PILLING: ASTM D3511—Class 5 WIDTH | ROLL SIZE: 56.75” (144.15cm) | 55yd (50.2m)

* T his information is offered for general guidance only. It is accurate to the best of our knowledge and is not intended to relieve the user from its responsibility to investigate and understand other pertinent sources of information and to comply with all laws and procedures applicable to the safe handling and use of this material. Please note: T he fabric and supply images displayed may not represent the actual product in its entirety.

UPHOLSTERY FABRICS

/ 201


UPHOLSTERY FABRICS

JOURNEY Journey displays a faux denim texture throughout it’s color range. Developed using imported Italian yarns for superior strength, softness and sheen, this lightweight fabric comes in a trend-forward range of colors to suit all your upholstery application needs. ACT PERFORMANCE INFO:

JOURNEY 602 Ivory White

602 Ivory

802 Tuscan Tan

902 Earth Grey

67 Buff

8006 Cinnamon Brown

81 Camel

806 Latte

85 Army Brown

305 Acid Wash

3003 Dazzling

3006 Denim

102 Cotton Candy

1009 Violet

37 Gunmetal

34 Seabreeze

92 Ash

97 Steel

904 Rich Grey

908 Charcoal

ABRASION: 125,000+ double rubs BACKING CONTENT: 100% Acrylic Kiss Coat CONTENT: 100% Polyester FIRE RETARDANCY*: CALTB117—Section E; NFPA701; NFPA260 PILLING: ASTM D3511—Class 5 WIDTH | ROLL SIZE: 55” (140cm) | 55yd (50.2m)

LOFT Loft is a 100% polyester upholstery fabric with a soft hand imitating the feel of velvet. Added to this look is a denim heathered face creating interest. Loft is available in 13 stylish colors. ACT PERFORMANCE INFO:

ABRASION: 100,000+ double rubs

LOFT 606 Sandy Brown

805 Quarry

28 Cactus

22 Grass

34 Aqua

87 Fudge

88 Gunmetal

305 Slate Blue

109 Wine

99 Cement

85 Charcoal

807 Cocoa

BACKING CONTENT: 100% Polyester CONTENT: 100% Polyester FIRE RETARDANCY*: CALTB117; UFAC Class 1; NFPA260 Class 1 PILLING: ASTM D3511—Class 4 WIDTH | ROLL SIZE: 55” (140cm) | 55yd (50.2m)

202 /

UPHOLSTERY FABRICS

9009 Black


LOUIS

LOUIS Louis is a twist on traditional basket weaves with a great hand feel. The novelty yarns used give dimension and provides complementing color mixes.

6003 Snow

902 Gainsboro

608 Old Lace

31 Crashing Blue

7003 Blue Wash

3003 Denim Blue

9003 Dim Grey

93 Wind

9006 Graphite

77 Mineral Mix

37 Teal Mix

34 Turquoise

36 Sun Kissed

5009 Gold Twist

41 Apricot

17 Fire

908 Dominos

9009 Jet Black

6003 Cream

66 Linen

8009 Chocolate

205 Olive

27 Grass

87 Chestnut

46 Tangerine

15 Ruby

308 Navy

908 Gravel

902 Stone

107 Eggplant

97 Charcoal

9009 Ink

ACT PERFORMANCE INFO:

ABRASION: 440,000+ double rubs BACKING CONTENT: 100% Acrylic Kiss Coat CONTENT: 100% Polyester FIRE RETARDANCY*: CALTB117 PILLING: ASTM D3511—Class 3 WIDTH | ROLL SIZE: 56” (142cm) | 50 yards (45.7m)

MEDINA Medina is a 100% polyester multipurpose fabric. Its interesting texture gives the pattern the decorative look and feel of linen, while remaining incredibly functional and durable due to the following key specifications:

MEDINA

ACT PERFORMANCE INFO:

ABRASION: 34,000+ double rubs BACKING CONTENT: 100% Acrylic Kiss Coat CONTENT: 100% Polyester FIRE RETARDANCY*: NFPA 260 Class 1 PILLING: ASTM D3511—Class 4 UV RESISTANCE: AATCC16 Class 4 WIDTH | ROLL SIZE: 57” (144.78cm) | 50yd (45.7m) * T his information is offered for general guidance only. It is accurate to the best of our knowledge and is not intended to relieve the user from its responsibility to investigate and understand other pertinent sources of information and to comply with all laws and procedures applicable to the safe handling and use of this material. Please note: T he fabric and supply images displayed may not represent the actual product in its entirety.

UPHOLSTERY FABRICS

/ 203


UPHOLSTERY FABRICS

SUEDES & VELVETS 204 /

UPHOLSTERY FABRICS


IRRESISTIBLE Irresistible has a soft touch and texture. Excellent strength and beautiful draping quality make this a natural choice for upholstery, drapery, or top-of-bed. It is a perfect multipurpose fabric with an extensive 35 colors.

67 Parchment

8003 Tan

2007 Khaki

57 Sunflower

5577 Golden Yellow

508 Nugget

81 Latte

802 Driftwood

833 Saddle

8877 Espresso

8009 Mocha

87 Chestnut

405 Cider

8006 Saffron

808 Terracotta

44 Carrot

14 Crimson

108 Port

305 Royal Blue

37 Chambray

3006 Dusk Blue

31 Ice Blue

366 Indigo

308 Navy

202 Pistachio

21 Leaf Green

205 Sage

97 Stainless Steel

9006 Pewter

27 Olive

91 Platinum

902 Old Silver

908 Grey

99 Graphite

9009 Black

ACT PERFORMANCE INFO:

ABRASION: 40,000+ double rubs BACKING CONTENT: 100% Polyester CONTENT: 100% Polyester FIRE RETARDANCY*: CALTB117; MVSS302; NFPA260 Class 1; UFAC Class 1 PILLING: ASTM D3511 - Class 4.5 WIDTH | ROLL SIZE: 54â&#x20AC;? (137cm) | 50yd (45.7m)

* T his information is offered for general guidance only. It is accurate to the best of our knowledge and is not intended to relieve the user from its responsibility to investigate and understand other pertinent sources of information and to comply with all laws and procedures applicable to the safe handling and use of this material. Please note: T he fabric and supply images displayed may not represent the actual product in its entirety.

UPHOLSTERY FABRICS

/ 205


UPHOLSTERY FABRICS

LUSCIOUS Luscious is a luxurious upholstery collection of true cut pile poly-cotton velvet that has a beautiful soft hand.

602 Ivory

66 Maple Cream

607 Stone

502 Sunset

15 Dusty Rose

804 Desert

105 Blush

14 Scarlet

107 Antique Red

48 Mandarin

17 Burgundy

3009 Deep Purple

21 Willow

27 Loden

82 Army

202 Water

302 Light Blue

38 Indigo

86 Coffee

87 Cocoa

89 Toblerone

90 Graphite

95 Charcoal

91 Smoke

ACT PERFORMANCE INFO:

ABRASION: 120,000+ double rubs CONTENT: 65% Polyester, 35% Cotton FIRE RETARDANCY*: CALTB117; NFPA260 Class 1 PILLING: ASTM D3511 - Class 5 WIDTH | ROLL SIZE: 55â&#x20AC;? (140cm) | 40yd (36.5m)

9009 Black

206 /

UPHOLSTERY FABRICS


ROYAL Royal’s rich texture and color immediately adds softness and warmth to any room. It is a faux velvet with slight mottled effect in stunning modern and traditional colors. If features bright, fresh colors like hot pink, tangerine, and blue shock for fun and contemporary looks, as well as classic velvet colors like red wine, burgundy, and blush for refined classic pieces.

67 Cream

6003 Linen

6009 Sand

8 Light Brown

87 Chocolate

8009 Deep Brown

14 Poppy Red

17 Burgundy

108 Red Wine

19 Hot Pink

45 Tangerine

4006 Henna

35 Seabreeze

5009 Butter

18 Blush

28 Celery

24 Light Green

27 Avocado

34 Steel Blue

37 Ocean

308 Midnight Blue

36 Blue Shock

84 Pewter

90 Charcoal

ACT PERFORMANCE INFO:

ABRASION: 28,000+ double rubs BACKING CONTENT: 50% Cotton, 50% Polyester CONTENT: 100% Polyester FIRE RETARDANCY*: CALTB 117-Section E 2013; NFPA260 Class 1 PILLING: ASTM D3511—Class 4.5 WIDTH | ROLL SIZE: 57” (144.78 cm) | 50yd (45.7m)

9009 Black

* T his information is offered for general guidance only. It is accurate to the best of our knowledge and is not intended to relieve the user from its responsibility to investigate and understand other pertinent sources of information and to comply with all laws and procedures applicable to the safe handling and use of this material. Please note: T he fabric and supply images displayed may not represent the actual product in its entirety.

UPHOLSTERY FABRICS

/ 207


UPHOLSTERY FABRICS

URBAN Urban is a soft and vibrant velvet with the performance for today’s way of living. This chic and strong pattern is available in 24 colors.

602 Ivory

502 Butter Cream

6009 Taupe

802 Driftwood

86 Saddle

87 Chocolate

8009 Mocha

8004 Truffle

308 Navy

302 Slate

31 Ocean

99 Graphite

201 Peridot

2006 Lima Bean

21 Olive

205 Limelight

208 Basil

1009 Grape

47 Cinnamon

17 Berry

108 Bordeaux

405 Rust

14 Flame Red

9009 Midnight

ACT PERFORMANCE INFO:

ABRASION: 100,000+ double rubs BACKING CONTENT: 20% Cotton, 80% Polyester CONTENT: 100% Polyester FIRE RETARDANCY*: CALIF117-Section E; UFAC 1 PILLING: ASTM D3511—Class 4 UV RESISTANCE: AATCC16 Class 3.5 WIDTH | ROLL SIZE: 57” (144.7cm) | 50yd (45.7m)

* T his information is offered for general guidance only. It is accurate to the best of our knowledge and is not intended to relieve the user from its responsibility to investigate and understand other pertinent sources of information and to comply with all laws and procedures applicable to the safe handling and use of this material. Please note: T he fabric and supply images displayed may not represent the actual product in its entirety.

208 /

UPHOLSTERY FABRICS


h om e e. smart, stylish, right at

SunbrellaÂŽ is a registered trademark of Glen Raven, Inc.

See how SunbrellaÂŽ meets the challenges of beach, sun and fun in the Perspective Web series. Join us at sunbrella.com/beachhouse. UPHOLSTERY FABRICS

/ 209


UPHOLSTERY FABRICS

PU/BONDED 210 /

UPHOLSTERY FABRICS


ABILENE Abilene has a deep grain giving a rustic feel to contract seating and upholstery PU.

ABILENE 606 Honey

8006 Walnut

8009 Amber

807 Oak

808 Bark

9009 Black

66 Cloud

6003 Cream

6010 Moccasin

810 Saddle

8020 Mahogany

8009 Java

8019 Satchel

1016 Canyon

1373 Flame

ACT PERFORMANCE INFO:

ABRASION: 515,000+ double rubs BACKING CONTENT: 35% Cotton, 65% Polyester CONTENT: 100% Polyurethane (PU) COLD CRACK: -40°C (-40°F) FIRE RETARDANCY*: CALIF117—Section E; MVSS302; NFPA260 Class 1 SEAM SLIPPAGE: ASTM-D4034; F69 x W104 LBF UV RESISTANCE: AATCC16 Class 4.5 WIDTH | ROLL SIZE: 54” (137cm) | 40yd (36.5m)

AMARILLO The subtle stone print helps bring out multi tones while remaining a classic grain.

AMARILLO

ACT PERFORMANCE INFO:

ABRASION: 200,000+ double rubs BACKING CONTENT: 35% Cotton, 65% Polyester CONTENT: 100% Polyurethane (PU) COLD CRACK: -40°C (-40°F) FIRE RETARDANCY*: CALIF117—Section E; MVSS302; NFPA260 Class 1

9009 Black

UV RESISTANCE: AATCC16 Class 4.5 WIDTH | ROLL SIZE: 54” (137cm) | 40yd (36.5m)

* T his information is offered for general guidance only. It is accurate to the best of our knowledge and is not intended to relieve the user from its responsibility to investigate and understand other pertinent sources of information and to comply with all laws and procedures applicable to the safe handling and use of this material. Please note: T he fabric and supply images displayed may not represent the actual product in its entirety.

UPHOLSTERY FABRICS

/ 211


UPHOLSTERY FABRICS

AUSTIN Austin provides a subtle stone print giving this bonded PU depth in the grain. The leather bonded backing gives the touch and illusion of real leather. ACT PERFORMANCE INFO:

ABRASION: 200,000+ double rubs

AUSTIN 66 Cloud

6003 Cream

6010 Moccasin

810 Saddle

8019 Satchel

8020 Mahogany

1373 Flame

1016 Canyon

8009 Java

6003 Beige

6009 Taupe

606 Tan

8009 Amber

89 Tobacco

87 Beaver

909 Charcoal

9009 Dusk

BACKING CONTENT: 29% Cotton, 16% Leather, 55% Polyester CONTENT: 100% Polyurethane (PU)

9009 Black

COLD CRACK: -30°C (-22°F) FIRE RETARDANCY*: CALIF117—Section E; MVSS302; NFPA260 Class 1 UV RESISTANCE: AATCC16 Class 5 WIDTH | ROLL SIZE: 54” (137cm) | 30yd (27.4m)

CLARO A Soft PU with a sand stone grain allowing a unique textural look.

CLARO

ACT PERFORMANCE INFO:

ABRASION: 115,000+ double rubs BACKING CONTENT: 35% Cotton, 65% Polyester CONTENT: 100% Polyurethane (PU) FIRE RETARDANCY*: CALTB117—Section E 2013; MVSS302; NFPA260 Class 1 UV RESISTANCE: AATCC16 Class 5 WIDTH | ROLL SIZE: 54” (137cm) | 40yd (36.5m)

212 /

UPHOLSTERY FABRICS


SHIMMER A modern bonded leather PU with a subtle pearl sheen.

SHIMMER 600 Pearl

650 Gold

405 Copper

500 Nickel

900 Sterling

400 Bronze

ACT PERFORMANCE INFO:

ABRASION: 100,000+ double rubs BACKING CONTENT: 27% Cotton, 18% Leather, 55% Polyester CONTENT: 100% Polyurethane (PU) FIRE RETARDANCY*: MVSS302; NFPA260 Class 1 WIDTH | ROLL SIZE: 54” (137cm) | 30yd (27.4m)

TEXAS

TEXAS

Texas is a bonded leather PU with a very sophisticated grain, allowing it to be versatile for any project.

66 White

6003 Chamois

6010 Buckskin

ACT PERFORMANCE INFO:

5666 Dove Grey

5708 Granite

810 Bridle

8020 Chocolate

8009 Dark Brown

8019 Brown

1373 Red

1016 Burgundy

9009 Black

ABRASION: 300,000+ double rubs BACKING CONTENT: 29% Cotton, 16% Leather, 55% Polyester CONTENT: 100% Polyurethane (PU) COLD CRACK: -40°C (-40°F) FIRE RETARDANCY*: MVSS302; NFPA260 Class 1 UV RESISTANCE: AATCC Class 4.5 WIDTH | ROLL SIZE: 54” (137cm) | 30yd (27.4 m)

* T his information is offered for general guidance only. It is accurate to the best of our knowledge and is not intended to relieve the user from its responsibility to investigate and understand other pertinent sources of information and to comply with all laws and procedures applicable to the safe handling and use of this material. Please note: T he fabric and supply images displayed may not represent the actual product in its entirety.

UPHOLSTERY FABRICS

/ 213


UPHOLSTERY FABRICS

TURNER Turner brings an incredibly soft hand to contract seating and upholstery. 100% polyurethane, Turner is designed for a soft touch but with the strength and durability for high usage areas. Available in 26 of the trendiest colors. ACT PERFORMANCE INFO:

3822 White

61 Vanilla

6003 Cream

605 Parchment

3948 Taupe

608 Sandstone

37 Lagoon

3003 Pacific Blue

3006 Navy

54 Citron

205 Sprig

1009 Plum

14 Rust

17 Garnet

108 Wine

84 Earth

87 Chestnut

805 Bisque

802 Tan

808 Mocha

8020 Chocolate

9003 Grey

6009 Chinchilla

11 Brick

905 Steel

9009 Black

ABRASION RESISTANCE: 500,000+ double rubs BACKING CONTENT: 30% Cotton, 70% Polyester CONTENT: 100% Polyurethane (PU) COLD CRACK: -40°C (-40°F) FIRE RETARDANCY*: CAL117—Section E; MVSS302; UFAC Class 1; NFPA260 UV RESISTANCE: AATCC16 Class 4.5 WIDTH | ROLL SIZE: 54” (137cm) | 30yd (27.4m)

* T his information is offered for general guidance only. It is accurate to the best of our knowledge and is not intended to relieve the user from its responsibility to investigate and understand other pertinent sources of information and to comply with all laws and procedures applicable to the safe handling and use of this material. Please note: T he fabric and supply images displayed may not represent the actual product in its entirety.

214 /

UPHOLSTERY FABRICS


CONTRACT UPHOLSTERY

Performance & Durability

UPHOLSTERY FABRICS

/ 215


UPHOLSTERY FABRICS

PVC 216 /

UPHOLSTERY FABRICS


SEALSKIN Sealskin is an upholstery vinyl with superb abrasion, high cold crack and fire resistance. It also features four-way stretch and great elongation. These high-quality upholstery specifications only serve to enhance the fabric’s soft touch and great hand. Sealskin comes in 37 popular solids for all your upholstery needs.

61 Mystic White

66 Adobe White

68 Parchment

67 Bone

81 Bisque

6009 Taupe

905 Seagull

99 Dove

21 Moss

202 Sage

22 Dusty Jade

8009 Bronze

84 Oak

8006 Cinnamon

808 Mocha

405 Rust

111 Claret

1111 Burgundy

16 Mauve

161 Tea Rose

108 Plum

11 American Beauty

505 Sun Yellow

23 Grotto

34 Turquoise

222 Forest

24 Dark Aqua

31 Baltic Mist

37 Slate Blue

393 Blue Ridge

3 Royal

333 Regimental Blue

3333 Imperial Blue

97 Slate

1009 Amethyst

2009 Yew Green

ACT PERFORMANCE INFO:

ABRASION: 100,000+ double rubs CONTENT: 100% PVC (Polyvinyl Chloride) COLD CRACK: -28°C (-18°F) FIRE RETARDANCY*: CAL117—Section E; MVSS302; NFPA260 Class 1; UFAC Class 1. UV RESISTANCE: AATCC16 Class 4.5. WIDTH | ROLL SIZE: 54” (137cm) | 30yd (27.4m)

* T his information is offered for general guidance only. It is accurate to the best of our knowledge and is not intended to relieve the user from its responsibility to investigate and understand other pertinent sources of information and to comply with all laws and procedures applicable to the safe handling and use of this material.

77 Black

Please note: T he fabric and supply images displayed may not represent the actual product in its entirety.

UPHOLSTERY FABRICS

/ 217


UPHOLSTERY FABRICS

TALLADEGA

61 White

66 Off White

608 Sand

Talladega is a contract-rated 100% PVC product with a knitted backing. It brings great quality and value pricing together in 24 stocked colors. Talladega features exceptional abrasion resistance and 4-way stretch, along with great cold crack and fire retardancy.

68 Buttermilk

605 Doe

47 Cinnamon

ACT PERFORMANCE INFO:

81 Camel

84 Sandstone

6 Brown

14 Red

405 Rust

808 Espresso

302 Copen

3006 Royal

3333 Indigo

2 Spruce

108 Wine

1009 Purple

908 Charcoal

1111 Burgundy

2009 Forest

9003 Grey Mist

905 Grey

9009 Black

ABRASION: 100,000+ double rubs BACKING CONTENT: 100% Polyester CONTENT: 100% Polyvinyl Chloride (PVC) COLD CRACK: -30°C (-22°F) FIRE RETARDANCY*: CALIF 117—Section E; MVSS302; NFPA260 Class 1; UFAC Class 1 UV RESISTANCE: AATCC16 Class 4 WIDTH | ROLL SIZE: 54” (137cm) | 30yd (27.4m)

WE ALSO CARRY

* T his information is offered for general guidance only. It is accurate to the best of our knowledge and is not intended to relieve the user from its responsibility to investigate and understand other pertinent sources of information and to comply with all laws and procedures applicable to the safe handling and use of this material. Please note: T he fabric and supply images displayed may not represent the actual product in its entirety.

218 /

UPHOLSTERY FABRICS


Check out our

Upholstery Legs

See p.263â&#x20AC;&#x201C;267

UPHOLSTERY FABRICS

/ 219


Our line includes over 3,000 supplies for Home DĂŠcor, Contract and Specialty. We carry everything from adhesives to zippers for all your project needs in one location.


UPHOLSTERY SUPPLIES


FOAM & PADDING


FOAM

N

SEW FOAM Our J. Ennis Fabrics Sew Foam is a regular roll of firm foam with a Cerex backing applied. This is suitable for quilting applications without using a separate backing material. A real time-saver on stitched seat panels. Constructed from 100% polyurethane for a pliable, pink foam. Great also for molding and shaping. A A

4371 4365

¼” x 58” x 60’—Pink ½” x 58” x 60’—Pink PRICE BREAKS: Roll (60’)

Please see p.244 for Foam Cutters. A

UPHOLSTERY SUPPLIES: SEW FOAM: WEST

/ 223


UPHOLSTERY FOAM

DID YOU KNOW? When selecting the right foam for the job, a general rule of thumb to go by is that as density increases, so does the quality of foam.

FOAM: WEST Dimensions & Part #

224 /

Price Breaks

-

Poly Foam Chips

-

4949

Each | Bag (20lb/100lb)

-

Regular

1” x 54” x 72” 2” x 54” x 72” 3” x 54” x 72” 4” x 54” x 72” 1” x 54” x 72” 1” x 50” x 72”

4349 4350 4351 4352 4353 4356

Sheet | Bundle (12) Sheet | Bundle (7) Sheet | Bundle (5) Sheet | Bundle (4) Sheet | Bundle (3) Sheet | Bundle (10)

-

Regular Foam Rolls (Edmonton only)

¼” x 54” x 50’ ½” x 54” x 50’

4364 1” x 54” x 50’ 4366 2” x 54” x 25’

-

R 45

1” x 54” x 80” 2” x 54” x 80” 3” x 54” x 80” 4” x 54” x 80”

4354 4385 4386 4357

Sheet | Bundle (12) Sheet | Bundle (7) Sheet | Bundle (5) Sheet | Bundle (4)

-

R 45 Foam Bolster

6” x 26” 8” x 26”

4397 4398

Each | Bundle (10)

-

H 100 Grey (Edmonton only)

½” x 72” x 50’ 1” x 72” x 50’

4374 4375

Roll (50’ / 15.2 m)

-

K 126 Grey

½” x 24” x 72” 2” x 24” x 72”

4433 1” x 24” x 72” 4437

-

Mattress

6” x 39” x 75” 6” x 54” x 75”  6” x 60” x 80”

4416 Single 4417 Double 4418 Queen

A

Convoluted Foam

1¼”–1½” x 54” x 75” 4424 1¼”–1½” x 60” x 80” 4425

UPHOLSTERY SUPPLIES: FOAM WEST

4367 4368

4435

Each | Roll

Sheet | Bundle (12) Sheet | Bundle (7)

Sheet | Bundle (3)

Sheet | Bundle (6) Sheet | Bundle (6)


Description

Compression lb.

Density lb./ft.3

Shredded foam chips for loose fill applications. Sold in 20lb bags.

Various

Various

Industry standard grade for general purpose polyurethane foam. Not recommended for seating. Suitable applications include chair backs, padding and bolstering. F.R: CALTB117-2013

34–40

1.3

Polyurethane foam. Not recommended for seating. Suitable applications include chair backs, padding and bolstering. F.R: CALTB117-2013

34–40

1.3

Minimum recommended grade for residential seating. F.R: CALTB117-2013

41–47

1.5

40

1.5

95–105

1.8

The firmest open cell foam available. A suitable application for gun cases, protective packaging, instrument packaging and other similar high impact applications. F.R: CALTB117-2013

125

2.0

Medium compression with a 5 year replacement warranty. NOTE: Courier shipments are sent at customers’ risk. F.R: CALTB117-2013

28–32

2.0

-

2.0

A cylindrical shaped bolster made of seating grade foam to fabricate bolster cushions. F.R: CALTB117-2013 Extra firm foam. May be used as a lining for instrument cases and other similar high impact applications. F.R: CALTB117-2013

¾” convoluted. Gives added plushness and creates some air flow on your mattress for better cooling and comfort. F.R: CALTB117-2013

Please see p.244 for Foam Cutters.

A

UPHOLSTERY SUPPLIES: FOAM WEST

/ 225


UPHOLSTERY FOAM

FOAM: WEST (CONT.) Dimensions & Part # -

Duron 766 X-Firm

1” x 24” x 72” 2” x 24” x 72” 3” x 24” x 72” 4” x 24” x 72”

4414 4415 4432 4568

-

Duron 639 Firm

1” x 24” x 80” 2” x 24” x 80” 3” x 24” x 80” 4” x 24” x 80” 5” x 24” x 80”

4441 4408 4411 4412 4413

-

Duron 533 Medium

4” x 54” x 72” 5” x 24” x 80”

4410 6” x 24” x 72” 4542

A

Duron 426 Soft

2” x 24” x 80” 3” x 24” x 80” 4” x 24” x 80”

4403 4404 4405

Sheet | Bundle (12) Sheet | Bundle (7) Sheet | Bundle (5) Sheet | Bundle (4) 1” x 60” x 80” 2” x 60” x 80” 3” x 60” x 80” 4” x 60” x 80” 5” x 60” x 80”

4434 4436 4438 4439 4440 4543 4” x 24” x 80”

Sheet | Bundle (12) Sheet | Bundle (7) Sheet | Bundle (5) Sheet | Bundle (4) Sheet | Bundle (3) 4467 Sheet | Bundle (4) Sheet | Bundle (3) Sheet | Bundle (7) Sheet | Bundle (5) Sheet | Bundle (4)

B Blue Foam Firm 1” x 22” x 80”4469 1” x 60” x 80”4473 2” x 22” x 80”4470 2” x 60” x 80”4474 3” x 22” x 80”4471 3” x 60” x 80”4475 4” x 22” x 80”4472

Sheet | Bundle (12) Sheet | Bundle (7) Sheet | Bundle (5) Sheet | Bundle (4) Sheet | Bundle (12) Sheet | Bundle (7) Sheet | Bundle (5) Sheet | Bundle (4) Sheet | Bundle (3)

-

Blue Foam Medium

1” x 22” x 80”4476 2” x 22” x 80”4477 3” x 22” x 80”4478 4” x 22” x 80”4479 5” x 22” x 80”4480

-

Qualux 46 Firm

1” x 22” x 80” 2” x 22” x 80” 3” x 22” x 80” 4” x 22” x 80” 5” x 22” x 80”

4230 4231 4232 4233 4234

C

Qualux 34 Medium

1” x 22” x 80” 2” x 22” x 80” 3” x 22” x 80” 4” x 22” x 80” 5” x 22” x 80”

4224 4225 4226 4227 4228

Sheet | Bundle (12) Sheet | Bundle (7) Sheet | Bundle (5) Sheet | Bundle (4) Sheet | Bundle (3)

Qualux 25 Soft

2” x 22” x 80” 3” x 22” x 80” 4” x 22” x 80”

4218 4219 4220

Sheet | Bundle (7) Sheet | Bundle (5) Sheet | Bundle (4)

2” x 30” x 80”

4394

Each | Bundle (5)

1” x 24” x 72” 4” x 24” x 72”

4388 2” x 24” x 72” 4391

D Visco Elastic (Slow Recovery Foam) E

226 /

Price Breaks

Rebond

UPHOLSTERY SUPPLIES: FOAM WEST

½” x 24” x 80” 2” x 24” x 80” 3” x 24” x 80” 4” x 24” x 80”

4259 4266 4267 4268

4389 3” x 24” x 72”

Sheet | Bundle (12) Sheet | Bundle (7) Sheet | Bundle (5) Sheet | Bundle (4) Sheet | Bundle (3)

4390 Sheet | Bundle (5) Sheet | Bundle (4)


HIGH QUALITY FOAM WITH REPLACEMENT WARRANTY Duron Foam has a 5-year replacement warranty under normal service. Please inquire for details.

Qualux Foam has a 10-year replacement warranty provided by J. Ennis Fabrics. Please inquire for details.

Description

Blue Foam has a 10-year replacement warranty provided by J. Ennis Fabrics. Please inquire for details.

Compression lb.

Density lb./ft.3

This is a high performance foam for residential and performance applications. Also a suitable application for benches, heavy equipment seating, etc. F.R: CALTB117-2013

52–62

2.2

A suitable application for firm seating. F.R: CALTB117-2013

52–62

A suitable application for medium seating. F.R: CALTB117-2013

28–34

2.2

A suitable application for chair backs or soft seating. F.R: CALTB117-2013

21–27

2.2

A suitable application for firm seating. F.R: CALTB117-2013

65–75

2.4-2.5

A suitable application for medium seating. F.R: CALTB117-2013

65–75

2.4-2.5

D

2.2 D

A

A suitable application for firm seating. F.R: CALTB117-2013

41–46

2.8

A suitable application for medium seating. F.R: CALTB117-2013

34–40

2.8

A suitable application for soft seating and chair backs. F.R: CALTB117-2013

19–25

2.8

Recovery time is 15–40 seconds. Applications include chiropractic tables, wheelchairs and mattress toppers. F.R: CALTB117-2013

40

2.9

-

5.0

B

Foam chips mixed with a high percentage of adhesive under pressure creating a firm, dense foam. Suitable applications include heavy equipment seats, snowmobiles, any applications requiring a dense, firm foam. F.R: CALTB117-2013

Please see p.244 for Foam Cutters.

C

E

UPHOLSTERY SUPPLIES: FOAM WEST

/ 227


UPHOLSTERY FOAM

FOAM: EAST Dimensions & Part #

228 /

Price Breaks

-

Poly Foam Chips

-

4949

Each | Bag (20lb/100lb)

-

Regular

1” x 24” x 72” 2” x 24” x 72” 3” x 24” x 72” 4” x 24” x 72”

4620 4625 4630 4635

Sheet | Bundle (12) Sheet | Bundle (7) Sheet | Bundle (5) Sheet | Bundle (4)

-

Regular Foam Rolls (Toronto only)

¼” x 54” x 48’ ½” x 54” x 48’ 1” x 54” x 48’

4369 4370 4372

Each | Roll

-

Supersoft

3” x 22” x 74” 4” x 22” x 74”

4637 4638

Sheet | Bundle (5) Sheet | Bundle (4)

-

R 45 Foam Bolster

6” x 26” 8” x 26”

4397 4398

Each | Bundle (10)

-

Ultra Cell 1.8 Firm

2” x 24” x 88” 3” x 24” x 88” 4” x 24” x 88”

4666 4667 4668

Sheet | Bundle (6) Sheet | Bundle (5) Sheet | Bundle (4)

-

Curon C45

1” x 22” x 88”4663 2” x 22” x 88”4664 3” x 22” x 88”4665 4” x 22” x 88”4669 4” x 24” x 88”4678 5” x 22” x 88”4671 4” x 26” x 88”4677

-

Curon C35

3” x 24” x 88” 4” x 22” x 88” 6” x 22” x 88”

4674 4675 5” x 22” x 88” 4683 6” x 26” x 88”

4676 5” x 26” x 88” 4684

Sheet | Bundle (5) 4682 Sheet | Bundle (3) Sheet | Bundle (3)

-

Curon C25

4” x 22” x 88” 5” x 22” x 88”

4660 4661 6” x 26” x 88”

4681 5” x 26” x 88”

Sheet | Bundle (4) 4679 Sheet | Bundle (3)

UPHOLSTERY SUPPLIES: FOAM EAST

Sheet | Bundle (12) Sheet | Bundle (7) Sheet | Bundle (5) Sheet | Bundle (4) Sheet | Bundle (3)


HIGH QUALITY FOAM WITH REPLACEMENT WARRANTY Curon Foam has a 5-year replacement warranty under normal service. Please inquire for details.

Description

Compression lb.

Density lb./ft.3

Shredded foam chips for loose fill applications. Sold in 20lb bags.

Various

Various

Industry standard grade for general purpose polyurethane foam. Not recommended for seating. Suitable applications include chair backs, padding and bolstering. F.R: CALTB117-2013

28–34

1.0

Polyurethane foam. Not recommended for seating. Suitable applications include chair backs, padding and bolstering. F.R: CALTB117-2013

28–34

1.0

Very soft and supple. Too soft for seat use by itself but perfect for laminating with denser foams to give initial plushness followed by firm support. F.R: CALTB117-2013

15–20

1.1

40

1.5

It is wider for larger cushions. F.R: CALTB117-2013

41–46

1.8

This is a high performance foam for residential and contract applications. Suitable for firm seating. F.R: CALTB117-2013

55–65

2.0

Suitable for medium seating. F.R: CALTB117-2013

36–42

2.0

Suitable for soft seating. F.R: CALTB117-2013

31–35

2.0

A cylindrical shaped bolster made of seating grade foam to fabricate bolster cushions. F.R: CALTB117-2013

Please see p.244 for Foam Cutters.

UPHOLSTERY SUPPLIES: FOAM EAST

/ 229


UPHOLSTERY FOAM

FOAM: EAST (CONT.) Dimensions & Part # -

Blue Foam Firm 1” x 22” x 88”4481 2” x 22” x 88”4482

Sheet | Bundle (12) Sheet | Bundle (7)

-

Blue Foam Medium

3” x 22” x 88”4483 4” x 22” x 88”4484 5” x 22” x 88”4485 4” x 26” x 88”4486 5” x 26” x 88”4487

Sheet | Bundle (5) Sheet | Bundle (4) Sheet | Bundle (4)

-

Blue Foam Soft

4” x 22” x 88”4488 4” x 26” x 88”4490 5” x 22” x 88”4489 5” x 26” x 88”4491

Sheet | Bundle (4)

-

Qualux 41 Firm

1” x 22” x 88” 2” x 22” x 88” 3” x 22” x 88” 4” x 22” x 88” 5” x 22” x 88”

4727 4728 4729 4730 4731

Sheet | Bundle (12) Sheet | Bundle (7) Sheet | Bundle (5) Sheet | Bundle (4) Sheet | Bundle (3)

-

Qualux 31 Medium

2” x 22” x 88” 3” x 22” x 88” 4” x 22” x 88” 5” x 22” x 88”

4722 4723 4725 4726

Sheet | Bundle (7) Sheet | Bundle (5) Sheet | Bundle (4) Sheet | Bundle (3)

-

Qualux 26 Soft

4” x 22” x 88” 5” x 22” x 88”

4719 4720

Sheet | Bundle (4) Sheet | Bundle (3)

-

Visco Elastic (Slow Recovery Foam)

2” x 30” x 80”

4394

Each | Bundle (5)

-

Rebond

1” x 24” x 72” 2” x 24” x 72” 3” x 24” x 72” 4” x 24” x 72”

4640 4645 4650 4655

Sheet | Bundle (12) Sheet | Bundle (7) Sheet | Bundle (5) Sheet | Bundle (4)

DID YOU KNOW? When selecting the right foam for the job, a general rule of thumb to go by is that as density increases, so does the quality of foam.

230 /

Price Breaks

UPHOLSTERY SUPPLIES: FOAM EAST


HIGH QUALITY FOAM WITH REPLACEMENT WARRANTY Qualux Foam has a 10-year Blue Foam has a 10-year replacement replacement warranty provided by warranty provided by J. Ennis Fabrics. J. Ennis Fabrics. Please inquire for details. Please inquire for details.

Description

Compression lb.

Density lb./ft.3

Suitable for firm seating. F.R: CALTB117-2013

65–75

2.5

Suitable for medium seating. F.R: CALTB117-2013

45–55

2.5

Suitable for soft seating. F.R: CALTB117-2013

32-38

2.5

Suitable for firm seating. F.R: CALTB117-2013

41–46

2.8

Suitable for medium seating. F.R: CALTB117-2013

34–40

2.8

Suitable for soft seating. F.R: CALTB117-2013

19–25

2.8

40

2.9

-

5.0

Recovery time is 15–40 seconds. Applications include chiropractic tables, wheelchairs and mattress toppers. F.R: CALTB117-2013 Foam chips mixed with a high percentage of adhesives under pressure creating a firm, dense foam. Suitable applications include heavy equipment seats, snowmobiles, any applications requiring a dense, firm foam. F.R: CALTB117-2013

Please see p.244 for Foam Cutters.

UPHOLSTERY SUPPLIES: FOAM EAST

/ 231


UPHOLSTERY PADDING

PILLOWS & BOLSTERS Match decorative treatments or upholstered pieces to comforters and pillows using our extensive line of fabrics and inserts. POLYESTER TOSS CUSHION FORMS A

6924

Polyester Toss Cushion Form—14”x14” PRICE BREAKS: Each | Case (24)

B B B

6925 6926 6927

Polyester Toss Cushion Form—16”x16” Polyester Toss Cushion Form—18”x18” Polyester Toss Cushion Form—20”x20” PRICE BREAKS: Each | Case (12)

C

6928

FEATHER WRAPPED IN DOWN PILLOWS 90% feather middle, 10% down around. 260 thread count of 100% cotton casing G G G

13004 Wrapped In Down Pillow—Double 20”x26” 13005 Wrapped In Down Pillow—Queen 20”x30” 13006 Wrapped In Down Pillow—King 20”x36” PRICE BREAKS: Each | Case (10)

Polyester Toss Cushion Form—24”x24” PRICE BREAKS: Each | Case (10)

POLYESTER PILLOW FORMS Excellent feel with a higher degree of firmness than feathers or down. Sanitary synthetic cushion forms in a poly-cotton envelope. E E

6929 6930

Polyester Pillow—Queen Size 18”x26” Polyester Pillow—King Size 18”x32” PRICE BREAKS: Each | Package (5)

A

BOLSTERS 100% polyester silicone bonded Holofil fiber bolster inserts to form cushions and bolsters for furniture and bedding. Covering envelope created from 200 thread count poly-cotton. D D

6921 6920

Bolster—7”x14” Bolster—9”x39” PRICE BREAKS: Each | Case (10)

Please note: Images should only be referenced for shape and form. Sizing may not be proportional to actual product. 232 /

UPHOLSTERY SUPPLIES: PILLOW FORMS

B

C


FEATHER PILLOWS

FEATHER CUSHIONS

Feather pillow insert to accompany the Down Comforter Inserts on p.234. These high quality feather pillow inserts are filled with 100% white waterfowl feathers for an excellent feel and a higher degree of firmness than you would find in pure down.

Throw cushion inserts of 100% white waterfowl feathers in an envelope of white down proof cotton, with a thread count of 260.

The minimum thread count used on the cover envelope is 200, which will ensure that no feathers will migrate out of the pillow. All products are sanitized and guaranteed against normal defect. F F F

6910 6911 6912

Feather Pillow—Double 20”x26” (32oz.) Feather Pillow—Queen 20”x30” (38oz.) Feather Pillow—King 20”x36” (44oz.) PRICE BREAKS: Each | Case (10)

H H

13014 Feather Cushion—12”x20” 13013 Feather Cushion—16”x16” PRICE BREAKS: Each | Case (10)

H H

13015 Feather Cushion—27”x27” 13016 Feather Cushion—32”x32” PRICE BREAKS: Each | Case (6)

H H H

6915 6916 6917

Feather Cushion—18”x18” Feather Cushion—20”x20” Feather Cushion—25”x25” PRICE BREAKS: Each | Case (10)

E

F

G

H

D

UPHOLSTERY SUPPLIES: PILLOW FORMS & FEATHER BEDS

/ 233


UPHOLSTERY PADDING

COMFORTER INSERTS Ounce for ounce, down is the most efficient insulator known to man. Synthetic and other natural fibers can match its insulation levels, but not at the same light weight. It is warm, light and easy to care for, making down the ultimate choice for comforters and bed coverings. Down is an insulator, not a heater, allowing air to flow rather than sealing it in, adjusting to the temperature of the body. It can be compressed into small spaces. Down clusters are incredibly resilient. With proper care, a down product will last a lifetime. Be sure that the cover has a high thread count and cotton content. GOOSE DOWN

FEATHER & DOWN BED

The goose down comforter is a higher quality comforter than a duck down comforter. The goose down is far lighter and warmer than duck down. 100% cotton casing (260 thread count) with baffle box construction for even warmth.

These beds are made out of 90% feather and 10% down filling. All beds come in a 260 thread count of 100% cotton casing. The hermetic square style allows for separate squared off sections and an air tight seal. Also can be called a mattress topper.

A A A

13010 13011 13012

Goose Comforter—Double 78”x88” (27oz.) Goose Comforter—Queen 86”x90” (30oz.) Goose Comforter—King 104”x90” (37oz.)

A A A

13007 13009 13008

PRICE BREAKS: Each | Case (4)

PRICE BREAKS: Each | Case (4) DOWN COMFORTER Down’s light weight matched with breathability and durability make it ideal for comforter and duvet inserts. These comforters are made with White Canadian Down, contained in a square envelope of baffled construction with a 260 thread count, 100% white cotton. This high thread count ensures that none of the down will migrate out of the comforter. Fill power 652–675. A A A

6901 6902 6903

Down Comforter—Double 78”x88” (27oz.) Down Comforter—Queen 86”x90” (30oz.) Down Comforter—King 104”x90” (37oz.) PRICE BREAKS: Each | Case (4)

234 /

UPHOLSTERY SUPPLIES: PADDING

Feather Bed—Double 54”x75” Feather Bed—Queen 60”x80” Feather Bed—King 78”x80”

A


HEAVENLY Our popular pattern Heavenly is continuing to grow its color line and is already available in 38 stunning colors. It is incredibly soft to the touch and comes in a cross hatch chenille texture. Exceeds 125,000 Double Rubs Machine Washable Passes NFPA260 Class 1*

Colors shown (Topâ&#x20AC;&#x201C;Bottom): 9009 Caviar, 8004 Mocha, 92 Pewter, 97 Cinder, 601 Oyster, 1008 Plum and 17 Mulberry

* T his information is offered for your general guidance only. Itâ&#x20AC;&#x2122;s accurate to the best of our knowledge and is not intended to relieve the user from its responsibility to investigate and understand other pertinent sources of information and to comply with all laws and procedures applicable to the safe handling and use of this material. PLEASE NOTE: T he fabric and supply images displayed may not represent the actual product in its entirety.

UPHOLSTERY SUPPLIES: PADDING

/ 235


UPHOLSTERY PADDING

PADDING: POLYESTER (TERYLENE) This product is not prone to crushing and is easily manipulated to fill in the imperfections in sofa cushions. Unlike some of the old horsehair products that are occasionally found in antique furniture, there is nothing in terylene to support molds, mildews or any kind of parasitic life. Terylenes will retain their given shape better over time than down fill or some of the lower density foams. DACRON HOLOFIL

TERYLENE (CUSHION WRAP)

This product is a light, premium unbonded polyester for use in cushions as a loose fill product. It is lightweight, sanitary and has excellent resilience characteristics. It is recommended for sofa back cushions and throw cushions.

Non-woven resin bonded terylene has a slightly stiffer feel and finish. Can be split through its depth to give a thinner product for use as a cushion wrap.

-

8255

PRICE BREAKS: Roll (10lb) | 50lb -

8257

-

8239

27” Terylene—West ~13lb/roll

-

8249

54” Terylene—West ~26lb/roll

-

8253

60” Terylene—Edmonton Only ~28lb/roll

30” Dacron Holofil—West

30” Dacron Holofil—East PRICE BREAKS: Roll (20lb) | 50lb

PRICE BREAKS: Roll (25lb) | 50lb

QUILTED TERYLENE Soft, unbonded terylene stitched in a 6” channel with a scrim backing on both sides. Because of the backing it keeps its shape after being cut. -

8279

-

8243

27” Terylene—East ~13lb/roll

-

8242

56” Quilted Terylene—West

54” Terylene—East ~26lb/roll

PRICE BREAKS: Roll (22lb) | 50lb

PRICE BREAKS: Roll (~25lb) | 50lb

UNBONDED TERYLENE This is useful as a loose fill product. Without the adhesive it is softer and gives an excellent feel and resilience. A

8250

30” Unbonded Terylene—West PRICE BREAKS: Roll (10lb) | 50lb

A

8251

30” Unbonded Terylene—East PRICE BREAKS: Roll (25lb) | 50lb

236 /

UPHOLSTERY SUPPLIES: TERYLENE

* Priced by the pound, sold by the roll.

A


PADDING: FIBER, JAY FLEX & FELT FIBER

FELT PADDING*

Specialized fiber for outdoor cushions, prevents moisture from being caught within the cushion, maintaining cushion quality. Available at all distribution centers.

Excellent as a cover over resilient fiber padding, such as horsehair or cortex because it prevents the fibers from working through the cover.

B

8261

Cushion Fiber—4”x22”x28”

D D D

PRICE BREAKS: Each | Case (8) B B

8265 8267

4337 4339 4340

Cushion Fiber—4”x22”x48” Cushion Fiber—4”x22”x78”

27” Felt Padding—Vancouver 27” Felt Padding—West 27” Felt Padding—East PRICE BREAKS*: Bale** (30lb) | 125lb * Priced by the pound, sold by the bale. ** ~28yd/bale

PRICE BREAKS: Each | Case (4) JAY FLEX (NEEDLEPUNCH)

UF8 FELT BALES

Jay Flex is a white padding material that is approximately 0.15” thick. 100% polyester needle punched foam. Although thin, its superior properties allow it to replace much heavier materials in padding frames and forms. It is excellent for use on rounded arms, frame fronts, etc.

UF8 is a very clean felt made of a polyester cotton blend. Passes UFAC fire retardant requirements.

C

5169

E

4335

UF8 Felt Bales PRICE BREAKS: Bale 20-25lbs (~28yd)

27” Jay Flex Padding White PRICE BREAKS: Roll (27.3yd) | Case (5)

C

5179

60” Jay Flex Padding White PRICE BREAKS: Roll (27.3yd)

B

C

Please see p.243 for Cushion Tools.

D

E

UPHOLSTERY SUPPLIES: FIBER, JAY FLEX & FELT

/ 237


UPHOLSTERY DECKING

DECKING & LINING 238 /

UPHOLSTERY SUPPLIES: DECKING


DECKING DECK PAD

EMBOSSED DECKING*

Economical deck padding composed of industrial synthetic and natural waste fibers bonded to form a strong padding that will resist deterioration. Can also be used as a carpet underpad.

100% woven polypropylene. Has a napped embossed anti-slip finish that makes it ideal for leather or other slippery fabrics. The cushions will stay put much better than with smooth decking finishes. Cut length available.

A

4105

¼”x27”x150’ Deck Padding

D E

PRICE BREAKS: Roll | Each (5)

4142 4145

PRICE BREAKS: Linear Yard** | 25 | 109

ENBOND DECKING* Enbond is an economical 100% spun bonded polypropylene non-woven fabric with high tear and tensile strength, soft hand, and high rot and mildew resistance. Excellent chemical resistance, is heat processable, receptive to dyes, non-ravelling and has low surface pilling. Used in furniture and bedding, industry covers, quilt backings and decking applications. B B B B

4159 4161 4163 4167

30” Enbond Decking—Grey 36” Enbond Decking—Grey 42” Enbond Decking—Grey 60” Enbond Decking—Grey

30” Embossed Decking— Black 30” Embossed Decking— Beige

* Minimum order of 10 yards. ** 1 Linear yd = 36” in length

QUILTED DECKING Dark brown taffeta (a 70 Denier brown nylon lining) quilted to ¹/₈” foam with a scrim backing. Available in 27” width, by the linear yard. F

4139

27” Quilted Decking PRICE BREAKS: Yard | 50 | 100

A

B

PRICE BREAKS: Yard | 550 | 1100 *Minimum order of 10 yards. For more info. contact Sales Rep.

NUFACE DECKING It is a grey woven polypropylene with a 100% nylon face. Will not rot or break down. Suitable for pulls, quilt backing, dust cloth, decking, etc. Easily stitched. Somewhat firm hand, makes it easy to work with. C C

C

D

E

4109 30” Nuface Decking 4110 36” Nuface Decking PRICE BREAKS: Linear Yard** | 273 | 1000

C

4112

42” Nuface Decking PRICE BREAKS: Linear Yard** | 270 | 1000

F

** 1 Linear yd = 36” in length

UPHOLSTERY SUPPLIES: DECKING

/ 239


UPHOLSTERY DECKING & LINING

DECKING (CONT.) TYPAR* Spun bonded polypropylene with applications in traditional dust cover and furniture construction. Its polypropylene construction makes it impervious to moisture. Also resists rotting and mildew, with good breathability. Typar can be glued, stapled and sewn (recommended max. stitch density of 5–7/in.) A -

A

4180 30” Black Typar 1.6oz. 4179 36” Grey Typar 1.6oz. PRICE BREAKS: Linear Yard** | 270 | 1000 * Minimum order of 10 yards. For more info, contact Sales Rep. ** 1 Linear yd = 36” in length

B

BURLAP* Burlap is eco-friendly as it is made of renewable Jute fibers. It can be used for deckings, pull cloths and packaging. AVAILABLE IN: Cut length Pieces | Sizes vary from 80–120yd Bales | 1900yd B

2219

40” Burlap 10oz. PRICE BREAKS: Yard | 100 | Bale (1900yd) * Minimum order of 10 yards. For more info, contact Sales Rep.

LINING SKIRT LINING The heavy lining has a firmer hand and imparts a greater stiffness and form to the skirt. Used to maintain shape and give a finished backing to skirts. Also can be used to reinforce material or vinyls if too thin, for proper stitching or use in button molds, etc. J. Ennis Fabrics recommends lining the seamed areas of your vinyls for increased strength and tear resistance. C C

7135 7139

6” Heavy Sew On 7” Heavy Sew On PRICE BREAKS: Roll (62yd) | 200

240 /

UPHOLSTERY SUPPLIES: DECKING & LINING

C


h om e. smart, stylish, right at

Sunbrella® is a registered trademark of Glen Raven, Inc.

Surround your customers with the world’s most beautiful, worry-free fabrics for furniture and accessories. sunbrella.com/koi UPHOLSTERY SUPPLIES: LINING

/ 241


UPHOLSTERY TOOLS

TOOLS 242 /

UPHOLSTERY SUPPLIES: TOOLS


Please see p.236–237 for Cushion Padding.

A

CUSHION STUFFING EZE CUSHION STUFFER MACHINE This vacuum table cushion stuffer is a real time saver for a shop doing a lot of cushion filling. It has a 110V motor and runs off of regular household current. A

3010

EZE Cushion Stuffer Machine PRICE BREAKS: Each

B

3011

54” EZE Cushion Film Plastic PRICE BREAKS: Roll (900yd) | Case (5)

B

INSTRUCTIONS FOR EZE STUFFER MACHINE 1. Set the cushion foam on the table.

2. Cover with EZE cushion film.

3. Turn the EZE machine on until the cushion is compressed.

4. T hen fit the cover on with ease.

PIPING TINS Piping tins are used to achieve consistent, even fluting in sofa backs and other locations on furniture. Insert into the channel, stuff and remove, leaving behind an evenly stuffed, clean and well padded channel. C

6415

C

4”x 36” Piping Tins PRICE BREAKS: Pair

TIPS FOR PIPING TINS When trying to get padding into a channel or existing cover, you will often find that as you force the stuffing into the cover, it tears and you lose the smooth, even finish you wanted.

TIP 2: Run a strip of 2” or wider tape along the stuffing, on the side that will be away from the cover, to prevent the stuffing from ripping. This method is especially useful with felt padding.

TIP 1: Use JEF Silicone Spray (#7175, p.326) liberally on the stuffing; it will evaporate without leaving a trace or stain. UPHOLSTERY SUPPLIES: EZE & PIPING TINS

/ 243


UPHOLSTERY TOOLS

Please see p.223–231 for Foam selection. A

CUTTERS: FOAM

B

ACU-CUTTER QUEEN* Ideal foam cutter for the smaller shop, affordable and efficient. Cuts with two blades: one oscillating and one stationary. It has a 8½” stanchion as standard. Blade and glide included. The heavy duty free standing base is 4” wide and 6¾” long and mounted on glide bearings to reduce drag. A B

4338 8½” Acu-Cutter Queen 4336 9” Replacement Blade PRICE BREAKS: Each * Not intended for a production line where foam cutting is the only job. If you are cutting a large volume of foam, the Bosch unit is your best choice.

BOSCH—UNIT, BLADE & GUIDE It is a heavy duty, fast oscillating unit that employs two moving blades within a narrow, tapered guide to cut foam quickly and easily. The blade and guide combinations are available in 8” or 12”. The Bosch Cutter features a slim motor housing for a more comfortable grip. It is double insulated, UL listed and complies to OSHA regulations. Blade and guide sold separately. C

4343

E

D

C

Bosch Foam Cutter Motor Unit Complete with footplate. WEIGHT: 3.5lb (1.6kg)  SIZE: 9¼” SPEED: 3200 strokes/min.  PRICE BREAKS: Each 8” Guide 12” Guide

D E

4346 4347

F G

4344 8” Blade 4345 12” Blade PRICE BREAKS: Each

F G

H

U-CUT FOAM CUTTER Fast and flexible, this versatile large sheet foam cutter will cut as fine as ¼” to a max. thickness of 9” and up to a width of 36” with unlimited length. H I

4341 4342

410 U-Cut Foam Cutter 410 U-Cut Replacement Blade PRICE BREAKS: Each

244 /

UPHOLSTERY SUPPLIES: FOAM CUT TERS

I


CUTTERS: WIRE 337 WIRE CUTTERS A versatile tool with a non-slip handle and a hardened cutting surface. The fastest way to get rid of the original hog rings. This tool will cut through hog rings easily and is useful for all lighter gauges of wire. J

J

8014 337 Wire Cutters PRICE BREAKS: Each | Case (6)

KNIVES #14 MOUNT TRIMMING KNIFE This is a tough, straight edged blade that is sharp enough to cut vinyls, carpet or other materials, and can be re-sharpened to last many years of service. K

8051

#14 Mount Trimming Knife

K

PRICE BREAKS: Each | Case (12) HEAVY DUTY OLFA KNIFE A heavy-duty knife with a ratchet-lock mechanism for unlimited blade positions. The knife has a double-honed blade for superior shaprness and edge retention. L

8052

L

Heavy Duty Olfa Knife PRICE BREAKS: Each | Case (6)

M

8055

Heavy Duty Olfa Blades— 0.5mm PRICE BREAKS: Package (10) | Case (6)

M

8058

M

O

Heavy Duty Olfa Blades— 0.5mm PRICE BREAKS: Package (50) | Case (6)

OLFA REPLACEMENT BLADES N

N

8059

Standard Duty Olfa Blades PRICE BREAKS: Package (50) | Case (6)

O

8038

Ultra Max Heavy Duty Olfa Blades PRICE BREAKS: Package (50)

UPHOLSTERY SUPPLIES: WIRE CUT TER & KNIVES

/ 245


Please see p.282–285 for Buttons.

UPHOLSTERY TOOLS

A

CUTTERS & DIE SETS: BUTTON All the cutters and dies listed here are for the #1 Jr. Button Machine only (#2121). Any other cutters or dies are special order items requiring approximately 3 weeks delivery. Cutters and dies are stocked for all common button sizes. The button machine and dies work best when the covers for the button mold are the correct size and shape and to ensure this we offer the cutters below. JR. BUTTON MACHINE Versatile bench mounted manual press type machine cuts, covers and makes firm solid buttons. It is designed to work with 2 piece dies and the short cutter. It includes a wood block for use in cutting covers and is capable of approximately 90 buttons per hour. A

B

2121 #1 Junior Button Machine HEIGHT: 22”  SHIPPING WEIGHT: 13lb (5.89kg) PRICE BREAKS: Each

C

CUTTERS & DIE SETS—MEDIUM FABRIC This medium die is recommended for the majority of fabrics. One set is required for each size of button. B C D E

2141 2143 2145 2147

D

#22 Cutter and Die Set—Medium #30 Cutter and Die Set—Medium #36 Cutter and Die Set—Medium #45 Cutter and Die Set—Medium PRICE BREAKS: Each

CUTTERS & DIE SETS—HEAVY FABRIC

E

The wider throat makes this set ideal for heavier fabrics and vinyls. It adapts for material thickness for quick and proper assembly of the button. F G

2133 2135

#22 Cutter and Die Set—Heavy #30 Cutter and Die Set—Heavy

F

PRICE BREAKS: Each G

CUTTERS ONLY The cutters do wear with time and the best way to ensure clean round covers for use in the button machine is to keep the cutter current. Make sure that there is always a soft wooden block or Hole Cutting Pad (#6120, p.126) used to extend cutter life. H I J

2151 2153 2155

#22 Cutter #30 Cutter #36 Cutter PRICE BREAKS: Each

246 /

UPHOLSTERY SUPPLIES: BUT TON CUT TERS & DIE SETS

H

I

J


SHEARS: QUICK CLIP WISS QUICK CLIP CUTTER Heavy duty contour design with positive spring action re-opens blades for fast cutting. PVC plastic handle with stainless steel sharp point blades. Replacement blades are available in a set with 4 blade screws. K L

7021 7022

Wiss Quick Clip Sharp Point Cutter Wiss Quick Clip Replacement Blades

K L

PRICE BREAKS: Each | Case (6) MUNDIAL QUICK CLIP CUTTER Ideal for snipping threads. This tool is small, easy-to-use in a natural motion in corners of covers and other hard-toreach areas. M

7023

M

Mundial Quick Clip Cutter PRICE BREAKS: Each | Case (6)

SHEARS: KAI

N

KAI SHEARS Blades made of high-carbon Molybdenum Vanadium stainless steel for extra-long edge life and high cutting efficiency. Ergonomically styled and padded grip made of “Elastomer” soft plastic for maximum ease of handling. Right hand use only. N O P Q

7035 7034 7036 7037

N O

10” KAI Micro-Serrate Edge Shear 8” KAI Regular Edge Shear 10” KAI Regular Edge Shear 12” KAI Regular Edge Shear PRICE BREAKS: Each P

Q UPHOLSTERY SUPPLIES: QUICK CLIP & SHEARS

/ 247


UPHOLSTERY TOOLS

SHEARS: MUNDIAL Mundial is a world renowned quality shear, manufactured to the highest standards using only the best materials and processes. Adjust the ride once with a screw driver and you are done. The Stay-Set™ is uniquely engineered to stay true to its name. Once set, it stays set for comfortable cutting power under the most demanding commercial conditions. Hot drop forged and fully nickel plated with black enamel handles. STRAIGHT MUNDIAL SHEARS These high quality shears have a solid feel, a sturdy blade and come in a variety of sizes. The 8” Mundial is a smaller shear for smaller hands and tight quarters. A common size found in general upholstery would be the 10” Mundial. All shears are designed for the right hand except the 9” Cushion Soft. The Cushion Soft shear has enlarged finger bows and a padded soft touch lining, designed for both the right and left hand use. A B C -

7002 7001 7004 7007 7003

8” Mundial Shear 9” Cushion Soft Shear 10” Mundial Shear 12” Mundial Shear 9” Mundial Shear

E

D

PRICE BREAKS: Each | Case (6) HEAVY DUTY MUNDIAL SHEARS Thicker, heavy duty blades cut through multiple layers and tough materials. Extra weight gives extra control and smoothness when cutting. Right hand use only. D -

7013 7014

A

10” Mundial Heavy Duty Shears 12” Mundial Heavy Duty Shears PRICE BREAKS: Each | Case (6)

B

PINKING MUNDIAL SHEARS Precision matched teeth that provide a decorative ravel resistant finish. E

7015

8½” Mundial Pinking Shears PRICE BREAKS: Each | Case (6) C

248 /

UPHOLSTERY SUPPLIES: MUNDIAL SHEARS


SHEARS: WISS Wiss Shears are made of the finest quality cutlery steel with drop-forged polished nickle blades with a patented Set-Easy pivot. Superior combination of hardened, ground, edged and adjusted, combines to provide outstanding cutting ability and durability. WISS APPAREL SHEARS Bent apparel sheers with “inlaid” blades and black handles for professional dress maker and industrial use.

F

F

7020

9” Wiss Apparel Shears PRICE BREAKS: Each | Case (6)

WISS BENT TRIMMER SHEARS Industrial sheers with “inlaid” blades, black handles. The 10” comes in both a right and left handed design.

G

G H I

7025 7027 7026

10” #20 Wiss Bent Trimmer 10” #20LH Wiss Bent Trimmer 12” #22N Wiss Bent Trimmer PRICE BREAKS: Each | Case (6)

WISS HEAVY DUTY BENT TRIMMER SHEARS Heavy duty bent shears with “inlaid” blades and black handles. Thicker, heavy duty blades cut through multiple layers and tough materials. Extra weight gives extra control and smoothness when cutting. Right hand use.

H

J

7030 7031

10” Wiss Heavy Duty Bent Trimmer 12” Wiss Heavy Duty Bent Trimmer PRICE BREAKS: Each | Case (6)

WISS X-SHARP KNIFE BENT TRIMMER I

All the quality of Wiss in a shear with a feature Knife Edge ground blade for faster, cleaner easier cutting of synthetic fibers. Fine cutlery grade steel, with Hot drop-forged polished blades and the patented Set-Easy pivot. -

7032 7033

10” Wiss X-Sharp Knife Bent Trimmer 12” Wiss X-Sharp Knife Bent Trimmer PRICE BREAKS: Each | Case (6)

J

UPHOLSTERY SUPPLIES: WISS SHEARS

/ 249


UPHOLSTERY TOOLS

TACKERS AND GLUE GUN INDUSTRIAL HOT MELT GLUE GUN This trim and efficient unit is economically priced and will deliver up to 2.2lb/hr of glue in continuous use. Operating temperature is 205°C (400°F). Our 10” Glue Sticks (#1153) will work with any glue gun that accepts ½” round glue sticks. Approximately 20 sticks/lb.

A

A

1151

Pro 90 Glue Gun PRICE BREAKS: Each

-

1153

10” Glue Sticks PRICE BREAKS: Per lb | Package (5) | Case (25)

HOT GLUE GUN TIPS When hot gluing large areas that cause some of the glue to set before bonding, it is sometimes possible to pre-heat the surface with a heat gun before applying the glue, thus getting a longer tack time from your adhesive. Of course, good judgment must be used to ensure the preheating causes no damage to materials.

Because of the high speed of bonding that hot glue sticks have, it is often practical to use a hot melt glue gun to position pieces for more secure bonding with nails, screws or bolts.

FASCO TACKERS B

High quality pneumatic tacker has the advantage of having very few moving parts and those that do are easily replaceable. Piston/driver replacement assembly available. (See 1400 & 71 Series Staples on p.272) B C

7211 7214

Fasco 1400 Series Tacker Piston/Driver Assembly

D C

7210 7215

Fasco 71 Series Tacker Piston/Driver Assembly HEAD WIDTH: ³/₈”  PRICE BREAK: Each

D

C

250 /

UPHOLSTERY SUPPLIES: GLUE GUN & FASCO TACKERS


JEFast AIR TACKERS

E

These air tacker alternatives provide a lighter and more economical choice. Replacement parts are available below. (See 1400 & 71 Series Staples on p.134) E F

7216 7217

F

JEFast 1416 Air Tacker JEFast 7116 Air Tacker PRICE BREAK: Each

FASCO TACKER REPLACEMENT PARTS These replacement parts are for both JEFast 1416 and JEFast 7116. Piston/Driver Assemblies differ. G H

7225 7230

Piston/Driver Assembly­—For #7216 Piston/Driver Assembly­—For #7217

I J

7229 7228

Piston O-Ring Magazine Spring PRICE BREAKS: Each | Case (5)

H

G

I

J

UPHOLSTERY SUPPLIES: TACKERS

/ 251


UPHOLSTERY TOOLS

A

B

C

D

E

STAPLE REMOVERS STAPLE REMOVERS

PNEUMATIC RIPPING TOOL

These staple removers each have a distinct look and feel, they provide slightly different functions. The Berry-style staple remover has 2 grooves, one in each prong, enabling you to grab staples or just lift the corner edges of the tacks, #402 ½” Staple Remover can get under the most stubborn staple with its chiseled blade. #121 Comb Type Staple Remover is a versatile tool, the comb edge allows for removal of multiple staples.

A Pneumatic tool that takes the strain out of removing tacks, staples and other fasteners from furniture frames. This air tool can be adjusted by regulating the air pressure to compensate for hard or soft woods. Also effective in lifting shredded fabric that has “glued” itself to the frame over time. Comes with all attachments.

A B C

8041 8046 8047

#124 Berry-Style Staple Remover #402 ½” Staple Remover #121 Comb Type Staple Remover

F G H

8045 8042 8049

Pneumatic Ripping Tool Replacement Staple Remover Attachment Replacement Puller Attachment PRICE BREAK: Each

PRICE BREAK: Each STAPLE LIFTER & CHISEL You can use the #402 Ripping Chisel for the toughest staples and tacks. It can also be used to remove unwanted wood sections or to split wood joints. The #120 ½” Staple Lifter has the correct angle for removing staples if damaging the wood would be a problem. D E

8034 8048

F

#402 Ripping Chisel #120 1/2” Staple Lifter PRICE BREAK: Each

TIPS FOR STAPLE REMOVERS When pulling staples from very soft wood or when prying against show wood, we recommend the use of a small piece of metal (an old ruler section is ideal) under the remover so that you are levering against this and not putting dents in the wood. 252 /

UPHOLSTERY SUPPLIES: STAPLE REMOVERS

G

H


J

THREAD TOOLS TWO SPOOL THREAD STAND This high quality dual spool thread stand is similar to many OEM designs. Mounts securely to the deck of the machine or table. The height is adjustable so that you can set it at a point where vibration from the machine does not cause thread to roll off the spool down to the base of the cone. Two eyes above the spools keep the thread feeding neatly off the cones as designed. I

#522 SEAM STRETCHER I

Use this unit to stretch seams out prior to blind stitching, to ensure that you have all wrinkles and puckers out before stitching. You can preshape the cushion before sewing to take out the guess work. J

8037

40” #522 Seam Stretcher LENGTH MAX: 36”  LENGTH MIN: 12” PRICE BREAK: Each

11800 Two Spool Thread Stand PRICE BREAK: Each Please see p.296–301 for Threads.

UPHOLSTERY SUPPLIES: THREAD STAND & SEAM STRETCHER

/ 253


UPHOLSTERY TOOLS

Please see p.273–275 for Spring section.

NO SAG SPRING TOOLS SPRING STRETCHER

SPRING END FORMER

This simple metal and wood tool allows a secure grip on the spring so it can be stretched into place in an existing clip. Useful for awkward spots where the lever type will not fit.

A lever action tool that can be used as a vice when mounted to the edge of a workbench. Simplifies the crimping of spring ends (both coil and sinuous). A cleanly crimped spring end will not slide out of clips, and can provide a spot for hog rings or clips. Instructions and mounting bolts included.

G

7903

#297 Pull Type Spring Stretcher PRICE BREAK: Each

I

LEVER TYPE SPRING STRETCHER

SPRING BENDER

7904 #268 Lever Type Pull Type Spring Stretcher

Chrome plated sleeves are slotted to fit loops and can be used to alter bends precisely. Designed to allow exact manipulation of the angles of the arcs on the spring. High impact handles.

PRICE BREAK: Each

HOW TO USE SPRING TOOLS G

H

I

#404 Spring End Former PRICE BREAK: Each

The wooden handled lever speeds up the installation and is especially useful with heavy seating springs. H

7905

J

J

7907

#401 1” Spring Bender (Pair) PRICE BREAK: Each

SPRING CLIPS TOOLS

H

#445 PLIERS FOR 3 PRONG CLIPS

I

When crimping onto curved spring surfaces, use these pliers and the 3 prong clips to get the best connection on curves and arcs. The double pivot action ensures tight and complete crimping. K

8013

J G

#445 3 Prong Clip Pliers PRICE BREAK: Each K

#522 PLIERS FOR BW CLIPS The special round contact surface on the jaws of this plier ensure a good solid clamping of BW Edgewire clips; recommended for joining edgewire to sinuous springs or other straight spring sections. L

8026

#522 BW Clip Pliers PRICE BREAK: Each

254 /

UPHOLSTERY SUPPLIES: SPRING TOOLS

L


A B

SAMPLING ACCESSORIES C

SAMPLE BOOK RING Bright chrome finished rings with locking threaded closure for use in sample books and other applications. Available in 6” or 3” diameters. Use handle #6520 to create a portable sample ring book. A B

6510 6500

6” Chrome Sample Book Ring 3” Chrome Sample Book Ring

D

PRICE BREAKS: Each | Package (50) | Case (250) SAMPLE BOOK HANDLE

HANGER WITH METAL HOOK

Sturdy chrome handle to go with rings listed above. 10” spacing.

Sturdy plastic hangers with metal hooks and clips.

C

6520

D

6514

10” Chrome Sample Book Handle

8” Hanger with Metal Hook—Black PRICE BREAKS: Each | Package (50) | Case (175)

PRICE BREAKS: Each | Package (25) | Case (175)

HAMMERS & MALLETS JEWELED NAIL HAMMER

N

#6 RUBBER MALLET

This nylon tip decorative nail hammer is specifically made to prevent damage to nails during installation. The handles are designed for comfort and durability. Use with the Jewelled Nails on p.270. 8210 Jeweled Nail Hammer

E

Tough composite rubber head. Use it for setting decorative nails, dowels or other frame elements without damage. Will prolong the life of punches when used for driving them. G

5317

SIZE: Head L6½” | Handle 11¹/₈” WEIGHT: 13.6oz.  PRICE BREAK: Each

#6 Rubber Mallet SIZE: Head L3¼” | Face 2” | Handle 12” WEIGHT: 11oz.  PRICE BREAKS: Each | Case (6)

QUICK NAILER

#4 HICKORY MALLET

Use the Quick Nailer to evenly space out your decorative nail projects. It’s quick and easy to use.

A mallet formed from tough growth hickory.

F

5999

H

5313

#777 Quick Nailer

#4 Hickory Mallet SIZE: | Head L5” | Face 2¼” | Handle 10½” WEIGHT: 12oz.  PRICE BREAKS: Each | Case (6)

PRICE BREAK: Each

E

H G

N

F

UPHOLSTERY SUPPLIES: SAMPLING ACCESSORIES

/ 255


UPHOLSTERY TOOLS

PLIERS: ZIPPER & HOG RING ZIPPER STOP PLIERS Enables you to shorten zippers or make zippers of any length when working with continuous zipper tape. Helps to eliminate slippage and rotation of the zipper stops. Has a special groove that firmly holds the zipper stop in place. High quality forged steel with vinyl handle.

A

11010 #1012 Zipper Stop Pliers

A

PRICE BREAKS: Each | Case (6) HOG RING PLIERS All pliers have a non-slip handle and will apply hog rings up to 1” in size. B C D E F

8002 8003 8004 8005 8006

XX Straight—Hog Ring Pliers XXL Angle—Hog Ring Pliers L Right Angle—Hog Ring Pliers #23 Straight—Hog Ring Pliers #2360 Angle—Hog Ring Pliers PRICE BREAK: Each

F

B D

C E

256 /

UPHOLSTERY SUPPLIES: ZIPPER & HOG RING PLIERS

Please see p.290–291 for Zippers, and p.274 for Hog Rings.


STEAMERS HAND HELD STEAMER

J-4000 JIFFY STEAMER

This portable, versatile steamer is for removing wrinkles and puckers in fabrics, especially velvets. Not an industrial all day use steamer, but perfect for on site adjustments to upholstery or draperies. Easy to fill and has a visible water level indicator. Starts producing steam in 15 seconds and has a large steam vent for a continuous flow of steam. Features a built in thermostat and an on/off indicator light.

The J-4000 professional duty model has dual thermostats for steam in seconds after preheating. Features built in boiler tank made from strong rust proof #304 stainless steel. Contains a sight gauge allowing you to quickly keep a visual check on the water level within the steamer. A 1500W heating element is designed for long life. This unit features heavy duty color-coded high temperature wiring and a three-position switch with automatic shut off. UL, CSA and CE approved. Shipping weight for this unit is 29lb. The heating element can be replaced.

F

Esteam Hand Held Steamer

7288

PRICE BREAK: Each J-2 JIFFY STEAMER J-2 standard steamer from Jiffy operates with ordinary tap water and is easy and safe to use. Has a 5½’ hose and sectional rod set, removable for storage. Comes with an assembly wrench for easy, convenient setup. Heavy duty wiring. Die cast aluminum housing with 1 gallon (4.5L) check-valve water bottle that prevent spilling. New improved heating element produces steam quickly and is specially designed to control “spitting”. Easily disassembles to remove mineral deposits. Has a shipping weight of 10lb. The heating element can be replaced. G H

7284 7289

J-4000 Jiffy Steamer J-4000 Heating Element Replacement PRICE BREAK: Each

REPLACEMENT HOSE FOR J-2 & J-4000 K

7287

Hose Replacement LENGTH: 5½’  PRICE BREAK: Each

G

J-2 Jiffy Steamer J-2 Heating Element Replacement

7283 7285

I J

I

PRICE BREAK: Each

K

H

J

F

UPHOLSTERY SUPPLIES: STEAMERS

/ 257


UPHOLSTERY TOOLS

UPHOLSTERY KIT B1 UPHOLSTERY REPAIR KIT This upholstery kit is intended for the beginner. It is ideal as a starting point for upholstery classes or as a retail item on the counter top of your shop or store. It includes an instruction book to cover the basics of a beginner’s project. Each kit contains: 1 magnetic hammer, 1 webbing stretcher, 1 claw type tack/staple lifter, 1 straight needle, 1 instruction booklet, 1 box of 12oz. tacks, 1 box of 4oz. tacks, 2 curved needles. A

8061

B1 Upholstery Repair Kit PRICE BREAK: Each

A

WEBBING TOOLS JAW WEBBING STRETCHER

WOODEN WEBBING STRETCHER

Made with a hammer jaw that acts as a lever. Excellent tool for stretching webbing, as well as leather and canvas.

A wooden stretcher with a corrugated rubber grip on one end and a row of six steel teeth on the other.

B

8022

3½” Jaw Webbing Stretcher

C

8023

PRICE BREAK: Each

#8 Wooden Webbing Stretcher PRICE BREAK: Each

GOOSE NECK WEBBING STRETCHER C B

D

Goose Neck Stretcher gets your hands away from the steel teeth and provides great leverage on the webbing. Hard wood with corrugated rubber on the butt of the stretcher. Polished steel pins grip the webbing with minimum ripping. D

8024

#403 Goose Neck Webbing Stretcher PRICE BREAK: Each

258 /

UPHOLSTERY SUPPLIES: UPHOLSTERY KIT & WEBBING TOOLS

Please see p.305 for Webbing.


Please see p.286 for Fasteners.

HOLE PUNCH TOOLS L K M

J

E

H I

REVOLVING PUNCH This product is a heavy duty punch with replaceable anvil and cutters. Strong metal construction. Useful for everything from punching holes for setting fasteners, to holes at the ends of cuts in vinyls to minimize chances of tearing (this process is recommended by Naugahyde® and is a good idea for any material that has a tendency to rip). E

8017

#155 Revolving Punch PRICE BREAKS: Each

N

PACKING PRODUCTS CARTON SEALING TAPE & DISPENSER The tape features a synthetic rubber/resin backing. The film is composed of biaxially-oriented polypropylene to provide moisture and impact resistance. Sturdy and durable dispenser will handle tapes from 1½”–2” wide. Easy to load, makes packaging and carton sealing simple. O

REVOLVING PUNCH REPLACEMENTS Order only the cutters you need, or just the anvil if it wears out first. These cutters just thread into place on the punch. A pair of pliers is all that is needed for installation. The anvil must be tapped out and the stem of the new one tapped in with a hammer. H I J K

8015 8016 8018 8019

#1 Cutting Tube #2 Cutting Tube #3 Cutting Tube #4 Cutting Tube

#5 Cutting Tube #6 Cutting Tube Anvil

L 8020 M 8012 N 8011

PRICE BREAKS: Each

7990 2” Carton Sealing Tape SIZE: 109yd/roll PRICE BREAKS: Bag (6) | Case (6)

P 7985

2” Hand Tape Dispenser

Q

PRICE BREAKS: Each | Case (5) HAND STRETCH FILM This product features increased puncture resistance, elevated tear resistance, superior optics and maximum load retention for a secure cling. Quiet unwind eliminates the distracting noise generated by many films and reduced neck down for lower packaging costs. Q

7987

12.8” Hand Stretch Film

O

P

PRICE BREAKS: Roll (492yd) | Case (4)

UPHOLSTERY SUPPLIES: PUNCHING & PACKING PRODUCTS

/ 259


UPHOLSTERY TOOLS

SPRAY GUN A J

C B D

H

E F

G

I

118 SPRAY GUN

EZE SPRAY GUN

The 118 spray gun is a blow-over siphon type and produces a cone-shaped spray. Adjustment of volume is made by screwing the fluid nozzle up into the air stream until the right flow is obtained. This product is particularly recommended for glues and other sticky liquids that tend to gum up painting equipment. Also usable for touch-up work and ideal for production painting of small articles. Light-weight and easy to use.

A lightweight, durable alternative to the more expensive sprayers. Tube height is adjustable by loosening the adjustment nut and then sliding tube to achieve desired spray density. To clean, loosen the adjustment nut and slide the vacuum tube out. Dip tube in solvent to blow out with spray gun. Features a plastic glue pot.

A

1158

118 Spray Gun WEIGHT: 2lb (0.9kg)  PRICE BREAK: Each

J

1165

EZE Spray Gun PRICE BREAK: Each

118 SPRAY GUN REPLACEMENT PARTS B C D E F G H F–I

1162 1160 1170 1172 1175 1174 1161 1163

Stainless Steel Tube Aluminum Tube Air Valve Spring Air Nozzle Locknut Nozzle Spring Fluid Nozzle Stainless Steel Repair Kit PRICE BREAK: Each

260 / UPHOLSTERY SUPPLIES: SPRAY GUNS

Please see p.319–320 for Bulk Adhesives.


JEFast DAir Tackers BY YOUR imagination ONLY LIMITE

LIGHTWEIGHT

DEPENDABLE

EFFICIENT exclusive to J. Ennis Fabrics

These air tacker alternatives provide a lighter and more economical choice. It has all the positive features of air tackers, such as being adjustable by changing the air pressure entering the unit. For more info, see p.250â&#x20AC;&#x201C;251.


UPHOLSTERY HARDWARE

HARDWARE 262 /

UPHOLSTERY SUPPLIES: HARDWARE


UPHOLSTERY LEGS: WOOD TAPERED WOODEN LEGS—WITH RECESSED HOLES

BUN LEGS—WITH MOUNTING BOLT

Constructed from rubber tree wood in various finishes for diverse styling options. Tapered legs with two recessed holes for mounting to frames with wood screws.

This ready-to-stain option provides a more economical choice in a bun leg style. Minor blemishes may be found in this product and are considered to be an inherent characteristic.

A B

4994 4997

H2¼”x W5” Tapered Leg—Natural H2¼”x W5” Tapered Leg—Unfinished

J

5229

PRICE BREAKS: Bag (4) | Package (10) | Case (45) C

4987

PRICE BREAKS: Bag (4) | Package (10) | Case (40)

H2¾”x W3½” Tapered Leg—Unfinished

K

5200

PRICE BREAKS: Bag (4) | Package (10) | Case (75) D

4995

H2¾”x W3½”Tapered Leg—Natural

3-CORNER LEGS—WITH RECESSED HOLES L M N

SQUARE TAPERED LEGS—WITH MOUNTING BOLT 5287 5288 5289

H4”x W2³/₈”–3½" Tapered Leg—Unfinished H4”x W2³/₈”–3½" Tapered Leg—Natural H4”x W2³/₈”–3½" Tapered Leg—Walnut

5270 5271 5272

4996

H2½”x W4¼”–5¼" 3-Corner Leg—Natural H2½”x W4¼”–5¼" 3-Corner Leg—Walnut H2½”x W4¼”–5¼" 3-Corner Leg—Unfinished PRICE BREAKS: Bag (4) | Package (10) | Case (80)

O

5273

PRICE BREAKS: Bag (4) | Package (10) | Case (60) H

H2½”x W5” Bun Leg with lip—Unfinished PRICE BREAKS: Bag (4) | Package (10) | Case (40)

PRICE BREAKS: Bag (4) | Package (10) | Case (38)

E F G

H2½”x W4¾” Bun Leg—Unfinished

H2”x W47/8”–6” 3-Corner Leg—Walnut PRICE BREAKS: Bag (4) | Package (10) | Case (160)

H2¼”x W3” Tapered Leg—Dark Walnut PRICE BREAKS: Bag (4) | Package (10) | Case (50)

I

4988

H2¼”x W3” Tapered Leg—Unfinished PRICE BREAKS: Bag (4) | Package (3) | Case (18)

F

E C

D

L

B

M

K

J A

G

H

N O

I

UPHOLSTERY SUPPLIES: WOODEN LEGS

/ 263


UPHOLSTERY HARDWARE

UPHOLSTERY LEGS: WOOD (CONT.) B

A

C

D

QUEEN ANNE LEGS—WITHOUT BLOCK E

A B C D E

5220 5245 5244 5226 5227

H9”x W3⁵⁄₈” Queen Anne Leg—Unfinished H9”x W3⁵⁄₈” Queen Anne Leg—Walnut H8”x W3⁵⁄₈” Queen Anne Leg—Walnut H8”x W3⁵⁄₈” Queen Anne Leg—Unfinished H6”x W3¾” Queen Anne Leg—Unfinished PRICE BREAKS: Each | Package (10) | Case (50)

F

QUEEN ANNE LEGS—WITH BOLT

G

F G H I

I

H

5222 5241 5219 5240

H9”x W2½” Queen Anne Leg—Unfinished H9”x W2½” Queen Anne Leg—Walnut H6”x W2⁷⁄₈” Queen Anne Leg—Unfinished H6”x W2⁷⁄₈” Queen Anne Leg—Walnut PRICE BREAKS: Each | Package (10) | Case (50)

QUEEN ANNE LEGS—WITH BLOCK J K L J

K

5224 5248 5247

H9”x W3½” Queen Anne Leg—Unfinished H8”x W3⁵⁄₈” Queen Anne Leg—Walnut H8”x W3⁵⁄₈” Queen Anne Leg—Unfinished PRICE BREAKS: Each | Package (10) | Case (50)

L

CURVED LEGS—WITH BOLT N

M

M N

5286 5285

H6”x W2¾” Curved Leg—Unfinished H6”x W2¾” Curved Leg—Walnut PRICE BREAKS: Each | Package (10) | Case (48)

CONTOURED LEGS—WITH BOLT O P

5203 5204

H5”x W4⁷/₈” Contoured Leg—Walnut H5”x W4⁷/₈” Contoured Leg—Unfinished PRICE BREAKS: Each | Package (10) | Case (48)

O

P

N

CURVED LEGS Q

R

Q R

N